Edition: June 9, 2009

Lexmark™ T650, T650n, T652dn,

& T654dn Printer

4062-XXX

• Table of contents

• Start diagnostics

• Safety and notices

• Trademarks

• Index

Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are

trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered
in the United States and/or other countries.
4062-XXX

Edition: June 9, 2009

The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or
implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the
information herein; these changes will be incorporated in later editions. Improvements or changes in the products or the
programs described may be made at any time.
Comments may be addressed to Lexmark International, Inc., Department D22X/002-1, 740 West New Circle Road,
Lexington, Kentucky 40550, U.S.A or e-mail at ServiceInfoAndTraining@Lexmark.com. Lexmark may use or distribute any
of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
References in this publication to products, programs, or services do not imply that the manufacturer intends to make these
available in all countries in which it operates. Any reference to a product, program, or service is not intended to state or
imply that only that product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that
does not infringe any existing intellectual property right may be used instead. Evaluation and verification of operation in
conjunction with other products, programs, or services, except those expressly designated by the manufacturer, are the
user’s responsibility.
Lexmark, Lexmark with diamond design, and MarkNet are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the
United States and/or other countries.
PCL® is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

© 2008 Lexmark International, Inc.

All rights reserved.

UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

This software and any accompanying documentation provided under this agreement are commercial computer software
and documentation developed exclusively at private expense.

P/N 12G9824
 4062-XXX

Table of contents

Table of contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

Notices and safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Laser notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Lithium warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii-xix
Safety information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii

General information .................................................................... 1-1

Maintenance approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Available internal options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Media handling options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Printer configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Basic model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Fully configured model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Supported paper sizes, types, and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Paper sizes supported by the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Paper types and weights supported by the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Paper types and weights supported by the output bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Diagnostic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Confirm the installation status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Power-on Reset sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Entering Diagnostics mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
User attendance messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Error code table 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Service checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-144
Sensor (input) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-144
Sensor (fuser output) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-144
Sensor (narrow media) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-145
Sensor (duplex input) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-145
Sensor (duplex input) service check (external duplex only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-146
Sensor (duplex exit) service check (external duplex only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147
Sensor (pass through) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147
Sensor (envelope feeder empty) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-148
Sensor (input) late jam service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-148
Sensor (input) lingering jam service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-151
Sensor (input) early jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-152
Sensor (input) static jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-154
Sensor (fuser output) late jam service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-154
Sensor (fuser output) lingering jam service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-156
Sensor (fuser output) static jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-157
Sensor (narrow media) late jam service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-158
Sensor (narrow media) static jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-159
Sensor (duplex input) late jam service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-160
Sensor (duplex input) lingering jam service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-161
Sensor (duplex input) static jam service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-163
Sensor (pass through) late jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-164

Table of contents iii

4062-XXX

Sensor (pass through) lingering jam service check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-165

Sensor (pass through) static jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-166
Sensor (stapler pass through) late jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-167
Sensor (stapler pass through) lingering jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-168
Sensor (stapler pass through) static jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-169
Sensor (output pass through) late jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-169
Sensor (output pass through) lingering jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-170
Sensor (output pass through) static jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-171
Sensor (mailbox empty) late jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-172
Sensor (mailbox empty) lingering jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-173
Sensor (mailbox empty) static jam service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-174
Sensor (toner empty) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-174
NVRAM mismatch failure (950.00 through 950.29) service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-175
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-176
Image quality trouble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-177
Printer Related Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-177
Image quality symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-177
Image Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-178
Faint print (Low contrast) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-178
Blank print (no print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-180
Solid black . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-182
Vertical lines and bands (process direction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-183
Horizontal white stripes or bands (side to side direction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-184
Vertical stripes (process direction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-185
Horizontal stripes (side to side direction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-187
Partial lack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-189
Spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-190
After image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-192
Background (fog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-193
Skew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-194
Media damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-195
No fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-197
Network service check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-198

Diagnostic aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Understanding the printer control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
Accessing service menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Diagnostics mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Entering Diagnostics mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Available tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Exiting Diagnostics mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
REGISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Quick Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
PRINT TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
Input source tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
Print quality pages (Prt Quality Pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
HARDWARE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Panel Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Button Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
DRAM Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
USB HS Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
RFID Option Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
DUPLEX TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Quick Test (duplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Top Margin (duplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Sensor Test (duplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Motor Test (duplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Duplex Feed 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Duplex Feed 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14

iv Service Manual
 4062-XXX

INPUT TRAY TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Feed Tests (input tray) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Sensor Test (input tray) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
OUTPUT BIN TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Feed Tests (output bins) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Feed To All Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Sensor Test (standard output bin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Sensor Test (Output Expander) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Sensor Test (high capacity output stacker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Sensor Tests (5-bin mailbox) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Deflector Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
StapleSmart FINISHER TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Staple Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Feed Tests (finisher) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Sensor Test (finisher) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
BASE SENSOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
PRINTER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Printed Page Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Perm Page Count (permanent page count) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Engine Setting 1 through 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Model Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Configuration ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Edge to Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
EP SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
EP Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Fuser Temperature (Fuser Temp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Fuser Page Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Warm Up Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Print Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Charge Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Gap Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Auto Dark Adj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
REPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
EVENT LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Display Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Print Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Clear Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
EXIT DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Configuration menu (CONFIG MENU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Entering Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Available menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Maintenance page count (Maint Cnt Value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Maintenance page counter reset (Reset Cnt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Print quality pages (Prt Quality Pgs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
SIZE SENSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Panel Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
PPDS Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Demo Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Factory Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
LES Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Energy Conserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Paper Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Env Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Action for Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Font Sharpening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Table of contents v
4062-XXX

Wiper Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29

Clear Custom Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Best Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Exit Config Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Printer overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Basic model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Printer theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Model T650 with duplex, paper path, rolls, and sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
Models T652 and T654 paper path rolls and sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Functions of main components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Media tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Rear media guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
Side guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Wear strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Media tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Detection of media size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Pick arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35
Switch (media size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Sensor (media empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Sensor (media low) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Multi-purpose feeder (MPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
MPF feed roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
MPF pick solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Sensor (MPF media empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Supported paper sizes, types, and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Paper sizes supported by the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Sensor (input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Aligner assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Transfer roll assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41
Polygon printhead assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Oscillating printhead assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Fuser components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Heat roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Pressure roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Heater lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Thermal cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Thermistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Sensor (fuser output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Sensor (narrow media) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Fuser unit assembly (type 1 and type 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
Type 1 fuser unit assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
Type 2 fuser unit assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Sensor (standard bin full) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Main drive motor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Redrive motor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Electrical components and controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
Switch (printer front door interlock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
Main cooling fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
Print cartridge cooling fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
Duplex cooling fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
LVPS card assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
HVPS card assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
System card assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51

vi Service Manual
 4062-XXX

Printhead control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51

Rotation of printhead motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Determination of printhead ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Printhead reference value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Fuser control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Fuser control method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Fuser lamp on/off control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Fuser warm-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Xerographic and print cartridge components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Auto density sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
High Capacity Input Tray (HCIT) tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
250-sheet/550-sheet tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Media size sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Media level sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Pick arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Switch (media size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Sensor (media empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Sensor (media low) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Sensor (pass-thru) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Media transport path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Model T650 paper path, rolls, and sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Models T652 and T654 paper path, rolls, and sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Functions of main components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Media tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Rear media guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Side guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Wear strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Media tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Detection of media size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Pick arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Switch (media size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Sensor (media empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Sensor (media low) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Layout of media transport path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Model T650 duplex paper path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Models T652 and T654 duplex paper path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Functions of main components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Sensor (duplex input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Duplex drive motor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Understanding jam numbers and locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
200 and 201 paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
202 and 203 paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
230 paper jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Rear paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Front paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74
231-239 paper jams (optional external duplex unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
Rear paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
Front paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
241—245 paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
250 paper jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
260 paper jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78
271—279 paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78
280 paper jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79

Table of contents vii

4062-XXX

281 paper jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80

282 paper jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-80
283 staple jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-81
Security Reset Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83
Security Reset Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-83

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Repair information 4-1

Handling ESD-sensitive parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Polygon and Oscillating printhead mechanical registration adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Oscillating printhead assembly electronic adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Alignment assembly adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Fuser solenoid adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
Gap adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
Removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Charge roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Duplex assembly removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
Duplex cooling fan removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
Duplex drive motor assembly removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
Duplex input sensor assembly removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
Duplex guide assembly, front removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Media turn guide removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
Fuser access door assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
Main cooling fan removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
Fuser drive release linkage removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Fuser unit assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
Fuser wiper cover assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17
HVPS card assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Inner deflector removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
LCD screen bezel removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19
Laser cover removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20
Side cover, left removal (T650) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
Side cover, left removal (T652 and T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22
Option drive shaft removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23
Main drive motor assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24
Alignment assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
Output cover assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
Media out actuator removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
Media support removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29
Tray roller catch assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29
MPF cam gear removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30
MPF lift plate assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30
MPF media out actuator removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
MPF pick roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
MPF pick solenoid assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
MPF tray door assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Operator panel latch assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36
Operator panel door assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
Operator panel hinge assembly, left removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
Operator panel hinge assembly, right removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40
Pick arm assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42
Pick roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44
Print cartridge cooling fan removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44
Print cartridge clamp assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-45
Print cartridge ID connector assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-46
Printhead assembly removal (T650) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-47
Printhead assembly removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48
Connection access cover, rear removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50
Connection bezel assembly, rear removal (T650) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50

viii Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Connection bezel assembly, rear removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51

Door assembly, rear removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Duplex guide assembly, rear removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Cover assembly, rear lower removal (T650) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Cover assembly, rear lower (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Redrive motor assembly removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Side cover, right removal (T650) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Side cover, right removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Sensor (duplex input) removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Sensor (media level) removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Sensor (media out) removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Sensor (toner empty) removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Sensor (input) removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Sensor shield assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Standard bin actuator assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Sensor (standard bin exit) removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Sensor (toner density) removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Switch (media size) assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
LVPS card assembly removal (T650) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
LVPS card assembly removal (T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
Access door removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
System card assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Transfer roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Transfer roll bracket assembly, left removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Transfer roll bracket assembly, right removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Transfer deflector removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Redrive assembly removal (T650, T652, T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Option removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
High capacity input tray (HCIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
High capacity input tray (HCIT) media tray assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
High capacity input tray (HCIT) tray cover, front removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, rear removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, right removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, left removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
High capacity input tray (HCIT) anti-tip latch assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
High capacity input tray (HCIT) drawer slide assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
High capacity input tray (HCIT) tray lift drive motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
High capacity input tray (HCIT) controller card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
High capacity input tray (HCIT) media size actuator assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Sensor (HCIT tray raised HP) with cable assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Sensor (HCIT pass through) with cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
High capacity input tray (HCIT) pick arm bracket assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
High capacity input tray (HCIT) tray closed latch with spring removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
250-sheet option tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
250-sheet media tray assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
250-sheet pick arm bracket assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
250-sheet media out actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
Anti-tip latch assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
250-sheet frame assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Sensor (pass through) with cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
250-sheet controller card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
Media size actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
Media tray catch spring removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Tray roller catch assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
550-sheet option tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
550-sheet media tray assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
550-sheet bellcrank recoil spring removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
Media out actuator removal (models T652 and T654) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108

Table of contents ix
4062-XXX

Anti-tip latch assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-109

550-sheet frame assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-109
Upper interface cable assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-112
Lower interface cable assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-112
Sensor (pass through) with cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-113
550-sheet controller card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-113
Media size actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-115
550-sheet option drive shaft with spring removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-116
Media tray catch spring removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-117
Media tray roller catch assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-117
SFP stapler assembly rear door assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-118
SFP stapler assembly right cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-118
SFP stapler assembly left cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-119
SFP stapler assembly top cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-120
SFP stapler assembly handle cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-121
SFP stapler assembly LED sensor cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-122
SFP stapler assembly sensor (finisher bin media present) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-123
SFP stapler assembly standard output bin LED and LED clear lens removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-124
SFP stapler assembly tamper drive belt removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-125
SFP stapler assembly tamper drive motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-126
SFP stapler assembly media stack flap and media stack flap actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . .4-127
SFP stapler assembly stapler unit assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-128
Stapler/stacker controller card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-129
SFP stapler assembly paddle drive motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-130
SFP stapler assembly sensor (media stack) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-131
SFP stapler assembly sensor (paddle HP) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-132
SFP stapler assembly sensor (stapler access door interlock) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-133
SFP stapler assembly sensor (tamper HP left and right) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-134
SFP stapler assembly sensor (bin full send) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-135
SFP stapler assembly sensor (bin full receive) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-136
SFP stapler assembly sensor (media in stapler) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-136
SFP stapler assembly sensor (deflector HP) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-137
High capacity stacker rear door assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-138
High capacity stacker right cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-139
High capacity stacker left cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-140
High capacity stacker media output bin assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-141
High capacity stacker controller card cover panel removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-142
High capacity stacker switch (media bin HP) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-143
High capacity stacker sensor (media bin full) assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-144
High capacity stacker sensor (media bin full) bracket assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-144
High capacity stacker controller card assembly (upper and lower) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-145
High capacity stacker right frame removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-146
High capacity stacker left frame removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-147
High capacity stacker upper deflector gate removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-147
High capacity stacker sensor (pass through) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-149
High capacity stacker left mounting bracket removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-150
High capacity stacker sensor (deflector gate HP) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-151
5-bin mailbox rear door assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-152
5-bin mailbox left outer cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-153
5-bin mailbox left inner cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-153
5-bin mailbox right outer cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-154
5-bin mailbox right inner cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-155
5-bin mailbox top cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-156
5-bin mailbox media bin full actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-157
5-bin mailbox sensor (pass through) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-158
5-bin mailbox sensor (media bin empty) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-159
5-bin mailbox controller card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-160
5-bin mailbox static brush mylar assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-161
5-bin mailbox media bin fifth deflector removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-162

x Service Manual
 4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox media bin first through fourth deflector removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
5-bin mailbox media bin extension assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
5-bin mailbox deflector gate solenoid removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
5-bin mailbox transport solenoid removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166
5-bin mailbox sensor (deflector gate HP) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
Output expander rear door assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Output expander left outer cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Output expander left inner cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Output expander right outer cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Output expander right inner cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
Output expander media bin latch (left and right) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
Output expander media output bin assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
Output expander media bin full actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
Output expander sensors (media bin full) assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
Output expander sensor (media bin full) bracket assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
Output expander controller card cover panel removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
Output expander controller card removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
Output expander sensor (pass through) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
Output expander deflector gate removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
Output expander sensor (deflector gate HP) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
Installing / Removing the RFID UHF option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181

Connector locations and connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Preventive maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Safety inspection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Lubrication specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Individual maintenance part expected life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Maintenance kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Parts catalog ........................................................................... 7-1

How to use this parts catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Assembly 1: Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Assembly 2: Operator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Assembly 3: Drive motor assemblies and duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Assembly 4: Media path and ducts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Assembly 5: Printhead, charge, and transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Assembly 6: Pick arm assembly, trays, and MPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Assembly 7: LVPS, fuser and electrical cables 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Assembly 8: HVPS, system card, and electrical cables 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Assembly 9: 250 Sheet option tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Assembly 10: 550 Sheet option tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Assembly 11: HCIT Sheet option tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Assembly 12: SFP stapler assembly #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Assembly 13: SFP stapler assembly #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Assembly 14: SFP stapler assembly #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Assembly 15: SFP stapler assembly #4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Assembly 16: 5-bin mailbox #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Assembly 17: 5-bin mailbox #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Assembly 18: High capacity stacker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Assembly 19: Output expander. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Assembly 20: Envelope feeder and external duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Assembly 21: RFID UHF Option assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Assembly 22: Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Assembly 23: Power cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Assembly 24: Universal trays and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Table of contents xi
4062-XXX

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1
Part number index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-5

xii Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Notices and safety information

The following laser notice labels may be affixed to this printer.

Laser notice
The printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for Class I (1)
laser products, and elsewhere is certified as a Class I laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC
60825-1.

Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The printer contains internally a Class IIIb (3b) laser
that is nominally a 5 milliwatt gallium arsenide laser operating in the wavelength region of 770-795 nanometers.
The laser system and printer are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class
I level during normal operation, user maintenance, or prescribed service condition.

Laser
Der Drucker erfüllt gemäß amtlicher Bestätigung der USA die Anforderungen der Bestimmung DHHS
(Department of Health and Human Services) 21 CFR Teil J für Laserprodukte der Klasse I (1). In anderen
Ländern gilt der Drucker als Laserprodukt der Klasse I, der die Anforderungen der IEC (International
Electrotechnical Commission) 60825-1 gemäß amtlicher Bestätigung erfüllt.

Laserprodukte der Klasse I gelten als unschädlich. Im Inneren des Druckers befindet sich ein Laser der Klasse
IIIb (3b), bei dem es sich um einen Galliumarsenlaser mit 5 Milliwatt handelt, der Wellen der Länge 770-795
Nanometer ausstrahlt. Das Lasersystem und der Drucker sind so konzipiert, daß im Normalbetrieb, bei der
Wartung durch den Benutzer oder bei ordnungsgemäßer Wartung durch den Kundendienst Laserbestrahlung,
die Klasse I übersteigen würde, Menschen keinesfalls erreicht.

Avis relatif à l’utilisation de laser

Pour les Etats-Unis : cette imprimante est certifiée conforme aux provisions DHHS 21 CFR alinéa J concernant
les produits laser de Classe I (1). Pour les autres pays : cette imprimante répond aux normes IEC 60825-1
relatives aux produits laser de Classe I.

Les produits laser de Classe I sont considérés comme des produits non dangereux. Cette imprimante est
équipée d’un laser de Classe IIIb (3b) (arséniure de gallium d’une puissance nominale de 5 milliwatts) émettant
sur des longueurs d’onde comprises entre 770 et 795 nanomètres. L’imprimante et son système laser sont
conçus pour impossible, dans des conditions normales d’utilisation, d’entretien par l’utilisateur ou de révision,
l’exposition à des rayonnements laser supérieurs à des rayonnements de Classe I .

Avvertenze sui prodotti laser

Questa stampante è certificata negli Stati Uniti per essere conforme ai requisiti del DHHS 21 CFR Sottocapitolo
J per i prodotti laser di classe 1 ed è certificata negli altri Paesi come prodotto laser di classe 1 conforme ai
requisiti della norma CEI 60825-1.

I prodotti laser di classe non sono considerati pericolosi. La stampante contiene al suo interno un laser di classe
IIIb (3b) all’arseniuro di gallio della potenza di 5mW che opera sulla lunghezza d’onda compresa tra 770 e 795
nanometri. Il sistema laser e la stampante sono stati progettati in modo tale che le persone a contatto con la
stampante, durante il normale funzionamento, le operazioni di servizio o quelle di assistenza tecnica, non
ricevano radiazioni laser superiori al livello della classe 1.

Notices and safety information xiii

4062-XXX

Avisos sobre el láser

Se certifica que, en los EE.UU., esta impresora cumple los requisitos para los productos láser de Clase I (1)
establecidos en el subcapítulo J de la norma CFR 21 del DHHS (Departamento de Sanidad y Servicios) y, en
los demás países, reúne todas las condiciones expuestas en la norma IEC 60825-1 para productos láser de
Clase I (1).

Los productos láser de Clase I no se consideran peligrosos. La impresora contiene en su interior un láser de
Clase IIIb (3b) de arseniuro de galio de funcionamiento nominal a 5 milivatios en una longitud de onda de 770 a
795 nanómetros. El sistema láser y la impresora están diseñados de forma que ninguna persona pueda verse
afectada por ningún tipo de radiación láser superior al nivel de la Clase I durante su uso normal, el
mantenimiento realizado por el usuario o cualquier otra situación de servicio técnico.

Declaração sobre Laser

A impressora está certificada nos E.U.A. em conformidade com os requisitos da regulamentação DHHS 21 CFR
Subcapítulo J para a Classe I (1) de produtos laser. Em outros locais, está certificada como um produto laser da
Classe I, em conformidade com os requisitos da norma IEC 60825-1.

Os produtos laser da Classe I não são considerados perigosos. Internamente, a impressora contém um produto
laser da Classe IIIb (3b), designado laser de arseneto de potássio, de 5 milliwatts ,operando numa faixa de
comprimento de onda entre 770 e 795 nanómetros. O sistema e a impressora laser foram concebidos de forma
a nunca existir qualquer possiblidade de acesso humano a radiação laser superior a um nível de Classe I
durante a operação normal, a manutenção feita pelo utilizador ou condições de assistência prescritas.

Laserinformatie
De printer voldoet aan de eisen die gesteld worden aan een laserprodukt van klasse I. Voor de Verenigde Staten
zijn deze eisen vastgelegd in DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J, voor andere landen in IEC 60825-1.

Laserprodukten van klasse I worden niet als ongevaarlijk aangemerkt. De printer is voorzien van een laser van
klasse IIIb (3b), dat wil zeggen een gallium arsenide-laser van 5 milliwatt met een golflengte van 770-795
nanometer. Het lasergedeelte en de printer zijn zo ontworpen dat bij normaal gebruik, bij onderhoud of reparatie
conform de voorschriften, nooit blootstelling mogelijk is aan laserstraling boven een niveau zoals
voorgeschreven is voor klasse 1.

Lasermeddelelse
Printeren er godkendt som et Klasse I-laserprodukt, i overenstemmelse med kravene i IEC 60825-1.

Klasse I-laserprodukter betragtes ikke som farlige. Printeren indeholder internt en Klasse IIIB (3b)-laser, der
nominelt er en 5 milliwatt galliumarsenid laser, som arbejder på bølgelængdeområdet 770-795 nanometer.
Lasersystemet og printeren er udformet således, at mennesker aldrig udsættes for en laserstråling over Klasse
I-niveau ved normal drift, brugervedligeholdelse eller obligatoriske servicebetingelser.

xiv Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Laserilmoitus
Tämä tulostin on sertifioitu Yhdysvalloissa DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J -standardin mukaiseksi luokan I (1) -
lasertuotteeksi ja muualla IEC 60825-1 -standardin mukaiseksi luokan I lasertuotteeksi.

Luokan I lasertuotteita ei pidetä haitallisina. Tulostimen sisällä on luokan IIIb (3b) laser, joka on nimellisteholtaan
5 mW:n galliumarsenidilaser ja toimii 770 - 795 nanometrin aallonpituuksilla. Laserjärjestelmä ja tulostin ovat
rakenteeltaan sellaisia, että käyttäjä ei joudu alttiiksi luokkaa 1 suuremmalle säteilylle normaalin käytön,
ylläpidon tai huollon aikana.

Huomautus laserlaitteesta
Tämä kirjoitin on Yhdysvalloissa luokan I (1) laserlaitteiden DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J -määrityksen mukainen
ja muualla luokan I laserlaitteiden IEC 60825-1 -määrityksen mukainen.

Luokan I laserlaitteiden ei katsota olevan vaarallisia käyttäjälle. Kirjoittimessa on sisäinen luokan IIIb (3b) 5
milliwatin galliumarsenidilaser, joka toimii aaltoalueella 770 - 795 nanometriä. Laserjärjestelmä ja kirjoitin on
suunniteltu siten, että käyttäjä ei altistu luokan I määrityksiä voimakkaammalle säteilylle kirjoittimen normaalin
toiminnan, käyttäjän tekemien huoltotoimien tai muiden huoltotoimien yhteydessä.

VARO! Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle. Älä katso
säteeseen.

VARNING! Osynlig laserstrålning när denna del är öppnad och spärren är urkopplad. Betrakta ej strålen.

Laser-notis
Denna skrivare är i USA certifierad att motsvara kraven i DHHS 21 CFR, underparagraf J för laserprodukter av
Klass I (1). I andra länder uppfyller skrivaren kraven för laserprodukter av Klass I enligt kraven i IEC 60825-1.

Laserprodukter i Klass I anses ej hälsovådliga. Skrivaren har en inbyggd laser av Klass IIIb (3b) som består av
en laserenhet av gallium-arsenid på 5 milliwatt som arbetar i våglängdsområdet 770-795 nanometer.
Lasersystemet och skrivaren är utformade så att det aldrig finns risk för att någon person utsätts för
laserstrålning över Klass I-nivå vid normal användning, underhåll som utförs av användaren eller annan
föreskriven serviceåtgärd.

Laser-melding
Skriveren er godkjent i USA etter kravene i DHHS 21 CFR, underkapittel J, for klasse I (1) laserprodukter, og er
i andre land godkjent som et Klasse I-laserprodukt i samsvar med kravene i IEC 60825-1.

Klasse I-laserprodukter er ikke å betrakte som farlige. Skriveren inneholder internt en klasse IIIb (3b)-laser, som
består av en gallium-arsenlaserenhet som avgir stråling i bølgelengdeområdet 770-795 nanometer.
Lasersystemet og skriveren er utformet slik at personer aldri utsettes for laserstråling ut over klasse I-nivå under
vanlig bruk, vedlikehold som utføres av brukeren, eller foreskrevne serviceoperasjoner.

Notices and safety information xv

4062-XXX

Avís sobre el Làser

Segons ha estat certificat als Estats Units, aquesta impressora compleix els requisits de DHHS 21 CFR, apartat
J, pels productes làser de classe I (1), i segons ha estat certificat en altres llocs, és un producte làser de classe
I que compleix els requisits d’IEC 60825-1.

Els productes làser de classe I no es consideren perillosos. Aquesta impressora conté un làser de classe IIIb
(3b) d’arseniür de gal.li, nominalment de 5 mil.liwats, i funciona a la regió de longitud d’ona de 770-795
nanòmetres. El sistema làser i la impressora han sigut concebuts de manera que mai hi hagi exposició a la
radiació làser per sobre d’un nivell de classe I durant una operació normal, durant les tasques de manteniment
d’usuari ni durant els serveis que satisfacin les condicions prescrites.

xvi Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Notices and safety information xvii

4062-XXX

xviii Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Lithium warning

CAUTION

This product contains a lithium battery. THERE IS A RISK OF EXPLOSION IF THE BATTERY
IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE. Discard used batteries according to the battery
manufacturer’s instructions and local regulations.

Safety information
• The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and specific
components. The manufacturer is not responsible for safety in the event of use of unauthorized
replacement parts.
• The maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional service person
and is not intended to be used by others.
• There may be an increased risk of electric shock and personal injury during disassembly and servicing of
this product. Professional service personnel should understand this and take necessary precautions.
• CAUTION: When you see this symbol, there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the
product where you are working. Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the product
must receive power in order to perform the task.

Consignes de sécurité
• La sécurité de ce produit repose sur des tests et des
agréations portant sur sa conception d'origine et sur des composants particuliers. Le fabricant n'assume
aucune responsabilité concernant la sécurité en cas d'utilisation de pièces de rechange non agréées.
• Les consignes d'entretien et de réparation de ce produit s'adressent uniquement à un personnel de
maintenance qualifié.
• Le démontage et l'entretien de ce produit pouvant présenter certains risques électriques, le personnel
d'entretien qualifié devra prendre toutes les précautions nécessaires.
• ATTENTION : Ce symbole indique la présence d'une tension dangereuse dans la partie du
produit sur laquelle vous travaillez. Débranchez le produit avant de commencer ou faites preuve
de vigilance si l'exécution de la tâche exige que le produit reste sous tension.

Norme di sicurezza
• La sicurezza del prodotto si basa sui test e sull'approvazione del progetto originale e dei componenti
specifici. Il produttore non è responsabile per la sicurezza in caso di sostituzione non autorizzata delle
parti.
• Le informazioni riguardanti la manutenzione di questo prodotto sono indirizzate soltanto al personale di
assistenza autorizzato.
• Durante lo smontaggio e la manutenzione di questo prodotto,
il rischio di subire scosse elettriche e danni alla persona è più elevato. Il personale di assistenza
autorizzato deve, quindi, adottare le precauzioni necessarie.
• ATTENZIONE: Questo simbolo indica la presenza di tensione pericolosa nell'area del prodotto.
Scollegare il prodotto prima di iniziare o usare cautela se il prodotto deve essere alimentato per
eseguire l'intervento.

Safety information xix

4062-XXX

Sicherheitshinweise
• Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des ursprünglichen Modells und
bestimmter Bauteile. Bei Verwendung nicht genehmigter Ersatzteile wird vom Hersteller keine
Verantwortung oder Haftung für die Sicherheit übernommen.
• Die Wartungsinformationen für dieses Produkt sind ausschließlich für die Verwendung durch einen
Wartungsfachmann bestimmt.
• Während des Auseinandernehmens und der Wartung des Geräts besteht ein zusätzliches Risiko eines
elektrischen Schlags und körperlicher Verletzung. Das zuständige Fachpersonal sollte entsprechende
Vorsichtsmaßnahmen treffen.
• ACHTUNG: Dieses Symbol weist auf eine gefährliche elektrische Spannung hin, die in diesem
Bereich des Produkts auftreten kann. Ziehen Sie vor den Arbeiten am Gerät den Netzstecker des
Geräts, bzw. arbeiten Sie mit großer Vorsicht, wenn das Produkt für die Ausführung der Arbeiten
an den Strom angeschlossen sein muß.

Pautas de Seguridad
• La seguridad de este producto se basa en pruebas y aprobaciones del diseño original y componentes
específicos. El fabricante no es responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso de piezas de repuesto no
autorizadas.
• La información sobre el mantenimiento de este producto está dirigida exclusivamente al personal
cualificado de mantenimiento.
• Existe mayor riesgo de descarga eléctrica y de daños personales durante el desmontaje y la reparación de
la máquina. El personal cualificado debe ser consciente de este peligro y tomar las precauciones
necesarias.
• PRECAUCIÓN: este símbolo indica que el voltaje de la parte del equipo con la que está
trabajando es peligroso. Antes de empezar, desenchufe el equipo o tenga cuidado si, para
trabajar con él, debe conectarlo.

Informações de Segurança
• A segurança deste produto baseia-se em testes e aprovações do modelo original e de componentes
específicos. O fabricante não é responsável pela segunrança, no caso de uso de peças de substituição
não autorizadas.
• As informações de segurança relativas a este produto destinam-se a profissionais destes serviços e não
devem ser utilizadas por outras pessoas.
• Risco de choques eléctricos e ferimentos graves durante a desmontagem e manutenção deste produto.
Os profissionais destes serviços devem estar avisados deste facto e tomar os cuidados necessários.
• CUIDADO: Quando vir este símbolo, existe a possível presença de uma potencial tensão
perigosa na zona do produto em que está a trabalhar. Antes de começar, desligue o produto da
tomada eléctrica ou seja cuidadoso caso o produto tenha de estar ligado à corrente eléctrica para
realizar a tarefa necessária.

xx Service Manual
 4062-XXX

Informació de Seguretat
• La seguretat d'aquest producte es basa en l'avaluació i aprovació del disseny original i els components
específics.
El fabricant no es fa responsable de les qüestions de
seguretat si s'utilitzen peces de recanvi no autoritzades.
• La informació pel manteniment d’aquest producte està orientada exclusivament a professionals i no està
destinada
a ningú que no ho sigui.
• El risc de xoc elèctric i de danys personals pot augmentar durant el procés de desmuntatge i de servei
d’aquest producte. El personal professional ha d’estar-ne assabentat i prendre
les mesures convenients.
• PRECAUCIÓ: aquest símbol indica que el voltatge de la part de l'equip amb la qual esteu
treballant és perillós. Abans de començar, desendolleu l'equip o extremeu les precaucions si, per
treballar amb l'equip, l'heu de connectar.

Safety information xxi

4062-XXX

Preface

This manual contains maintenance procedures for service personnel. It is divided into the following chapters:

1. General information contains a general description of the printer and the maintenance approach used to
repair it. Special tools and test equipment, as well as general environmental and safety instructions, are
discussed.
2. Diagnostic information contains an error indicator table, symptom tables, and service checks used to
isolate failing field replaceable units (FRUs).
3. Diagnostic aids contains tests and checks used to locate or repeat symptoms of printer problems.
4. Repair information provides instructions for making printer adjustments and removing and installing
FRUs.
5. Connector locations uses illustrations to identify the connector locations and test points on the printer.
6. Preventive maintenance contains the lubrication specifications and recommendations to prevent
problems.
7. Parts catalog contains illustrations and part numbers for individual FRUs.
Appendix A contains service tips and information.
Appendix B contains representative print samples.

Conventions
Note: A note provides additional information.
Warning: A warning identifies something that might damage the product hardware or software.

There are several types of caution statements:

CAUTION

A caution identifies something that might cause a servicer harm.

CAUTION

This type of caution indicates there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the
product where you are working. Unplug the product before you begin, or use caution if the
product must receive power in order to perform the task.

CAUTION

This type of caution indicates a hot surface.

CAUTION

This type of caution indicates a tipping hazard.

xxii Service Manual

 4062-XXX

1. General information

The Lexmark™ laser printers are letter-quality page printers designed to attach to personal computers and to
most computer networks.

The Lexmark laser printers are available in the following models:

Machine type Model Configuration

4062-01A T650n Network

4062-21A T652n Network

4062-23A T652dn Network

4062-41A T654n Network

4062-43A T654dn Network

Maintenance approach
The diagnostic information in this manual leads you to the correct field replaceable unit (FRU) or part. Use the
service error codes, user status messages, user error messages, service checks, and diagnostic aids to
determine the printer problem and repair the failure. After you complete the repair, perform tests as needed to
verify the repair. See “Start” on page 2-1.

General information 1-1

4062-XXX

Options
Available internal options

• Memory cards
— Printer memory
— Flash memory
— Fonts
• Firmware cards
— Bar Code and Forms
— IPDS and SCS/TNe
— PrintCryptionTM
— PRESCRIBE
• Printer hard disk
• Lexmark™ Internal Solutions Ports (ISP)
— RS-232-C serial interface ISP
— Parallel 1284-B interface ISP
— MarkNetTM N8150 802.11 b/g/n Wireless ISP
— MarkNet N8130 10/100 Thick Fiber ISP
— MarkNet N8120 10/100/1000 Thick Ethernet ISP
• MarkNet N8110 v.34 Fax Card
The following options are available. Some options are not available in every country. Contact your point of
purchase for options available in your country.

Media handling options

— 250- and 550-sheet paper trays of A4, letter, A5, B5, Executive, folio, statement, and legal size
— 250-sheet universally adjustable tray
— 250- and 550-sheet paper drawers
— 2000-sheet high-capacity feeder
— Envelope feeder
— Duplex option–250-sheet (external)
— Duplex option–550-sheet (internal on duplex versions of T652 and T654)
— Output expander
— High-capacity output stacker
— StapleSmart™ Finisher
— 5-bin Mailbox
— Vertical Kiosk Presenter
— Horizontal Kiosk Presenter
— RFID UHF (only for T654)

1-2 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Printer configurations

Basic model
The following illustration shows the basic printer model.
1 2

Feature Paper Capacity1

1 Standard exit bin 250- or 550-sheet
2 Printer control panel NA
3 Multipurpose feeder 100 sheets
4 Standard tray (Tray 1) 250- or 550-sheets
1Based on 75 g/m2 (20 lb.) paper.

General information 1-3

4062-XXX

Fully configured model

The following illustration shows the fully configured printer model.

CAUTION: –TIPPING HAZARD: Floor-mounted configurations require additional

furniture for stability. You must use either a printer stand or printer base if you are using
a 2000-sheet tray, a duplex unit, and an input option, or more than one input option.

For more information, see www.lexmark.com/publications/furniture_safety.

1

3
4
5

6
7

1-4 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Feature/Option Paper Capacity1

2
1 5-bin mailbox 500 sheets
2 Output expander3 550 sheets
3 Envelope feeder 85 envelopes
4 Standard tray (Tray 1) 250 or 550-sheets
5 Duplex unit4 Not applicable
6 Optional tray (Tray 2) 250- or 550-sheets
7 Optional tray (Tray 3) 250- or 550-sheets
8 Optional 2000-sheet tray (Tray 4) 2000 sheets
9 Caster base Not applicable
1 2
Based on 75 g/m (20 lb.) paper.
2
Up to two 5-bin mailbox units are supported.
3
The printer supports up to three output expander units, or one output expander combined with one 5-
bin mailbox, one high capacity output expander (not depicted), or one stapler unit (not depicted).
4
Optional external duplex unit for the T650 model. All other models are available with or without
internal duplex unit.

CAUTION: Floor-mounted configurations require furniture for stability. You must

use either a printer stand or printer base if you are using a 2000-sheet drawer.
Certain other configurations also must have a printer stand or printer base. More
information is available at our Lexmark Web site at www.lexmark.com/
multifunction printers.

General information 1-5

4062-XXX

Supported paper sizes, types, and weights

The following tables provide information on standard and optional paper sources and the types of paper they
support.

Note: For an unlisted paper size, select the closest larger listed size.

Paper sizes supported by the printer

250-or 550-sheet Optional

Multipurpose
Paper size Dimensions trays (standard 2000-sheet Duplex unit
feeder
or optional tray
A4 210 x 297 mm x x x x
(8.3 x 11.7 in.)
A5 148 x 210 mm x x x
(5.8 x8.3in.)
A61,2 105 x 148 mm x
(4.1 x 5.8 in.)
J15 B5 182 x 257 mm x x x
(7.2 x 10.1 in.)
Letter 216 x 279 mm x x x x
(8.5 x 11 in.)
Legal 216 x 356 mm x x x x
(8.5 x14 in.)
Executive 184 x 267 mm x x x
(7.3 x 10.5 in.)
Oficio1 216 x340 mm x x x
(8.5 x 13.4 in>)
Folio1 216 x 330 mm x x x
(8.5 x 13 in.)
Statement1 140 x 216 mm x x
(5.5 x8.5 in.)
Universal3,4 138 x 210 mm x x
(5.5 x8.3 in.) up
to
216 x 356 mm
(8.5 x 14 in.)
70 x 127 mm x
(2.8 x 5 in.) up
to
216 x 356 mm
(8.5 x 14 in.)
148 x 182 mm x x x
(5.8 x 7.7 in.) up
to
216 x 356 mm
(8.5 x 14 in.)
7 3/4 Envelopes 98 x 191 mm x
(Monarch) (3.9 x 7.5 in.)
9 Envelope 98 x 225 mm x
(3.9 x 8.9 in.)
10 Envelope 105 x 241 mm x
(4.1 x 9.5 in.)
DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm x
(4.3 x 8.7 in)

1-6 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

250-or 550-sheet Optional

Multipurpose
Paper size Dimensions trays (standard 2000-sheet Duplex unit
feeder
or optional tray
Other Envelope 98 x 162 mm x
(3.9 x 6.4 in.) to
176 x 250 mm
(6.9 x 9.8 in.)
1This size appears in the Paper Size menu only when the paper source does not support size sensing or
when size sensing is turned off.
2Only the standard exit bin supports this size.
3This size setting formats the page for 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) unless the size is specified by the
software application.
4To support duplexing, the Universal width must be between 148 mm (5.8 in) and 216 mm (8.5 in);
Universal length must be between 182 mm (7.2 in) and 356 mm (14 in).

Paper types and weights supported by the printer

250-or 550-sheet
Optional 2000- Multipurpose
Paper type trays (standard or Duplex unit
sheet tray feeder
optional
Paper x x x x
• Plain
• Bond
• Colored
• Custom
• Letterhead
• Light
• Heavy
• Preprinted
• Rough/Cotton
• Recycled
Card stock x x x x
Envelopes x
1
Labels x x x x
Transparencies x x x x
1Printing labels requires a special label fuser cleaner which prevents duplexing. The label fuser cleaner is
included with the special cartridge required for label applications.

Paper types and weights supported by the output bins

Use this table to determine the possible output destinations of print jobs which use supported paper types and
weights. The paper capacity of each output bin is listed in parentheses. Paper capacity estimations are
calculated based on 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper.

General information 1-7

4062-XXX

The finisher supports 60-176 g/m2 (16-47 lb) paper weights.

Optional hardware

Output
Standard exit bin Expander (550
Paper type StapleSmart II
(350 or 550 sheets) sheets) or High 5-Bin Mailbox
Finisher
Capacity (500 sheets)1
(500 sheets)2
Output stacker
(1850 sheets)
Paper x x x x
• Plain
• Bond
• Colored
• Custom
• Letterhead
• Light
• Heavy
• Preprinted
• Rough/Cotton
• Recycled
Card stock x x
Envelopes
Labels1 x x
Transparencies x x
1Supports
60-90 g/m2 (16-24 lb) paper weights.
2Maximum
of 50 sheets of 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper per stapled packet. Results may vary with heavier
paper.

Tools required
Flat-blade screwdrivers, various sizes
#1 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic
#2 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic
#2 Phillips screwdriver, magnetic short-blade
7/32 inch (5.5 mm) open-end wrench
7.0 mm nut driver
Needle nose pliers
Diagonal side cutters
Spring hook
Analog or digital multimeter
Flash light (optional)

1-8 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Acronyms
BLDC Brushless DC motor
CRU Customer Replaceable Unit
CSU Customer setup
DIMM Dual Inline Memory Module
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
DVM Digital multimeter
EDO Enhanced Data Out
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programable Read-Only Memory
EP Electrophotographic process
EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
GB Gigabyte
HCIT High-capacity Input Tray
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply
ITC Internal Tray Card
LASER Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light-Emitting Diode
LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply
MPF Multipurpose feeder
MROM Masked Read Only Memory
MS Microswitch
NVRAM Nonvolatile Random Access Memory
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OPT Optical Sensor
PC Photoconductor
pel Picture element
POR Power-On Reset
POST Power-On Self Test
PP Parts Packet
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
RFID Radio Frequency Identification
RIP Raster Imaging Processor
ROM Read Only Memory
SDRAM Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
SIMM Single Inline Memory Module
SRAM Static Random Access Memory
UAT Universally Adjustable Tray)
UPR Used Parts Return
V ac Volts alternating current
V dc Volts direct current
VOM Volt Ohmmeter

General information 1-9

4062-XXX

1-10 Service Manual

 4062

2. Diagnostic information

Start
CAUTION:

Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before you connect or disconnect any cable
electronic board or assembly.

CAUTION:

If the printer is kept on, never touch the conductive parts if not specifically required. The power
switch and inlet of the low voltage power supply card (LVPS card) assembly is live even while
the power supply is cut off. Never touch the live parts.

CAUTION:

Be careful to avoid burns by safely handling hot parts.

CAUTION

The printer weight is greater than 18kg (40 lbs) and requires two or more trained personnel to
lift it safely. Use the hand holds on the side of the printer. Make sure your fingers are not
under the printer when you lift or set the printer down.

WARNING: When operating the driving units using the diagnostics or other tools, be sure to keep them covered
unless otherwise specified.

WARNING: When operating the driving units using the diagnostics or other tools, never touch the driving units.
When operating the driving units using diagnostics or other tools, be sure to follow the procedures in this
manual.

WARNING: Servicers should wear a wrist band or the like to remove static electricity from their body, grounding
their body while working. Go to “Handling ESD-sensitive parts” on page 4-1.

Note: There may be printer error messages that are not contained in this service manual. Call your next level
support for assistance.

Diagnostic information 2-1

4062

Confirm the installation status

Be sure to check the following items before starting the troubleshooting procedures.

• With the power cord unplugged from the wall outlet, check that the cord is free from breakage, short-circuit,
disconnected wire, or incorrect connection in the power cord.
• The printer is properly grounded. Check the power cord ground terminal.
• The printer is not installed at a place subjected to extreme temperature, extreme humidity or rapid changes
in temperature.
• The printer is not installed close to water service, humidifier, heat generating unit, fire, in a very dusty
place, or a place exposed to air flow from the air conditioning system.
• The printer is not installed in a place where volatile gas or inflammable gas is generated.
• The printer is not installed in direct sun.
• The printer is installed on a level and stable surface.
• Media meets specifications and is installed properly.
• Customer maintenance parts have been replaced at the specified intervals.
• Check all attached options for proper attachment and electrical connection.
• Refer to the User’s Guide for proper installation.

Power-on Reset sequence

The following is an example of the events that occur during the POR sequence:

1. Turn the machine on.

2. The Lexmark splash screen appears with a progress bar in the center until the code is loaded.
3. The fuser cooling fan turns on.
4. The fuser unit assembly lamps turn on.
5. The system card assembly cooling fan turns on.
6. Operator panel LED becomes solid.
7. The transport motor turns on.

Entering Diagnostics mode

1. Turn the printer off.

1. Press and hold and .
2. Turn the printer on.
3. Release the buttons after 10 seconds.

2-2 Service Manual


User attendance messages
Error
code or Error contents Description/Action
message
System System Timeout The system detects a firmware
Timeout component that is no longer
responding.
30.XX Invalid Refill Change Message is cleared when a
Cartridge new print cartridge is installed.
31.XX Defective Cartridge Error code 31 displays when
the top front cover is closed
and a defective print cartridge
is detected. It may take the
printer 10-20 seconds to
determine if the print cartridge
is defective.
32.XX Cartridge part number Error 32 displays when the top
X unsupported by cover is closed and an
device unsupported print cartridge is
detected. It may take the
printer 10-20 seconds to
determine if the print cartridge
is supported.
34 Short Paper The printer determines the
paper length is too short to
print the formatted data. This
occurs when the printer does
not know the actual paper size
loaded in the tray. For auto-size
sensing trays, this error occurs
if the paper stop is in the
incorrect position. Make sure
the Paper Size setting is
correct for the size paper that is
being used.
4062
Possible repair actions
Turn the power off; wait a few
seconds, and then turn the
power back on.
Install the proper print
cartridge.
1. Install the proper print
cartridge.
2. Ensure the print cartridge ID
connector assembly is properly
connected.
3. Replace the print cartridge
ID connector assembly if
problem remains. Go to “Print
cartridge ID connector
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-46.
Install the proper print
cartridge.
1. Ensure the media tray
guides are properly set for the
media being used.
2. Ensure the Switch media
size is properly connected.
3. Replace the switch media
size if problem remains.
Go to “Switch (media size)
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-62.
4. Replace the media tray
assembly if problem remains.
Diagnostic information 2-3
4062
Error
code or Error contents Description/Action
message
35 Res Save Off This IR is displayed when the
Deficient Memory printer lacks sufficient memory
to enable Resource Save. This
message usually indicates the
user has allocated too much
memory for one or more of the
printer's link buffers; however,
modification of other printer
settings which affect the
amount of available memory
may also create this condition.
If the user desires to enable
Resource Save after this
message has been posted, it is
recommended the user either
install additional memory or set
each link buffer back to the
Auto value.
Once all link buffers are
returned to Auto, the user
should exit the menus to
activate the link buffer
changes. Once the printer
returns to the Ready state, the
user may then enable
Resource Save and then finally
go back and modify the link
buffers again. The user should
note the reduction of available
memory to the link buffers
when Resource Save has been
enabled as opposed to the
memory available when
Resource Save is disabled.
2-4 Service Manual
Possible repair actions
This message displays when
the printer lacks sufficient
memory to enable Resource
Save. This message usually
indicates the user has
allocated too much memory for
one or more of the printer link
buffers; however, modification
of other printer settings which
affect the amount of available
memory may also create this
condition. If restoration of
Resource Save is required
after this message is received,
the customer should install
additional memory or set each
link buffer to Auto. Once all link
buffers are returned to Auto,
you should exit the menu to
activate the link buffer
changes. Once the printer
returns to the Ready state, you
can enable Resource Save and
go back and modify the link
buffers again. Note the
reduction of available memory
to the link buffers when
Resource Save has been
enabled, and compare it to the
memory available when
Resource Save is disabled.
• Press to disable
Resource Save and
continue printing.
To enable Resource Save
after you get this message:
- Make sure the link
buffers are set to Auto,
then exit the menus to
activate the link buffer
changes.
- When Ready is
displayed, enable
Resource Save.
• Install additional memory.
 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

37 Insufficient Collation This message displays when The following actions may be
Area the printer memory is taken:
insufficient to perform the Flash
Memory Defragment operation. • Press to clear the
message. To perform the
Note: This message is posted
defragment operation:
prior to the actual start of the
defragment operation. The - Delete fonts, macros,
printer code determines if and other data in RAM.
enough printer memory is - Install additional printer
memory.
available to complete the
defragment operation. The • Press until Busy/
user should not be concerned Waiting appears. The
with losing resources stored in following actions are
the flash option. available:
- Cancel Job
- Reset Printer
- Reset Active Bin

37 Insufficient Memory This message displays when
the printer memory used to
restore the Print and Hold jobs
from the disk and found that
some or all of the jobs could
not be restored. The printer ran
out of memory while attempting
to restore the jobs.
The following actions may be
taken:
• Press to clear the
message. Some of the Print
and Hold jobs on the disk
will not be restored. They
remain on the disk, but
cannot be accessed.

• Press until Busy/

Waiting appears. The
following functions may be
available:
- Cancel Job
- Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin

Diagnostic information 2-5

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

38 Memory Full This message displays when
the printer is processing an
incoming job and there is
insufficient memory available to
continue processing the job.
The following actions may be
taken:
• Press to clear the
message. Perform the
defragment operation:
- Perform the defragment
operation
- Delete fonts, macros,
and other data in RAM
- Install additional
memory

• Press to display Busy/

Waiting. The following
functions may be available:
- Cancel Job
- Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin

39 Complex Page This message displays when
the page is too complex to
print. The following actions
may be taken:
The following actions may be
taken:
• Press to clear the
message and continue the
job. Some data loss may
occur. Simplify the print job
and reprint, if necessary.

• Press until Busy/

Waiting appears. The
following selections are
possible:
- Cancel Job
- Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin

42.XY Cartridge Region This IR is displayed when the Install a new toner cartridge
Mismatch printer detects that the installed that matches the correct
cartridge has a region that regional specification.
differs from the below options.
To clear this IR, the printer
cartridge must be replaced with
one that has a proper region.
X and Y can have the following
values:
0 : Worldwide region or
Undefined region
1 : America
2 : EMEA
3 : Asia
4 : Latin America
9 : Invalid region

2-6 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

44.01 RFID Error Bad tag error: a tag has failed
to program, or the “Retry
Count” has been exceeded.
Note: This error is not a data
parsing error, but indicates bad
RFID media. It is posted only if
the “Stop on Error” menu
setting is set to “ON”.
1. Retest using new RFID
media.
2. Check the RFID firmware
card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
3. Replace the RFID UHF
option.

44.11 RFID Error Generic parse error 1. These error codes most
likely indicate a problem
44.12 RFID Error Subcommand appears with the customer’s
truncated datastream, and not the
RFID Option itself. Ensure
44.13 RFID Error Subcommand appears longer
there is nothing wrong with
than expected
the customer’s datastream.
44.14 RFID Error Subcommand field value was 2. Check the RFID firmware
invalid card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
44.15 RFID Error Invalid subcommand format option for correct
(invalid magic byte) installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
44.16 RFID Error Subcommand format valid but
the RFID UHF option” on
not supported
page 4-181.
44.17 RFID Error Illegal chars in subcommand 3. Replace the RFID UHF
for specified format option.

44.18 RFID Error Invalid op code

44.19 RFID Error Valid but unsupported op code

44.20 RFID Error Invalid protocol

44.21 RFID Error Valid but unsupported protocol

44.22 RFID Error Unsupported option supplied

for operation

44.23 RFID Error Invalid ID length

44.24 RFID Error Invalid ID bit pattern

44.25 RFID Error Too many tags on page (too

many means more than one)

Diagnostic information 2-7

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

44.26 RFID Error Based on tag location 1. These error codes most
parameters: tag is not likely indicate a problem
compatible with printer with the customer’s
datastream, and not the
44.27 RFID Error Unsupported SA Code RFID Option itself. Ensure
there is nothing wrong with
44.28 RFID Error Invalid Power setting
the customer’s datastream.
44.29 RFID Error Unsupported Feature 2. Check the RFID firmware
card, RFID interface card,
44.31 RFID Error Generic run-time reader error RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
44.32 RFID Error Reader response timeout
installation. Go to
44.33 RFID Error Garbled or short response from “Installing / Removing
reader the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
3. Replace the RFID UHF
option.

44.34 RFID Error Read/Verify operation failed 1. Retest using new RFID
(tag data from reader != media
expected value) 2. Check the RFID firmware
card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
3. Replace the RFID UHF
option.

44.35 RFID Error Invalid RFID region 1. Check the RFID firmware
card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
2. Replace the RFID UHF
option.

2-8 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

44.36 RFID Error Invalid X/Y Position 1. This error code most likely
indicates a problem with
the customer’s datastream,
and not the RFID Option
itself. Ensure there is
nothing wrong with the
customer’s datastream.
2. Check the RFID firmware
card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
3. Replace the RFID UHF
option.

50 PPDS Font Error This message displays when The following actions may be
the PPDS interpreter has taken:
encountered a font error.
• Press to clear the
Note: This error may only
message and continue
occur when the printer is
processing the job.
formatting PPDS print data.
• Press until Busy/
Waiting appears. The
following are available:
- Cancel Job
- Reset Printer
- Reset Active Bin

51 Defective Flash This message displays when Press to clear the

the printer detects a defective
message. The flash is marked
flash. This error may occur at
as bad and normal operation
power on, or during flash
continues. Flash operations
format and write operations.
are not allowed until the
problem is resolved.

52 Flash Full This message displays when Press to clear the

the printer detects an
message. The flash is marked
unformatted flash at power on.
as bad and normal operation
continues. Flash operations
are not allowed until the flash is
formatted.

Diagnostic information 2-9

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

54 Serial Option [x] Error This IR is displayed when a Go to network service check.
serial error (framing, parity or See “Network service check”
overrun) has been detected on on page 2-198.
the specified optional serial
port. This usually indicates that
the serial port has not been set
up correctly.
Once a host interface error has
been displayed for the first
time, reporting of further host
interface errors for the
associated port is suppressed
until the interface parameters
are changed for the
associated, or the machine is
powered off.

54 Std Network Software This error displays when a
Error network port is detected, but
the printer cannot establish
communications with it.
The following actions may be
taken:
• Press to clear the
message and continue
printing.
The job may not print
correctly.
• Program new firmware for
the network interface.
Reset the printer.

54 Network [x] Software This error displays when a
Error network port is detected, but
the printer cannot establish
communications with it.
The following actions may be
taken:
• Press to clear the
message and continue
printing.
The job may not print
correctly.
• Program new firmware for
the network interface.
• Reset the printer.

55 Unsupported Option An unsupported option is Remove unsupported option.

in Slot [x] installed in the specified
solutions port. Power off the
printer and remove the
unsupported option in the
specified slot.

2-10 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

56 Parallel Port [x] This error displays when data Go to network service check.
Disabled is sent to the printer across an See “Network service check”
optional parallel port, but the on page 2-198.
port has been disabled. Once
this message displays,
reporting of further errors is
suppressed until the menus are
entered, or the printer is reset.

56 Serial Port [x] This error displays when data Go to network service check.
Disabled is sent to the printer across an See “Network service check”
serial port, but the port has on page 2-198.
been disabled. Once this
message displays, reporting of
further errors is suppressed
until the menus are entered, or
the printer is reset.

56 Standard USB Port Displayed when status is The following actions may be
Disabled requested over the USB port, taken:
but the port has been disabled.
Once the error has been • Press to clear the
displayed for the first time, message. The printer
reporting of further errors is discards any data received
suppressed until the menus are on the USB port.
entered or the printer is reset.
• Press until Busy/
Waiting appears. The
following are available:
- Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin

56 USB Port [x] Disabled Displayed when status is The following actions may be
requested over the USB port, taken:
but the port has been disabled.
Once the error has been • Press to clear the
displayed for the first time, message. The printer
reporting of further errors is discards any data received
suppressed until the menus are on the USB port.
entered or the printer is reset.
• Press until Busy/
Waiting appears. The
following are available:
- Reset Printer
Reset Active Bin

Diagnostic information 2-11

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

58 Invalid Tray Either no input trays or there 1. Ensure the RFID option is
Configuration are optional trays above the in first position under printer
RFID option. and that there is at least
one input tray beneath the
RFID option.
2. Check the RFID firmware
card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
3. Replace the RFID UHF
option.

58 Too Many Bins This error code displays when 1. Turn off and unplug the
Attached too many bins are attached to printer.
the printer. 2. Remove the excess bins.
3. Plug in the printer, and turn
it on.

58 Too Many Disks This error code displays when 1. Turn off and unplug the
Installed too many disks are attached to printer.
the printer. 2. Remove the excess disks.
3. Plug in the printer, and turn
it on.

58 Too Many Flash This error code displays when
Options too many user flash memory
options or too many optional
firmware cards have been
installed.
User can power off and remove
extra flash options.
1. Turn off and unplug the
printer.
2. Remove the excess flash
memory.
3. Plug in the printer, and turn
it on.

58 Too Many Trays This error code displays when 1. Turn off and unplug the
Attached too many input trays are printer.
attached to the printer. 2. Remove the excess trays.
Note: With the RFID option 3. Plug in the printer, and turn
attached, the maximum it on.
number of trays is three.
Without the RFID option
attached, the maximum
number is four.

2-12 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

59 Incompatible Duplex An incompatible duplex option 1. Turn off and unplug the
is installed. printer.
Remove the incompatible 2. Remove the incompatible
external duplex unit
duplex option and press
assembly.
to clear the message.
3. Plug in the printer, and turn
Note: If the user installed the it on.
incompatible device to satisfy a
Check Device Connections/
reattach message, the user
should reinstall an associated
compatible option or hot unplug
the option.

59 Incompatible An incompatible envelope 1. Turn off and unplug the

Envelope Feeder feeder is installed. printer.
Remove the incompatible 2. Remove the incompatible
envelope feeder.
feeder and press to clear
3. Plug in the printer, and turn
the message.
it on.
Note: If the user installed the
incompatible device to satisfy a
Check Device Connections/
reattach message, the user
should reinstall an associated
compatible option or hot unplug
the option.

59 Incompatible Output An incompatible output bin is 1. Turn off and unplug the
Bin [x] installed. For Output Bin x, x=1, printer.
2, or 3. 2. Remove the incompatible
Remove the incompatible output option.
output bin and press to 3. Plug in the printer, and turn
it on.
clear the message.
Note: If the user installed the
incompatible device to satisfy a
Check Device Connections/
reattach message, the user
should reinstall an associated
compatible option or hot unplug
the option.

Diagnostic information 2-13

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

59 Incompatible Tray [x] An incompatible tray is 1. Turn off and unplug the
installed. For Tray x, x= 2, 3, 4, printer.
or 5. 2. Remove the incompatible
Remove the incompatible tray trays.
and press to clear the 3. Plug in the printer, and turn
it on.
message.
Note: If the user installed the
incompatible device to satisfy a
Check Device Connections/
reattach message, the user
should reinstall an associated
compatible option or hot unplug
the option.

61 Defective Disk This error code displays when press to clear the
the printer detects a defective
message. The disk is marked
disk. This error may occur at
defective and normal printer
power on or during disk format
operations continue. Disk
and write operations. While this
operations are not allowed with
message displays.
a defective disk. The Format
Disk menu is not shown.

62 Disk Full This error code displays when TBD

there is not enough free space
on the disk to hold the
resources that have been
requested to be written to the
disk. This message displays for
both resource and PostScript
Disk operators when the disk is
full.

80 Routine Maintenance The operator panel displays Scheduled maintenance

Needed this message at each 300K required.
page count interval. It is Refer to chapter 6.
necessary to replace the fuser
assembly, transfer roller, Go to “Preventive
charge roll, and pick rolls at this maintenance” on page 6-1.
interval to maintain the print
quality and reliability of the
printer. The parts are available
as a maintenance kit. For more
information, go to “Scheduled
maintenance” on page 6-2.

88 Cartridge Low This IR is displayed when Replace the print cartridge.

cartridge low occurs and the
cartridge low alarm is
activated. If cartridge alarm is
not activated, this is not an
intervention condition.

2-14 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

88 Cartridge Nearly Low This IR is displayed when Replace the print cartridge.
cartridge low occurs and the
cartridge low alarm is
activated. If cartridge alarm is
not activated, this is not an
intervention condition.

88 Replace Cartridge This IR is displayed when toner Replace the print cartridge.
cartridge is exhausted/empty.

Diagnostic information 2-15

4062

Error code table 1

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

200.00 Sensor (input) area The media is jammed in the 1. Fan the media and check for
jam sensor (input) area. obstructions.
2. Go to sensor (input) service
check.
See “Sensor (input) service
check” on page 2-144.

200.01 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor 1. Fan the media and check for
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within obstructions.
Source = MPF, duplex the specified time. 2. Go to sensor (input)
or envelope feeder lingering jam service check.
See “Sensor (input) lingering
jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.02 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor 1. Fan the media and ensure it
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within is properly installed.
the specified time. 2. Go to sensor (input)
lingering jam service check.
See “Sensor (input) lingering
jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.04 Sensor (input) early The media reached the sensor
jam (input) sooner than the
specified time.
Wrong config ID causes engine
to assume 500 paper path on
250 model.
1. Fan the media and ensure it
is properly installed.
2. Go to sensor (input) early
jam service check.
See “Sensor (input) early jam
service check” on
page 2-152.

200.06 Sensor (input) early The sensor (input) rebounded Go to sensor (input) service
jam once the trailing edge of the check.
media passed. See “Sensor (input) service
check” on page 2-144.

200.07 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = input option specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
tray service check.” on
page 2-148.

2-16 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

200.08 Sensor (input) early The media reaches the sensor 1. Fan the media and ensure it
jam (input) sooner than the is properly installed.
specified time. 2. Go to sensor (input) early
jam service check.
See “Sensor (input) early jam
service check” on
page 2-152.

200.09 Printhead laser start The printhead laser start
failure process failed because it did
not receive proper feedback
signal from the printhead
motor.
1. Check all connections on
the printhead.
2. Check all connections on
the main drive motor
assembly.
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Main drive
motor assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.

200.10 Printhead motor The printhead motor is not 1. Remove all media present
synchronization error synchronized when media in media path.
reaches the sensor (input). 2. Check all connections on
the printhead.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the printhead if
problem remains. Go to
“Printhead assembly
removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48.

200.11 Printhead polygon The printhead polygon mirror 1. Remove all media present
mirror synchronization motor becomes un- in media path.
error synchronized when the media 2. Check all connections on
reaches the sensor (input). the printhead.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the printhead if
problem remains. Go to
“Printhead assembly
removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48.

Diagnostic information 2-17

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

200.12 Laser power signal The printhead laser power 1. Remove all media present
error signal has failed in media path.
2. Check all connections on
the printhead.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the printhead if
problem remains. Go to
“Printhead assembly
removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48
5. Replace the system card if
problem remains. Go to
“System card assembly
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-69.

200.13 Sensor (input) static Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (input) static jam
jam (input) during the warm up service check.
sequence. See “Sensor (input) static
jam service check” on
page 2-154.

200.14 Sensor (input) early The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) early jam
jam (input) sooner than the service check.
specified time. See “Sensor (input) early jam
service check” on
page 2-152.

200.15 Laser power did not Laser circuit failure on 1. Remove all media present
settle printhead or system card in media path.
assembly. 2. Check all connections on
the printhead.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the printhead if
problem remains. Go to
“Printhead assembly
removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48
5. Replace the system card if
problem remains. Go to
“System card assembly
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-69.

2-18 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

200.16 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Remove all media present
assembly load error has failed or caused high in media path.
mechanical load due to paper 2. Check all connections on
jam or bind. the main drive motor
assembly.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the main drive
motor assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Main drive
motor assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.

200.17 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 1 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level= Not Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.18 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 1 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.19 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 1 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Empty jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.27 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Not Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.28 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.29 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Empty jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

Diagnostic information 2-19

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

200.32 Operator panel door Operator panel door assembly 1. Ensure that the operator
assembly not fully closed. Interlock panel door assembly is fully
switch failure switch not functioning correctly. closed.
2. Check operator panel door
assembly for damage.
3. Check interlock switch (in
left operator panel hinge)
for damage.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.

200.33 Sensor (input) early The media reached the sensor
jam (input) sooner than the
specified time.
Wrong config ID causes engine
to assume 500 paper path on
250 model.
1. Fan the media and ensure it
is properly installed.
2. Go to sensor (input) early
jam service check.
See “Sensor (input) early jam
service check” on
page 2-152.

200.34 Sensor (toner empty) The sensor (toner empty) has
failure failed or is not sensing the
pulse wheel on the print
cartridge.
1. Inspect print cartridge pulse
wheel for damage and replace
if needed.
2. Check the sensor (toner
empty) for proper operation.
See “Sensor (toner empty)
service check” on
page 2-174.

200.37 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level= Not Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.38 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.39 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Empty jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.47 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Not Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

2-20 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

200.48 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.49 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Empty jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.57 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Not Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.58 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Low jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

200.59 Sensor (input) The media reached the sensor Go to sensor (input) lingering
lingering jam (input) but did not clear it within jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (input) lingering
Tray level = Empty jam service check.” on
page 2-151.

201.00 Sensor (fuser output) The media is jammed in the Go to sensor (fuser output)
area jam. sensor (fuser output) area. service check.
Type 1 fuser See “Sensor (fuser output)
service check” on
page 2-144.

201.01 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly load error. has failed or caused high the main drive motor
Type 1 fuser mechanical load due to paper assembly.
jam or bind. 2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Main drive
motor assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.

Diagnostic information 2-21

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

201.02 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output) late
late jam. sensor (fuser output) within the jam service check.
Type 1 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
late jam service check.” on
page 2-154.
If problem remains, a type 2
fuser can be installed.

201.03 Image data did not Printhead write failure 1. Check all connections on the
start in time printhead assembly
Type 1 fuser 2. Check all connections on the
system card assembly.
3. Replace the printhead
assembly if problem remains.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

201.04 Sensor (narrow The expected wide media is Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) late jam late reaching the sensor late jam service check.
Type 1 fuser (narrow media) within the See “Sensor (narrow media)
specified time. late jam service check.” on
page 2-158.

201.06 Sensor (narrow The expected wide media is Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) late jam late reaching the sensor late jam service check.
Type 1 fuser (narrow media) within the See “Sensor (narrow media)
specified time. late jam service check.” on
page 2-158.

201.07 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output) late
late jam sensor (fuser output) within the jam service check.
Type 1 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
late jam service check.” on
page 2-154.

201.25 Sensor (fuser output) The media is jammed in the Go to sensor (fuser output)
area jam. sensor (fuser output) area. service check.
Type 2 fuser See “Sensor (fuser output)
late jam service check.” on
page 2-154.

2-22 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

201.26 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly load error. has failed or caused high the main drive motor
Type 2 fuser mechanical load due to paper assembly.
jam or bind. 2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Main drive
motor assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.

201.27 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output) late
late jam. sensor (fuser output) within the jam service check.
Type 2 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
late jam service check.” on
page 2-154.
If problem remains, a type 2
fuser can be installed.

201.28 Image data did not Printhead write failure 1. Check all connections on the
start in time printhead assembly
Type 2 fuser 2. Check all connections on the
system card assembly.
3. Replace the printhead
assembly if problem remains.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

201.29 Sensor (narrow The expected wide media is Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) late jam late reaching the sensor late jam service check.
Type 2 fuser (narrow media) within the See “Sensor (narrow media)
specified time. late jam service check.” on
page 2-158.

201.30 Operator panel door The printer detected that the 1. Remove all media present
assembly interlock operator panel door interlock in media path.
switch failure switch did not cycle prior to 2. Ensure that the operator
Type 2 fuser printer restart. panel door assembly is fully
open then fully closed.
3. Check operator panel door
assembly for damage.
4. Check interlock switch (in
left operator panel hinge)
for damage.
5. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.

Diagnostic information 2-23

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

201.31 Sensor (narrow The expected wide media is Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) late jam late reaching the sensor late jam service check.
Type 2 fuser (narrow media) within the See “Sensor (narrow media)
specified time. late jam service check.” on
page 2-158.

201.32 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output) late
late jam sensor (fuser output) within the jam service check.
Type 2 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
late jam service check.” on
page 2-154.

201.50 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output)
late jam sensor (fuser output) within the service check.
Type 1 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has service check” on
exceeded life. page 2-144.

201.51 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly load error. has failed or caused high the main drive motor
Type 1 fuser mechanical load due to paper assembly.
jam or bind. 2. Check all connections on
Fuser page count has
the system card assembly.
exceeded life.
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Main drive
motor assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.

201.52 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output) late
late jam sensor (fuser output) within the jam service check.
Type 1 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has late jam service check.” on
exceeded life. page 2-154.
If problem remains, a type 2
fuser can be installed.

201.53 Image data did not Printhead write failure 1. Check all connections on the
start in time printhead assembly
Type 1 fuser 2. Check all connections on the
Fuser page count has system card assembly.
exceeded life 3. Replace the printhead
assembly if problem remains.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

2-24 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

201.54 Sensor (narrow The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) late jam sensor (narrow media) within late jam service check.
Type 1 fuser the specified time. See “Sensor (narrow media)
Fuser page count has late jam service check.” on
exceeded life page 2-158.

201.55 Operator panel door The printer detected that the 1. Remove all media present
assembly interlock switch (operator panel door in media path.
switch open failure interlock) did not cycle prior to 2. Ensure that the operator
Type 1 fuser printer restart. panel door assembly is fully
open then fully closed.
Fuser page count has
exceeded life 3. Check operator panel door
assembly for damage.
4. Check interlock switch (in
left operator panel hinge)
for damage.
5. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.

201.56 Sensor (narrow The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) late jam sensor (narrow media) within late jam service check.
Type 1 fuser the specified time. See “Sensor (narrow media)
Fuser page count has late jam service check.” on
exceeded life. page 2-158.

201.57 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output) late
late jam sensor (fuser output) within the jam service check.
Type 1 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has late jam service check.” on
exceeded life page 2-154.

201.75 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output) late
late jam sensor (fuser output) within the jam service check.
Type 2 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has late jam service check.” on
exceeded life. page 2-154.

201.76 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Remove all media present
assembly load error. has failed or caused high in media path.
Type 2 fuser mechanical load due to paper 2. Check all connections on
jam or bind. the main drive motor
Fuser page count has
assembly.
exceeded life.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the main drive
motor assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Main drive
motor assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.

Diagnostic information 2-25

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

201.77 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output) late
late jam sensor (fuser output) within the jam service check.
Type 2 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has late jam service check.” on
exceeded life. page 2-154.

201.78 Image data did not Printhead write failure 1. Check all connections on the
start in time printhead assembly
Type 2 fuser 2. Check all connections on the
Fuser page count has system card assembly.
exceeded life 3. Replace the printhead
assembly if problem remains.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

201.79 Sensor (narrow The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) late jam sensor (narrow media) within late jam service check.
Type 2 fuser the specified time. See “Sensor (narrow media)
Fuser page count has late jam service check.” on
exceeded life page 2-158.

201.80 Operator panel door The printer detected that the 1. Remove all media present
assembly interlock switch (operator panel door in media path.
switch open failure interlock) did not cycle prior to 2. Ensure that the operator
Type 2 fuser printer restart. panel door assembly is fully
open then fully closed.
Fuser page count has
exceeded life 3. Check operator panel door
assembly for damage.
4. Check interlock switch (in
left operator panel hinge)
for damage.
5. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.

201.81 Sensor (narrow The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) late jam sensor (narrow media) within late jam service check.
Type 2 fuser the specified time. See “Sensor (narrow media)
Fuser page count has late jam service check.” on
exceeded life. page 2-158.

201.82 Sensor (fuser output) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (fuser output) late
late jam sensor (fuser output) within the jam service check.
Type 2 fuser specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has late jam service check.” on
exceeded life page 2-154.

2-26 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

202.00 Paper jam around Page may be jammed in fuser 1. Remove all media present
fuser exit or redrive exit or redrive area. in media path.
area. 2. Check media for proper
Type 1 fuser installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Go to sensor (fuser output)
service check. See
“Sensor (fuser output)
service check” on
page 2-144.
5. Go to sensor (narrow
media) service check. See
“Sensor (narrow media)
service check” on
page 2-145.

202.01 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
standard bin. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 1 fuser Media did not reach the sensor on page 2-156.
(narrow media)

202.02 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 1 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-156.

202.03 Sensor (narrow Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) static jam (narrow media) during the static jam service check.
Type 1 fuser warm up sequence. See “Sensor (narrow media)
static jam service check” on
page 2-159.

202.04 Sensor (fuser output) The sensor (fuser output) Go to sensor (fuser output)
bounce rebounded once the trailing service check.
Type 1 fuser edge of the media passed. See “Sensor (fuser output)
service check” on
page 2-144.

202.06 Sensor (fuser output) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
static jam (fuser output) during the warm static jam service check.
Type 1 fuser up sequence. See “Sensor (fuser output)
static jam service check” on
page 2-157.

202.07 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 1 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-156.

Diagnostic information 2-27

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

202.09 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 1 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-156.

202.10 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is output it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
option. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 1 fuser Media did not reach the sensor on page 2-156.
(narrow media)

202.11 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
standard bin. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 1 fuser Media did reach the sensor on page 2-156.
(narrow media)

202.12 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is output it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
option. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 1 fuser Media did reach the sensor on page 2-156.
(narrow media)

202.13 Sensor (fuser output) Media remains on the sensor 1. Go to sensor (fuser output)
static jam (fuser output) and the sensor static jam service check.
and (narrow media) during the See “Sensor (fuser
warm up sequence. output) static jam service
Sensor (narrow check” on page 2-157.
media) static jam
2. Go to sensor (narrow
Type 1 fuser media) static jam service
check. See “Sensor
(narrow media) static jam
service check” on
page 2-159.

2-28 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

202.25 Paper jam around Page may be jammed in fuser 1. Remove all media present
fuser exit or redrive exit or redrive area. in media path.
area. 2. Check media for proper
Type 2 fuser installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Go to sensor (fuser output)
service check.
5. See “Sensor (fuser
output) service check” on
page 2-144.
6. Go to sensor (narrow
media) service check. See
“Sensor (narrow media)
service check” on
page 2-145.

202.26 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
standard bin. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 2 fuser Media did not reach the sensor on page 2-156.
(narrow media)

202.27 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 2 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-156.

202.28 Sensor (narrow Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) static jam (narrow media) during the static jam service check.
Type 2 fuser warm up sequence. See “Sensor (narrow media)
static jam service check” on
page 2-159.

202.29 Sensor (fuser output) The sensor (fuser output) Go to sensor (fuser output)
bounce rebounded once the trailing service check.
Type 2 fuser edge of the media passed. See “Sensor (fuser output)
service check” on
page 2-144.

202.30 Never sent the divert

command to the
stacker.
Type 2 fuser

202.31 Sensor (fuser output) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
static jam (fuser output) during the warm static jam service check.
Type 2 fuser up sequence. See “Sensor (fuser output)
static jam service check” on
page 2-157.

Diagnostic information 2-29

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

202.32 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 2 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-156.

202.34 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 2 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-156.

202.35 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is output it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
option. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 2 fuser Media did not reach the sensor on page 2-156.
(narrow media)

202.36 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
standard bin. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 2 fuser Media did reach the sensor on page 2-156.
(narrow media)

202.37 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is output it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
option. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 2 fuser Media did reach the sensor on page 2-156.
(narrow media)

202.38 Sensor (fuser output) Media remains on the sensor 1. Go to sensor (fuser output)
static jam (fuser output) and the sensor static jam service check.
and (narrow media) during the See “Sensor (fuser
warm up sequence. output) static jam service
Sensor (narrow check” on page 2-157.
media) static jam
2. Go to sensor (narrow
Type 2 fuser media) static jam service
check. See “Sensor
(narrow media) static jam
service check” on
page 2-159.

2-30 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

202.50 Paper jam around Page may be jammed in fuser 1. Remove all media present
fuser exit or redrive exit or redrive area. in media path.
area. 2. Check media for proper
Type 1 fuser installation.
Fuser page count has 3. Check for obstructions in
exceeded life media path.
4. Go to sensor (fuser output)
service check. See
“Sensor (fuser output)
service check” on
page 2-144.
5. Go to sensor (narrow
media) service check. See
“Sensor (narrow media)
service check” on
page 2-145.

202.51 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
standard bin. lingering jam service check.”
Type 1 fuser on page 2-156.

Fuser page count has

exceeded life.

202.52 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 1 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has lingering jam service check.”
exceeded life. on page 2-156.

202.53 Sensor (narrow Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (narrow media)
media) static jam (narrow media) during the static jam service check.
Type 1 fuser warm up sequence. See “Sensor (narrow media)
Fuser page count has static jam service check” on
exceeded life. page 2-159.

202.54 Sensor (fuser output) The sensor (fuser output) Go to sensor (fuser output)
bounce rebounded once the trailing service check.
Type 1 fuser edge of the media passed. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has service check” on
exceeded life. page 2-144.

202.56 Sensor (fuser output) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
static jam (fuser output) during the warm static jam service check.
Type 1 fuser up sequence. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has static jam service check” on
exceeded life. page 2-157.

Diagnostic information 2-31

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

202.57 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 1 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has lingering jam service check.”
exceeded life. on page 2-156.

202.59 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 1 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has lingering jam service check.”
exceeded life. on page 2-156.

202.60 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is output it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
option. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 1 fuser Media did not reach the sensor on page 2-156.

Fuser page count has (narrow media)

exceeded life.

202.61 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
standard bin. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 1 fuser Media did reach the sensor on page 2-156.

Fuser page count has (narrow media)

exceeded life.

202.62 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is output it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
option. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 1 fuser Media did reach the sensor on page 2-156.

Fuser page count has (narrow media)

exceeded life.

202.63 Sensor (fuser output) Media remains on the sensor 1. Go to sensor (fuser output)
static jam (fuser output) and the sensor static jam service check.
and (narrow media) during the See “Sensor (fuser
warm up sequence. output) static jam service
Sensor (narrow check” on page 2-157.
media) static jam
2. Go to sensor (narrow
Type 1 fuser media) static jam service
Fuser page count has check. See “Sensor
exceeded life. (narrow media) static jam
service check” on
page 2-159.

2-32 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

202.75 Paper jam around Page may be jammed in fuser 1. Remove all media present
fuser exit or redrive exit or redrive area. in media path.
area. 2. Check media for proper
Type 2 fuser installation.
Fuser page count has 3. Check for obstructions in
exceeded life. media path.
4. Go to sensor (fuser output)
service check. See
“Sensor (fuser output)
service check” on
page 2-144.
5. Go to sensor (narrow
media) service check. See
“Sensor (narrow media)
service check” on
page 2-145.

202.76 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
standard bin. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 2 fuser Media did not reach the sensor on page 2-156.

Fuser page count has (narrow media)

exceeded life.

202.77 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 2 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has lingering jam service check.”
exceeded life. on page 2-156.

202.78 Sensor (narrow Media remains on the sensor 1. Go to sensor (fuser output)
media) static jam (narrow media) during the static jam service check.
Type 2 fuser warm up sequence. See “Sensor (fuser
output) static jam service
Fuser page count has check” on page 2-157.
exceeded life.
2. Go to sensor (narrow
media) static jam service
check. See “Sensor
(narrow media) static jam
service check” on
page 2-159.

202.79 Sensor (fuser output) The sensor (fuser output) Go to sensor (fuser output)
bounce rebounded once the trailing service check.
Type 2 fuser edge of the media passed. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has service check” on
exceeded life. page 2-144.

Diagnostic information 2-33

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

202.81 Sensor (fuser output) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
static jam (fuser output) during the warm static jam service check.
Type 2 fuser up sequence. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has static jam service check” on
exceeded life. page 2-157.

202.82 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 2 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has lingering jam service check.”
exceeded life. on page 2-156.

202.84 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Type 2 fuser it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
Fuser page count has lingering jam service check.”
exceeded life. on page 2-156.

202.85 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is output it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
option. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 2 fuser Media did not reach the sensor on page 2-156.

Fuser page count has (narrow media)

exceeded life.

202.86 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
standard bin. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 2 fuser Media did reach the sensor on page 2-156.

Fuser page count has (narrow media)

exceeded life.

202.87 Sensor (fuser output) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (fuser output)
lingering jam. (fuser output) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Destination is output it in the specified time. See “Sensor (fuser output)
option. and lingering jam service check.”
Type 2 fuser Media did reach the sensor on page 2-156.

Fuser page count has (narrow media)

exceeded life.

2-34 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

202.88 Sensor (fuser output) Media remains on the sensor 1. Go to sensor (fuser output)
static jam (fuser output) and the sensor static jam service check.
and (narrow media) during the See “Sensor (fuser
warm up sequence. output) static jam service
Sensor (narrow check” on page 2-157.
media) static jam
2. Go to sensor (narrow
Type 2 fuser media) static jam service
Fuser page count has check. See “Sensor
exceeded life. (narrow media) static jam
service check” on
page 2-159.

202.99 Fuser ID chip failure The system does not recognize Replace the fuser unit
the ID chip on the fuser unit. assembly.
Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16,

203.00 Paper jam around Page may be jammed in 1. Remove all media present
redrive area. redrive area. in media path.
2. Check media for proper
installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Go to sensor (fuser output)
service check. See
“Sensor (fuser output)
service check” on
page 2-144.
5. Go to sensor (narrow
media) service check. See
“Sensor (narrow media)
service check” on
page 2-145.

203.01 Internal duplex drive The internal duplex drive motor 1. Remove all media present
motor control failure. motor does not reach the in media path.
Internal duplex proper operating speed at the 2. Check all connections on
specified time. the duplex media entrance
drive motor assembly.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the duplex media
entrance drive motor
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Duplex
drive motor assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-10.

Diagnostic information 2-35

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

203.08 Redrive motor load The redrive motor assembly
error has failed or caused high
mechanical load during the
warm up sequence.
1. Remove all media present
in media path.
2. Ensure that upper redive
assembly is properly
installed.
3. Check all connections on
the redrive motor assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the redrive motor
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Redrive
motor assembly removal
(T652, T654)” on
page 4-55.

203.10 Redrive motor control The redrive motor does not 1. Remove all media present
failure. reach the proper operating in media path.
Media tray 1 speed at the specified time. 2. Ensure that upper redive
assembly is properly
installed.
3. Check all connections on
the redrive motor assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the redrive motor
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Redrive
motor assembly removal
(T652, T654)” on
page 4-55.

203.18 Redrive motor The redrive motor assembly 1. Remove all media present
assembly underspeed does not rotate at the specified in media path.
error. speed. 2. Ensure that upper redive
assembly is properly
installed.
3. Check all connections on
the redrive motor assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the redrive motor
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Redrive
motor assembly removal
(T652, T654)” on
page 4-55.

2-36 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

203.20 Redrive motor lost The redrive motor is not 1. Check all connections on
encoder failure reporting pulses back to the the redrive motor assembly.
engine. 2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the redrive motor
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Redrive
motor assembly removal
(T652, T654)” on
page 4-55

230.00 Paper jam around Page may be jammed in 1. Remove all media present
internal duplex. internal duplex area. in media path.
Source = Internal 2. Check for obstructions in
duplex media path.
3. Go to sensor (fuser output)
service check. See
“Sensor (fuser output)
service check” on
page 2-144.
4. Go to sensor (duplex input)
service check. See
“Sensor (duplex input)
service check” on
page 2-145.

230.01 Sensor (duplex input) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (duplex input)
lingering jam (duplex input) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Source = Internal it in the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
duplex late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

230.02 Sensor (duplex input) Media is late reaching the Go to sensor (duplex input) late
late jam sensor (duplex input) within the jam service check.
Source = Internal specified time. See “Sensor (duplex input)
duplex late jam service check.” on
page 2-160.

230.03 Sensor (duplex input) The sensor (duplex input) Go to sensor (duplex input)
bounce rebounded once the trailing service check. See “Sensor
Source = Internal edge of the media passed. (duplex input) service
duplex check” on page 2-145.

230.04 Sensor (input) late Media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam from duplex sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Internal specified time during the See “Sensor (input) late jam
duplex second side printing using the service check.” on
internal duplex. page 2-148.

Diagnostic information 2-37

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

230.05 sensor (duplex input) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (duplex input)
lingering jam (duplex input) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Source = Internal it in the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
duplex late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

230.06 Sensor (input) late Media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam from duplex sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Internal specified time during the See “Sensor (input) late jam
duplex second side printing using the service check.” on
internal duplex. page 2-148.

230.07 Sensor (input) late Media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam from duplex sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Internal specified time during the See “Sensor (input) late jam
duplex second side printing using the service check.” on
internal duplex. page 2-148.

230.08 Internal duplex drive The internal duplex drive motor 1. Remove all media present
motor load error assembly has failed or caused in media path.
Source = Internal high mechanical load during 2. Check all connections on
duplex warm up sequence. the duplex media entrance
drive motor assembly.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the duplex drive
motor assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Duplex
drive motor assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-10.

230.10 Internal duplex drive The internal duplex drive motor 1. Remove all media present
motor control failure. motor does not reach the in media path.
Source = Internal proper operating speed at the 2. Check all connections on
duplex specified time. the duplex media entrance
drive motor assembly.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the duplex media
entrance drive motor
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Duplex
drive motor assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-10.

230.13 sensor (duplex input) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (duplex input)
static jam (duplex input) during the warm static jam service check.
Source = Internal up sequence. See “Sensor (duplex input)
duplex lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-161.

2-38 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

230.14 Paper jam around Page may be jammed in 1. Remove all media present
internal duplex. internal duplex area. in media path.
Source = Internal 2. Check for obstructions in
duplex media path.
3. Go to sensor (fuser output)
service check. See
“Sensor (fuser output)
service check” on
page 2-144.
4. Go to sensor (duplex input)
service check. See
“Sensor (duplex input)
service check” on
page 2-145.

230.18 Internal duplex drive The internal duplex drive motor 1. Remove all media present
motor assembly does not rotate at the specified in media path.
underspeed error. speed. 2. Check all connections on
Source = Internal the duplex media entrance
duplex drive motor assembly.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the duplex media
entrance drive motor
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Duplex
drive motor assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-10.

230.20 Internal duplex drive The internal duplex drive motor 1. Remove all media present
motor lost encoder is not reporting pulses back to in media path.
failure the engine. 2. Check all connections on
Source = Internal the duplex media entrance
duplex drive motor assembly.
3. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
4. Replace the duplex drive
motor assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Duplex
drive motor assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-10.

231.00 Sensor (duplex input) Media is late reaching the Go to sensor (duplex input) late
late jam sensor (duplex input) within the jam service check.
Source = External specified time. See “Sensor (duplex input)
duplex late jam service check.” on
page 2-160.

Diagnostic information 2-39

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

232.00 Sensor (duplex input) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (duplex input)
lingering jam (duplex input) but did not clear lingering jam service check.
Source = External it in the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
duplex late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

233.00 Sensor (duplex Media is late reaching the 1. Remove all media present
double-feed) late jam sensor (duplex double-feed) in media path.
Source = External within the specified time. 2. Check for obstructions in
duplex media path.
3. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
4. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
5. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
6. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

234.00 Sensor (duplex exit) Media is late reaching the 1. Remove all media present
late jam sensor (duplex exit) within the in media path.
Source = External specified time. 2. Check media for proper
duplex installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Check sensor (duplex exit)
for proper operation. See
“Sensor (duplex exit)
service check (external
duplex only)” on
page 2-147.
7. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
8. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

2-40 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

235.00 Sensor (duplex Media reached the sensor 1. Remove all media present
double-feed) lingering (duplex double-feed) within the in media path.
jam specified time but did not clear 2. Check media for proper
Source = External it within the specified time. installation.
duplex 3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

236.00 Sensor (duplex exit) Media reached the sensor 1. Remove all media present
lingering jam (duplex exit) within the in media path.
Source = External specified time but did not clear 2. Check media for proper
duplex it within the specified time. installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Check sensor (duplex exit)
for proper operation.See
“Sensor (duplex exit)
service check (external
duplex only)” on
page 2-147.
6. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

237.00 Sensor (input) late Media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam from duplex sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = External specified time during the See “Sensor (input) late jam
duplex second side printing using the service check.” on
external duplex. page 2-148.

Diagnostic information 2-41

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

237.07 Paper jam around Page may be jammed in 1. Remove all media present
external duplex external duplex area. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check media for proper
duplex. installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Ensure the external duplex
tray is fully closed.
7. Ensure the media tray 1 is
fully closed.
8. Check the lower option
drive (PTO) assembly for
damage.
9. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
10.Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

238.00 External duplex Media remains on a sensor 1. Remove all media present
sensor static jam within the external duplex in media path.
Source = External assembly during the warm up 2. Replace the external
duplex sequence. duplex assembly if problem
remains.

238.01 Sensor (duplex input) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (duplex input)
static jam (duplex input) during the warm static jam service check.
Source = External up sequence. See “Sensor (duplex input)
duplex lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-161.

238.02 Sensor (duplex exit) Media remains on the sensor 1. Remove all media present
static jam (duplex exit) during the warm in media path.
Source = External up sequence. 2. Go to sensor (duplex exit)
duplex service check. See
“Sensor (duplex exit)
service check (external
duplex only)” on
page 2-147.
3. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

2-42 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

238.03 Sensor (duplex input) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (duplex input)
static jam (duplex input) and the sensor static jam service check.
Sensor (duplex exit) (duplex exit) during the warm See “Sensor (duplex input)
static jam up sequence. lingering jam service check.”
Source = External on page 2-161.
duplex

238.04 Sensor (duplex Media remains on the sensor 1. Remove all media present
double-feed) static (duplex double-feed) during the in media path.
jam warm up sequence. 2. Replace the external
Source = External duplex assembly if problem
duplex remains.

238.05 Sensor (duplex input) Media remains on the sensor 1. Remove all media present in
static jam (duplex input) and the sensor media path.
Sensor (double-feed) (double-feed) during the warm 2. Go to sensor (duplex input)
static jam up sequence. static jam service check.
Source = External See “Sensor (duplex input)
duplex lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-161.

238.06 Sensor (duplex exit) Media remains on the sensor 1. Remove all media present
static jam (duplex exit) and the sensor in media path.
Sensor (double-feed) (double-feed) during the warm 2. Go to sensor (duplex exit)
static jam up sequence. service check. See
“Sensor (duplex exit)
Source = External
service check (external
duplex
duplex only)” on
page 2-147.
3. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

238.07 Sensor (duplex input) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (duplex input)
static jam (duplex input), sensor (double- static jam service check.
Sensor (double-feed) feed) and the sensor (duplex See “Sensor (duplex input)
static jam exit) during the warm up lingering jam service check.”
sequence. on page 2-161.
Sensor (duplex exit)
Source = External
duplex

Diagnostic information 2-43

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

239.00 Mechanical feed error Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove all media present
or timing error. error. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check sensor (duplex
duplex input) for proper operation.
See “Sensor (duplex
input) service check” on
page 2-145.
3. Check sensor (duplex exit)
for proper operation. See
“Sensor (duplex exit)
service check (external
duplex only)” on
page 2-147.
4. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

239.01 External duplex Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove all media present
assembly error error. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check media for proper
duplex installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
7. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

2-44 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

239.02 External duplex Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove all media present
assembly error error. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check media for proper
duplex installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
7. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

239.03 Device controls Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove all media present
response error. error. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check media for proper
duplex installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
7. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

Diagnostic information 2-45

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

239.04 Input device ready Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove all media present
response error. error. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check media for proper
duplex installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
7. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

239.05 Output device Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove all media present
response error. error. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check media for proper
duplex installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
7. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

2-46 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

239.06 Failed the last page of Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove all media present
a staple job. error. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check media for proper
duplex installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
7. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

239.07 Select output device Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove all media present
error. error. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check media for proper
duplex installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
7. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

Diagnostic information 2-47

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

239.08 Input source ready Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove all media present
error. error. in media path.
Source = External 2. Check media for proper
duplex installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the external duplex
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Ensure the rear door of the
external duplex is fully
closed.
6. Check all connections on
the external duplex
assembly.
7. Replace the external
duplex assembly if problem
remains.

239.11 Sensor (input) late Media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam from duplex sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = External specified time during the See “Sensor (input) late jam
duplex second side printing using the service check.” on
external duplex. page 2-148.

241.00 Media tray 1 area jam The media is jammed in the 1. Remove all media present
Source = Tray 1 media tray 1 area. in media path.
2. Check media for proper
installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.

241.01 Pick motor control The pick motor does not reach 1. Remove all media present
failure. the proper operating speed at in media path.
Media tray 1 the specified time. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-48 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

241.06 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Tray 1 or specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
MPF service check.” on
page 2-148.

241.07 Pick motor load error The pick motor has failed or 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 1 caused high mechanical load in media path.
due to paper jam or bind. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check, clean or replace the
pick rolls for wear and
excess contamination. Go
to “Pick roll assembly
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.
4. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
5. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
6. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
7. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-49

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

241.08 Pick motor load error The pick motor has failed or 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 1 caused high mechanical load in media path.
due to paper jam or bind. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check, clean or replace the
pick rolls for wear and
excess contamination. Go
to “Pick roll assembly
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.
4. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
5. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
6. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
7. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

241.10 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Tray 1 specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

241.11 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Tray 1 specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

241.12 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Tray 1 or specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
envelope feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

241.14 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Tray 1 or specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
envelope feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

2-50 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

241.15 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Tray 1 or specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
envelope feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

241.16 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Tray 1 specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

241.18 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Tray 1 specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

241.19 Pick motor control The pick motor does not reach 1. Remove all media present
failure. the proper operating speed at in media path.
Source = Tray 1 the specified time. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

241.20 Tray 1 pick motor lost The pick motor is not reporting 1. Check all connections on
encoder failure pulses back to the engine. the pick arm assembly.
Source = Tray 1 2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.

Diagnostic information 2-51

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

242.00 Media tray 2 area jam The media is jammed in the 1. Remove all media present
Source = Tray 2 media tray 2 area. in media path.
2. Check media for proper
installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.

242.02 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

242.03 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

242.04 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

242.05 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

242.06 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

242.08 Sensor (pass through) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
lingering jam (pass through) within the lingering jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 specified time but did not clear See “Sensor (pass through)
it within the specified time. lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-165.

242.09 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Tray 2 specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

2-52 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

242.10 sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

242.13 Sensor (pass through) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
static jam (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

242.16 sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

242.17 Media tray pulled jam A media tray above the source 1. Remove all media present
Source = Tray 2 tray was pulled during the in media path.
printing process. 2. Close all media trays.

242.18 Pick retry timeout The engine timed out waiting Turn the machine off/on.
Source = Tray 2 for the tray 2 to report ready
before the first pick attempt.

242.19 Pick retry timeout The engine timed out waiting Turn the machine off/on.
Source = Tray 2 for the tray 2 to report ready
before a pick retry attempt.

242.52 Tray 2 pick motor The Pick motor encoder 1. Check all connections on
overrun failure continues to detect pulses after the pick arm assembly.
Source = Tray 2 the motor was turned off. 2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.

Diagnostic information 2-53

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

242.33 Tray 2 not ready Tray was not properly pushed 1. Check the size sensing
Source = Tray 2 into the machine. fingers on the media tray
for damage
2. Replace the media tray
assembly if problem
remains.
3. Check the switch (media
size) for proper connection.
4. Replace the switch (media
size) if problem remains.
Go to “Switch (media
size) assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-62.

242.34 Empty tray pick The pick arm attempted to pick 1. Check the media out
attempted with no media in the tray. actuator for damage.
Source = Tray 2 2. Replace the media out
actuator if problem
remains. Go to “Media out
actuator removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-28.

242.35 Pick page received Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
while POR not yet (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
done. sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
Source = Tray 2 static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

242.36 Sensor (pass through) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
static jam (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

242.37 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

242.39 Media tray pulled jam A media tray above the source 1. Remove all media present
tray was pulled during the in media path.
printing process. 2. Close all media trays.

242.40 Sensor (pass through) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
lingering jam (pass through) within the lingering jam service check.
Source = Tray 2 specified time but did not clear See “Sensor (pass through)
it within the specified time. lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-165.

2-54 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

242.49 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor has 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
stalled failure stalled or has become assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 2 obstructed. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

242.50 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor does 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
underspeed failure not rotate at the specified assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 2 speed. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift drive
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly if problem
remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

242.52 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
overrun failure continues to detect pulses after assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 2 the motor has turned off. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

Diagnostic information 2-55

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

242.65 Pick motor load error The pick motor has failed or 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 2 caused high mechanical load in media path.
due to paper jam or bind. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check, clean or replace the
pick rolls for wear and
excess contamination. Go
to “Pick roll assembly
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.
4. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
5. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
6. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
7. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

242.66 Pick motor The pick motor does not rotate 1. Remove all media present
underspeed failure at the specified speed. in media path.
Source = Media tray 2 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-56 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

242.67 Pick motor overspeed The pick motor does not rotate 1. Remove all media present
failure at the specified speed. in media path.
Source = Media tray 2 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

242.68 Pick motor stop error Pick motor stop error detected 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 2 by options tray x in media path.
2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-57

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

242.69 Pick motor control The pick motor does not reach 1. Remove all media present
failure. the proper operating speed at in media path.
Source = Media tray 2 the specified time. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

243.00 Media tray 3 area jam The media is jammed in the 1. Remove all media present
media tray 3 area. in media path.
2. Check media for proper
installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.

243.02 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

243.03 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

243.04 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

243.05 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

2-58 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

243.06 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

243.08 Sensor (pass through) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
lingering jam (pass through) within the lingering jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 specified time but did not clear See “Sensor (pass through)
it within the specified time. lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-165.

243.10 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

243.13 Sensor (pass through) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
static jam (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

243.16 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

243.17 Media tray pulled jam A media tray above the source 1. Remove all media present
Source = Tray 3 tray was pulled during the in media path.
printing process. 2. Close all media trays.

243.18 Pick retry timeout The engine timed out waiting Turn the machine off/on.
Source = Tray 3 for the tray 3 to report ready
before the first pick attempt.

243.19 Pick retry timeout The engine timed out waiting Turn the machine off/on.
Source = Tray 3 for the tray 3 to report ready
before a pick retry attempt.

Diagnostic information 2-59

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

243.33 Tray 3 not ready Tray was not properly pushed 1. Check the size sensing
Source = Tray 3 into the machine. fingers on the media tray
for damage
2. Replace the media tray
assembly if problem
remains.
3. Check the switch (media
size) for proper connection.
4. Replace the switch (media
size) if problem remains.
Go to “Switch (media
size) assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-62.

243.34 Empty tray pick The pick arm attempted to pick 1. Check the media out
attempted with no media in the tray. actuator for damage.
Source = Tray 3 2. Replace the media out
actuator if problem
remains. Go to “Media out
actuator removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-28.

243.35 Pick page received Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
while POR not yet (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
done. sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
Source = Tray 3 static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

243.36 Sensor (pass through) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
static jam (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

243.37 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

243.39 Media tray pulled jam A media tray above the source 1. Remove all media present
Source = Tray 3 tray was pulled during the in media path.
printing process. 2. Close all media trays.

243.40 Sensor (pass through) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
lingering jam (pass through) within the lingering jam service check.
Source = Tray 3 specified time but did not clear See “Sensor (pass through)
it within the specified time. lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-165.

2-60 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

243.49 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor has 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
stalled failure stalled or has become assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 3 obstructed. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

243.50 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor does 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
underspeed failure not rotate at the specified assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 3 speed. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

243.52 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
overrun failure continues to detect pulses after assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 3 the motor has turned off. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

Diagnostic information 2-61

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

243.65 Pick motor load error The pick motor has failed or 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 3 caused high mechanical load in media path.
due to paper jam or bind. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check, clean or replace the
pick rolls for wear and
excess contamination. Go
to “Pick roll assembly
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.
4. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
5. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
6. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
7. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

243.66 Pick motor The pick motor does not rotate 1. Remove all media present
underspeed failure at the specified speed. in media path.
Source = Media tray 3 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-62 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

243.67 Pick motor overspeed The pick motor does not rotate 1. Remove all media present
failure at the specified speed. in media path.
Source = Media tray 3 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

243.68 Pick motor stop error Pick motor stop error detected 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 3 by options tray x in media path.
2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-63

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

243.69 Pick motor control The pick motor does not reach 1. Remove all media present
failure. the proper operating speed at in media path.
Source = Media tray 3 the specified time. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

244.00 Media tray 4 area jam The media is jammed in the 1. Remove all media present
media tray 4 area. in media path.
2. Check media for proper
installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.

244.02 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

244.03 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

244.04 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

244.05 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

2-64 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

244.06 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

244.08 Sensor (pass through) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
lingering jam (pass through) within the lingering jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 specified time but did not clear See “Sensor (pass through)
it within the specified time. lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-165.

244.10 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

244.13 Sensor (pass through) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
static jam (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

244.16 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

244.17 Media tray pulled jam A media tray above the source 1. Remove all media present
tray was pulled during the in media path.
printing process. 2. Close all media trays.

244.18 Pick retry timeout The engine timed out waiting Turn the machine off/on.
Source = Tray 4 for the tray 4 to report ready
before the first pick attempt.

244.19 Pick retry timeout The engine timed out waiting Turn the machine off/on.
Source = Tray 4 for the tray 4 to report ready
before a pick retry attempt.

Diagnostic information 2-65

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

244.33 Tray 4 not ready Tray was not properly pushed 1. Check the size sensing
Source = Tray 4 into the machine. fingers on the media tray
for damage
2. Replace the media tray
assembly if problem
remains.
3. Check the switch (media
size) for proper connection.
4. Replace the switch (media
size) if problem remains.
Go to “Switch (media
size) assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-62.

244.34 Empty tray pick The pick arm attempted to pick 1. Check the media out
attempted with no media in the tray. actuator for damage.
Source = Tray 4 2. Replace the media out
actuator if problem
remains. Go to “Media out
actuator removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-28.

244.35 Pick page received Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
while POR not yet (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
done. sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
Source = Tray 4 static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

244.36 Sensor (pass through) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
static jam (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

244.37 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

244.39 Media tray pulled jam A media tray above the source 1. Remove all media present
Source = Tray 4 tray was pulled during the in media path.
printing process. 2. Close all media trays.

244.40 Sensor (pass through) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
lingering jam (pass through) within the lingering jam service check.
Source = Tray 4 specified time but did not clear See “Sensor (pass through)
it within the specified time. lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-165.

2-66 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

244.49 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor has 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
stalled failure stalled or has become assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 4 obstructed. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

244.50 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor does 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
underspeed failure not rotate at the specified assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 4 speed. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

244.52 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
overrun failure continues to detect pulses after assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 4 the motor has turned off. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

Diagnostic information 2-67

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

244.65 Pick motor load error The pick motor has failed or 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 4 caused high mechanical load in media path.
due to paper jam or bind. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check, clean or replace the
pick rolls for wear and
excess contamination. Go
to “Pick roll assembly
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.
4. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
5. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
6. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
7. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

244.66 Pick motor The pick motor does not rotate 1. Remove all media present
underspeed failure at the specified speed. in media path.
Source = Media tray 4 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-68 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

244.67 Pick motor overspeed The pick motor does not rotate 1. Remove all media present
failure at the specified speed. in media path.
Source = Media tray 4 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

244.68 Pick motor stop error Pick motor stop error detected 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 4 by options tray x in media path.
2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-69

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

244.69 Pick motor control The pick motor does not reach 1. Remove all media present
failure. the proper operating speed at in media path.
Source = Media tray 4 the specified time. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

245.00 Media tray 5 area jam The media is jammed in the 1. Remove all media present
media tray 5 area. in media path.
2. Check media for proper
installation.
3. Check for obstructions in
media path.

245.02 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

245.03 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

245.04 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

245.05 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

2-70 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

245.06 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

245.08 Sensor (pass through) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
lingering jam (pass through) within the lingering jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 specified time but did not clear See “Sensor (pass through)
it within the specified time. lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-165.

245.10 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

245.13 Sensor (pass through) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
static jam (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

245.16 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

245.17 Media tray pulled jam A media tray above the source 1. Remove all media present
Source = Tray 5 tray was pulled during the in media path.
printing process. 2. Close all media trays.

245.18 Pick retry timeout The engine timed out waiting Turn the machine off/on.
Source = Tray 5 for the tray 5 to report ready
before the first pick attempt.

245.19 Pick retry timeout The engine timed out waiting Turn the machine off/on.
Source = Tray 5 for the tray 5 to report ready
before a pick retry attempt.

Diagnostic information 2-71

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

245.33 Tray 5 not ready Tray was not properly pushed 1. Check the size sensing
Source = Tray 5 into the machine. fingers on the media tray
for damage
2. Replace the media tray
assembly if problem
remains.
3. Check the switch (media
size) for proper connection.
4. Replace the switch (media
size) if problem remains.
Go to “Switch (media
size) assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-62.

245.34 Empty tray pick The pick arm attempted to pick 1. Check the media out
attempted with no media in the tray. actuator for damage.
Source = Tray 5 2. Replace the media out
actuator if problem
remains. Go to “Media out
actuator removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-28.

245.35 Pick page received Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
while POR not yet (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
done. sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
Source = Tray 5 static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

345.36 Sensor (pass through) Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
static jam (input) during the warm up static jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 sequence. See “Sensor (pass through)
static jam service check” on
page 2-166.

245.37 Sensor (pass through) The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (pass through)
late jam sensor (pass through) within late jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 the specified time. See “Sensor (pass through)
late jam service check” on
page 2-164.

245.39 Media tray pulled jam A media tray above the source 1. Remove all media present
Source = Tray 5 tray was pulled during the in media path.
printing process. 2. Close all media trays.

245.40 Sensor (pass through) Media reached the sensor Go to sensor (pass through)
lingering jam (pass through) within the lingering jam service check.
Source = Tray 5 specified time but did not clear See “Sensor (pass through)
it within the specified time. lingering jam service check.”
on page 2-165.

2-72 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

245.49 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor has 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
stalled failure stalled or has become assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 5 obstructed. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

245.50 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor does 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
underspeed failure not rotate at the specified assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 5 speed. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

245.52 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor 1. Ensure the HCIT media tray
overrun failure continues to detect pulses after assembly is properly inserted
Source = Tray 5 the motor has turned off. into the machine.
2. Check the HCIT tray lift
motor assembly for binding or
damage.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains.
Go to “High capacity input
tray (HCIT) tray lift drive
motor assembly removal” on
page 4-86.

Diagnostic information 2-73

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

245.65 Pick motor load error The pick motor has failed or 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 5 caused high mechanical load in media path.
due to paper jam or bind. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check, clean or replace the
pick rolls for wear and
excess contamination. Go
to “Pick roll assembly
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.
4. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
5. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
6. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
7. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

245.66 Pick motor The pick motor does not rotate 1. Remove all media present
underspeed failure at the specified speed. in media path.
Source = Media tray 5 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-74 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

245.67 Pick motor overspeed The pick motor does not rotate 1. Remove all media present
failure at the specified speed. in media path.
Source = Media tray 5 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

245.68 Pick motor stop error Pick motor stop error detected 1. Remove all media present
Source = Media tray 5 by options tray x in media path.
2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-75

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

245.69 Pick motor control The pick motor does not reach 1. Remove all media present
failure. the proper operating speed at in media path.
Source = Media tray 5 the specified time. 2. Ensure media tray is not
overfilled.
3. Check all connections on
the pick arm assembly.
4. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
5. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Pick arm
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
6. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

250.00 MPF area jam The media is jammed in the Go to sensor (input) service
Source = MPF MPF area. check.
See “Sensor (input) service
check” on page 2-144.

250.03 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = MPF specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

250.06 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = MPF specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

250.07 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = MPF specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

250.08 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = MPF specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

2-76 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

250.09 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = MPF specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

250.10 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = MPF specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

250.11 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = MPF specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
service check.” on
page 2-148.

260.00 Envelope feeder area The media is jammed in the 1. Remove the envelope
jam envelope feeder area. feeder.
2. Remove all media present
in media path.
3. Check media for proper
installation.
4. Check for obstructions in
media path.
5. Go to sensor (input) service
check. See “Sensor
(input) service check” on
page 2-144.

260.01 Envelope feeder Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove the envelope
assembly error error. feeder.
2. Remove all media present
in media path.
3. Check media for proper
installation.
4. Check for obstructions in
media path.
5. Ensure the envelope feeder
assembly is properly
installed.
6. Check all connections on
the envelope feeder
assembly.
7. Replace the envelope
feeder assembly if problem
remains.

Diagnostic information 2-77

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

260.02 Envelope feeder Mechanical feed error or timing 1. Remove the envelope
assembly error error. feeder.
2. Remove all media present
in media path.
3. Check media for proper
installation.
4. Check for obstructions in
media path.
5. Ensure the envelope feeder
assembly is properly
installed.
6. Check all connections on
the envelope feeder
assembly.
7. Replace the envelope
feeder assembly if problem
remains.

260.05 Sensor (envelope The media reached the sensor 1. Remove the envelope
feeder pass through) (envelope feeder pass through) feeder.
lingering jam but did not clear it in the 2. Remove all media present
Source = Envelope specified time. in media path.
feeder 3. Check for obstructions in
media path.
4. Ensure the envelope feeder
assembly is properly
installed.
5. Check all connections on
the envelope feeder
assembly.
6. Replace the envelope
feeder assembly if problem
remains.

2-78 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

260.06 Sensor (envelope The media is late reaching the 1. Remove the envelope
feeder pass through) sensor (envelope feeder pass feeder.
late jam through) within the specified 2. Remove all media present
Source = Envelope time. in media path.
feeder 3. Ensure envelope feeder is
not overfilled.
4. Check, clean or replace the
envelope feeder pick roll for
wear and excess
contamination.
5. Check all connections on
the envelope feeder.
6. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
7. Replace the envelope
feeder assembly if problem
remains.
8. Replace system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

260.07 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Envelope specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

260.10 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Envelope specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

260.11 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Envelope specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

260.12 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Envelope specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

Diagnostic information 2-79

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

260.13 sensor (envelope Media remains on the sensor 1. Remove the envelope
feeder pass through) (envelope feeder pass through) feeder.
static jam during the warm up sequence. 2. Remove all media present
in media path.
3. Replace the envelope
feeder is problem remains.

260.14 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Envelope specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

260.15 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Envelope specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

260.16 Sensor (input) late The media is late reaching the Go to sensor (input) late jam
jam sensor (input) within the service check.
Source = Envelope specified time. See “Sensor (input) late jam
feeder service check.” on
page 2-148.

271.03 Sensor (output pass The media reached the sensor See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) lingering jam (output pass through) but did through) lingering jam
number Applies to: not clear it in the specified time. service check” on
page 2-170.
High capacity output
Output expander

271.04 Sensor (output pass The media is late reaching the See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) late jam sensor (output pass through) through) late jam service
number Applies to: within the specified time. check” on page 2-169.

High capacity output

Output expander

271.05 Sensor (output pass The media reached the sensor See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) lingering jam (output pass through) but did through) lingering jam
number Applies to: not clear it in the specified time. service check” on
page 2-170.
High capacity output
Output expander

2-80 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

27x.14 Sensor (output pass Media remains on the sensor See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) static jam (output pass through) during through) static jam service
number Applies to: the warm up sequence. check” on page 2-171.

High capacity stacker Media remains on the sensor See “Sensor (mailbox empty)
(mailbox empty) during the static jam service check” on
Mailbox warm up sequence. page 2-174.
Offset stacker
Output expander

Sensor (mailbox
empty) static jam
Applies to:
Mailbox

27x.15 Sensor (output pass Media remains on the sensor See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) static jam (output pass through) during through) static jam service
number Applies to: the warm up sequence. check” on page 2-171.

High capacity stacker Media remains on the sensor See “Sensor (mailbox empty)
(mailbox empty) during the static jam service check” on
Mailbox warm up sequence. page 2-174.
Offset stacker
Output expander

Sensor (mailbox
empty) static jam
Applies to:
Mailbox

27x.29 Sensor (output pass The media reached the sensor See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) lingering jam (output pass through) but did through) lingering jam
number Applies to: not clear it in the specified time. service check” on
page 2-170.
Offset stacker
Mailbox
Output expander
High capacity stacker

27x.50 Sensor (output pass The media reached the sensor See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) lingering jam (output pass through) but did through) lingering jam
number Applies to: not clear it in the specified time. service check” on
page 2-170.
Mailbox

Diagnostic information 2-81

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

27x.50 Left tamper does not The sensor (left tamper HP) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin leave home position does not detect that the tamper the output option controller
number failure has moved from home position. card.
Applies to: 2. Check the tamper drive belt
Offset stacker for damage and replace if
needed.
3. Replace the left tamper
motor assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
tamper drive motor
assembly removal” on
page 4-126.
4. Replace the sensor (tamper
HP).
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (tamper HP left and
right) removal” on
page 4-134.
4. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

27x.51 Sensor (output pass The media is late reaching the See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) late jam sensor (output pass through) through) late jam service
number Applies to: within the specified time. check” on page 2-169

Mailbox

27x.51 Right tamper does not The sensor (right tamper HP) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin leave home position does not detect that the tamper the output option controller
number failure has moved from home position. card.
Applies to: 2. Check the tamper drive belt
Offset stacker for damage and replace if
needed.
3. Replace the right tamper
motor assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
tamper drive motor
assembly removal” on
page 4-126.
4. Replace the sensor (tamper
HP).
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (tamper HP left and
right) removal” on
page 4-134.
4. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

2-82 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

271.52 Sensor (mailbox The media reached the sensor See “Sensor (mailbox empty)
x = bin empty) lingering jam (mailbox empty) but did not lingering jam service check”
number Applies to: clear it in the specified time. on page 2-173.

Mailbox

27x.53 Sensor (mailbox The media is late reaching the See “Sensor (mailbox empty)
x = bin empty) late jam sensor (mailbox empty) within late jam service check” on
number Applies to: the specified time. page 2-172

Mailbox

27x.54 Sensor (output pass The media reached the sensor See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) lingering jam (output pass through) but did through) lingering jam
number Applies to: not clear it in the specified time. service check” on
page 2-170.
Mailbox

27x.55 Sensor (mailbox The media reached the sensor See “Sensor (mailbox empty)
x = bin empty) lingering jam (mailbox empty) but did not lingering jam service check”
number Applies to: clear it in the specified time. on page 2-173.

Mailbox

27x.58 Sensor (output pass The media is late reaching the See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) late jam sensor (output pass through) through) late jam service
number Applies to: within the specified time. check” on page 2-169.

Mailbox
High capacity stacker
Offset stacker
Output expander

28x.25 Invalid ejector motor A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin manager status. with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

28x.26 Timer 0 overflow (1ms A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin timer did not get with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number serviced for an entire problem remains.
1ms)
Applies to:
StapleSmart finisher

28x.27 Invalid paddle motor A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin manager status. with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

28x.28 Invalid main motor A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin manager state with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

Diagnostic information 2-83

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.29 Sensor (stapler pass The media reached the sensor See “Sensor (stapler pass
x = bin through) lingering jam (stapler pass through) but did through) lingering jam
number Applies to: not clear it in the specified time. service check” on
page 2-168.
StapleSmart finisher

28x.30 Page ID complete not A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin clear with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

28x.31 Transport motor The output option transport 1. Check all connections on the
x = bin encoder not detected motor encoder is not detected output option controller card.
number Applies to: upon startup. 2. Replace the output option if
StapleSmart finisher problem remains.

28x.32 Transport motor The transport motor encoder 1. Check all connections on the
x = bin encoder not detected detection is lost during normal output option controller card.
number Applies to: operation. 2. Replace the output option if
StapleSmart finisher problem remains.

28x.33 Transport motor The transport motor rotate at 1. Check all connections on the
x = bin overspeed failure the specified speed output option controller card.
number Applies to: 2. Replace the output option if
StapleSmart finisher problem remains.

28x.34 Transport motor The transport motor rotate at 1. Check all connections on the
x = bin underspeed failure the specified speed output option controller card.
number Applies to: 2. Replace the output option if
StapleSmart finisher problem remains.

2-84 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.35 Sensor (self priming) The sensor (self priming) within 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin late failure the stapler assembly does not the output option controller
number Applies to: detect a ready staple in the card and the stapler assembly.
specified time. 2. Remove the staple cartridge
StapleSmart finisher
and remove all jammed
staples. If the cartridge is
jammed and can not be
removed, go to step 3.
3. Remove the stapler
assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.
4. Manually rotate the drive
gears and reset the stapler.
Remove all jammed staples
then reinstall the stapler
assembly.
5. If problem remains, replace
the stapler assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.

28x.36 Stapler drive motor The stapler assembly has 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin jammed jammed while stapling or the the controller card and the
number Applies to: stapler drive motor has failed. stapler assembly.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Remove the staple cartridge

and remove all jammed
staples. If the cartridge is
jammed and can not be
removed, go to step 3.
3. Remove the stapler
assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.
4. Manually rotate the drive
gears and reset the stapler.
Remove all jammed staples
then reinstall the stapler
assembly.
5. If problem remains, replace
the stapler assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.

Diagnostic information 2-85

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.37 Invalid tamper motor A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin manager status with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

28x.38 Staple ready home The sensor (self priming) within 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin position jam the stapler assembly does not the controller card and the
number Applies to: detect a ready staple in the stapler assembly.
specified time after the staple 2. Remove the staple cartridge
StapleSmart finisher job was sent. and remove all jammed
staples. If the cartridge is
jammed and can not be
removed, go to step 3.
3. Remove the stapler
assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.
4. Manually rotate the drive
gears and reset the stapler.
Remove all jammed staples
then reinstall the stapler
assembly.
5. If problem remains, replace
the stapler assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.

2-86 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.39 Staple ready home The sensor (self priming) within 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin position jam the stapler assembly does not the controller card and the
number Applies to: detect a ready staple in the stapler assembly.
specified time during 2. Remove the staple cartridge
StapleSmart finisher mechanical reset. and remove all jammed
staples. If the cartridge is
jammed and can not be
removed, go to step 3.
3. Remove the stapler
assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.
4. Manually rotate the drive
gears and reset the stapler.
Remove all jammed staples
then reinstall the stapler
assembly.
5. If problem remains, replace
the stapler assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.

28x.40 Left tamper does not The sensor (left tamper HP) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin leave home position does not detect that the tamper the output option controller
number failure has moved from home position. card.
Applies to: 2. Check the tamper drive belt
StapleSmart finisher for damage and replace if
needed.
3. Replace the left tamper
motor assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
tamper drive motor
assembly removal” on
page 4-126.
4. Replace the sensor (tamper
HP).
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (tamper HP left and
right) removal” on
page 4-134.
4. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

Diagnostic information 2-87

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.41 Left tamper does not The sensor (left tamper HP) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin move to home does not detect that the tamper the output option controller
number position failure. has reached home position. card.
Applies to: 2. Check the tamper drive belt
StapleSmart finisher for damage and replace if
needed.
3. Replace the left tamper
motor assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
tamper drive motor
assembly removal” on
page 4-126.
4. Replace the sensor (tamper
HP).
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (tamper HP left and
right) removal” on
page 4-134.
4. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

28x.42 Right tamper does not The sensor (right tamper HP) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin leave home position does not detect that the tamper the output option controller
number failure has moved from home position. card.
Applies to: 2. Check the tamper drive belt
StapleSmart finisher for damage and replace if
needed.
3. Replace the right tamper
motor assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
tamper drive motor
assembly removal” on
page 4-126.
4. Replace the sensor (tamper
HP).
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (tamper HP left and
right) removal” on
page 4-134.
4. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

2-88 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.43 Right tamper does not The sensor (right tamper HP) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin move to home does not detect that the tamper the output option controller
number position failure. has reached home position. card.
Applies to: 2. Check the tamper drive belt
StapleSmart finisher for damage and replace if
needed.
3. Replace the right tamper
motor assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
tamper drive motor
assembly removal” on
page 4-126.
4. Replace the sensor (tamper
HP).
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (tamper HP left and
right) removal” on
page 4-134.
4. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

28x.44 Eject home position The sensor (eject HP) does not 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin jam detect that the eject the output option controller
number Applies to: mechanism is operating. card.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Replace the output option if

problem remains.

28x.45 Eject home position The sensor (eject HP) does not 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin jam detect the home position upon the output option controller
number Applies to: completion of normal media card.
eject operation. 2. Replace the output option if
StapleSmart finisher
problem remains.

28x.46 Paddle home position The sensor (paddle HP) does 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin jam not detect that the paddle is the output option controller
number Applies to: operating. card.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Check the sensor (paddle

HP) for damage and replace if
needed.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (paddle HP) removal”
on page 4-132.
3. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

Diagnostic information 2-89

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.47 Paddle home position The sensor (paddle HP) does 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin jam not detect the home position the output option controller
number Applies to: upon completion of normal card.
paddle operation. 2. Check the sensor (paddle
StapleSmart finisher
HP) for damage and replace if
needed.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (paddle HP) removal”
on page 4-132.
3. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

28x.48 Deflector gate The sensor (deflector gate HP) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin transition to output does not detect transition of the the output option controller
number option not detected deflector gate to the output card.
Applies to: option. 2. Check the sensor (deflector
StapleSmart finisher HP) for damage and replace if
needed.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (deflector HP)
removal” on page 4-137.
3. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

28x.49 Deflector gate The sensor (deflector gate HP) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin transition to standard does not detect transition of the the output option controller
number bin not detected deflector gate to the standard card.
Applies to: bin. 2. Check the sensor (deflector
StapleSmart finisher HP) for damage and replace if
needed.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (deflector HP)
removal” on page 4-137.
3. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

2-90 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.50 Left tamper home The left tamper home position 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin position jam is not detected by the sensor the output option controller
number Applies to: (left tamper HP) card.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Check the tamper drive belt

for damage and replace if
needed.
3. Replace the left tamper
motor assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
tamper drive motor
assembly removal” on
page 4-126.
4. Replace the sensor (tamper
HP).
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (tamper HP left and
right) removal” on
page 4-134.
4. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

28x.51 Right tamper home The right tamper home position 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin position jam is not detected by the sensor the output option controller
number Applies to: (right tamper HP) card.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Check the tamper drive belt

for damage and replace if
needed.
3. Replace the right tamper
motor assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
tamper drive motor
assembly removal” on
page 4-126.
4. Replace the sensor (tamper
HP).
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (tamper HP left and
right) removal” on
page 4-134.
4. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

28x.52 Paddle control motor A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin timer error with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

Diagnostic information 2-91

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.53 Eject motor encoder The eject motor encoder is not 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin not detected detected upon startup the output option controller
number Applies to: card.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Replace the output option if

problem remains.

28x.54 Eject motor encoder The eject motor encoder 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin not detected detection is lost during normal the output option controller
number Applies to: operation. card.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Replace the output option if

problem remains.

28x.55 Eject motor The eject motor rotate at the 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin overspeed failure specified speed the output option controller
number Applies to: card.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Replace the output option if

problem remains.

28x.56 Eject motor The eject motor rotate at the 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin underspeed failure specified speed the output option controller
number Applies to: card.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Replace the output option if

problem remains.

28x.57 Sensor (stapler pass Media remains on the sensor Go to sensor (stapler pass
x = bin through) static jam (stapler pass through) during through) static jam service
number Applies to: the warm up sequence. check.

StapleSmart finisher See “Sensor (stapler pass

through) static jam service
check” on page 2-169.

28x.58 Sensor (stapler pass The media is late reaching the See “Sensor (output pass
x = bin through) late jam sensor (stapler pass through) through) late jam service
number StapleSmart finisher within the specified time. check” on page 2-169.

2-92 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.59 Staple ready home The sensor (self priming) within 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin position jam the stapler assembly does not the controller card and the
number Applies to: detect a ready staple in the stapler assembly.
specified time after the staple 2. Remove the staple cartridge
StapleSmart finisher job was sent. and remove all jammed
staples. If the cartridge is
jammed and can not be
removed, go to step 3.
3. Remove the stapler
assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.
4. Manually rotate the drive
gears and reset the stapler.
Remove all jammed staples
then reinstall the stapler
assembly.
5. If problem remains, replace
the stapler assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.

28x.60 The status of stapler A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin motor is not defined with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

28x.61 DMID command is not A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin received for 500ms with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number after main motor runs problem remains.
Applies to:
StapleSmart finisher

28x.62 When finishing job A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin isn't completed yet, with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number the first DMID problem remains.
command of the next
job is received.
Applies to:
StapleSmart finisher

28x.63 Bin clamp motor A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin control timer error. with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

Diagnostic information 2-93

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.64 Bin clamp motor A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin control timer error with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number during tray holder problem remains.
initial.
Applies to:
StapleSmart finisher

28x.65 Bin clamp home The bin clamp home position is 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin position jam not detected by the sensor (bin 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: clamp HP) problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

28x.66 Bin clamp home The sensor (bin clamp HP) 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin position jam does not detect that the bin 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: clamp has moved from home problem remains.
position.
StapleSmart finisher

28x.67 Invalid bin clamp A software failure has occurred 1. Turn the machine off/on.
x = bin manager state. with the output option. 2. Replace the output option if
number Applies to: problem remains.
StapleSmart finisher

28x.68 Staple ready home The sensor (self priming) within 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin position jam the stapler assembly does not the controller card and the
number Applies to: detect a ready staple prior to a stapler assembly.
staple job. 2. Remove the staple cartridge
StapleSmart finisher
Staples empty and remove all jammed
staples. If the cartridge is
jammed and can not be
removed, go to step 3.
3. Remove the stapler
assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.
4. Manually rotate the drive
gears and reset the stapler.
Remove all jammed staples
then reinstall the stapler
assembly.
5. If problem remains, replace
the stapler assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.

2-94 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.69 Staple ready home The sensor (self priming) within 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin position jam the stapler assembly does not the controller card and the
number Applies to: detect a ready staple in the stapler assembly.
specified time after the staple 2. Remove the staple cartridge
StapleSmart finisher job was sent. and remove all jammed
Staples not empty staples. If the cartridge is
jammed and can not be
removed, go to step 3.
3. Remove the stapler
assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.
4. Manually rotate the drive
gears and reset the stapler.
Remove all jammed staples
then reinstall the stapler
assembly.
5. If problem remains, replace
the stapler assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.

28x.70 Stapler mechanism The sensor (home signal) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin not in home position within the stapler assembly the controller card and the
number failure detected that the stapler stapler assembly.
Applies to: mechanism was not in the 2. Remove the staple cartridge
home position before stapling. and remove all jammed
StapleSmart finisher
staples. If the cartridge is
jammed and can not be
removed, go to step 3.
3. Remove the stapler
assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.
4. Manually rotate the drive
gears and reset the stapler and
remove all jammed staples
then reinstall the stapler
assembly.
5. If problem remains, replace
the stapler assembly.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.

Diagnostic information 2-95

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

28x.71 Deflector gate The sensor (deflector gate HP) 1. Check all the connections on
x = bin transition to standard does not detect transition of the the output option controller
number bin not detected deflector gate to the standard card.
Applies to: bin. 2. Check the sensor (deflector
StapleSmart finisher HP) for damage and replace if
needed.
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (deflector HP)
removal” on page 4-137.
3. Replace the output option if
problem remains.

281.72 Sensor (media in Media remains on the sensor 1. Inspect the sensor (media in
x = bin stapler) static jam (media in stapler) during the stapler) for proper installation
number Applies to: warm up sequence. and reinstall if needed.

StapleSmart finisher 2. Replace the sensor (media

in stapler)
Go to “SFP stapler assembly
sensor (media in stapler)
removal” on page 4-136.

900.xx System software error Code detected unusual event 1. POR the machine and print
or timing. a simple test page to
determine if the problem is
system software related, or
if the customer is sending a
corrupted print job.
2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

901xx System software error Code detected unusual event 1. POR the machine and print
or timing. a simple test page to
determine if the problem is
firmware related, or if the
customer is sending a
corrupted print job.
2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-96 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

902.xx System software error Code detected unusual event 1. POR the machine and print
or timing. a simple test page to
determine if the problem is
system software related, or
if the customer is sending a
corrupted print job.
2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

903.xx Paperport link driver Code detected unusual event 1. POR the machine and print
error or timing. a simple test page to
determine if the problem is
system software related, or
if the customer is sending a
corrupted print job.
2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

904.xx Interface violation by Code detected unusual event 1. POR the machine and print
RIP or timing. a simple test page to
determine if the problem is
system software related, or
if the customer is sending a
corrupted print job.
2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-97

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

905.xx Interface violation by Code detected unusual event 1. POR the machine and print
paperport device or timing. a simple test page to
determine if the problem is
system software related, or
if the customer is sending a
corrupted print job.
2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

906.xx RIP interface driver Code detected unusual event 1. POR the machine and print
error or timing. a simple test page to
determine if the problem is
system software related, or
if the customer is sending a
corrupted print job.
2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

910.00 Pick arm motor stalled The pick arm motor has stalled 1. Check all the connections on
failure or become obstructed. the pick arm assembly.
2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “Pick arm assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-42.

911.00 Pick arm motor The pick arm motor encoder 1. Check all the connections on
overrun failure continues to detect pulse after the pick arm assembly.
the motor stops. 2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “Pick arm assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-42.

2-98 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

912.00 Pick arm motor The pick arm motor does not 1. Check all the connections on
underspeed failure rotate at the specified speed. the pick arm assembly.
2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “Pick arm assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-42.

913.00 Pick arm motor The pick arm motor does not 1. Check all the connections on
overspeed failure rotate at the specified speed. the pick arm assembly.
2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “Pick arm assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-42.

914.00 Pick arm motor no The pick arm motor encoder 1. Check all the connections on
encoder not detected detection is lost during normal the pick arm assembly.
failure operation 2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “Pick arm assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-42.

914.01 Pick arm motor The pick arm motor does not 1. Check all the connections on
overspeed failure. rotate at the specified speed. the pick arm assembly.
2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the pick arm
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “Pick arm assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-42.

Diagnostic information 2-99

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

915.00 Redrive motor The redrive motor encoder 1. Check all the connections on
encoder not detected detection is lost during normal the duplex drive motor
failure operation assembly.
2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the duplex drive
motor assembly if problem
remains.
Go to “Duplex drive motor
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-10.

915.01 Redrive motor over The redrive motor does not 1. Check all the connections on
speed failure rotate at the specified speed. the duplex drive motor
assembly.
2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the duplex drive
motor assembly if problem
remains.
Go to “Duplex drive motor
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-10.

916.00 Internal duplex drive The duplex drive motor 1. Check all the connections on
motor encoder not encoder detection is lost during the duplex drive motor
detected failure normal operation assembly.
2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the duplex drive
motor assembly if problem
remains.
Go to “Duplex drive motor
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-10.

916.01 Internal duplex drive The duplex drive motor does 1. Check all the connections on
motor over speed not rotate at the specified the duplex drive motor
failure speed. assembly.
2. Check all the connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the duplex drive
motor assembly if problem
remains.
Go to “Duplex drive motor
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-10.

2-100 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

920.00 Fuser under Fuser does not maintain proper 1. Turn the machine off/on
temperature operating temperature within and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 steady state control. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

920.01 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll took too long
Fuser type = 1 to heat up after transitioning to
new enhanced mode within
standby control only.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

920.02 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll fell to far 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 1 below desired temperature and ensure the fuser unit
while in standby control. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

Diagnostic information 2-101

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

920.03 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll is too cool 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 1 while checking for slope and ensure the fuser unit
change in standby. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

920.04 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll is too cool
Fuser type = 1 when heating to desired
temperature after slope change
within standby control only.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

2-102 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

920.06 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll temperature 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 1 does not increase while the and ensure the fuser unit
lamp is turned on. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Ensure the proper voltage
setting is being used on the
switchable LVPS assembly.
5. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
6. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

920.07 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll temperature
Fuser type = 1 is not maintained properly
while the media in the fuser
nip.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

Diagnostic information 2-103

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

920.25 Fuser under Fuser does not maintain proper 1. Turn the machine off/on
temperature operating temperature within and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 steady state control. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

920.26 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll took too long
Fuser type = 2 to heat up after transitioning to
new enhanced mode within
standby control only.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

920.27 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll fell to far 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 2 below desired temperature and ensure the fuser unit
while in standby control. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

2-104 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

920.28 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll is too cool 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 2 while checking for slope and ensure the fuser unit
change in standby. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

920.29 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll is too cool
Fuser type = 2 when heating to desired
temperature after slope change
within standby control only.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

920.31 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll temperature 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 2 does not increase while the and ensure the fuser unit
lamp is turned on. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

Diagnostic information 2-105

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

920.32 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll temperature
Fuser type = 2 is not maintained properly
while the media in the fuser
nip.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

920.50 Fuser under Fuser does not maintain proper Replace the fuser unit
temperature operating temperature within assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 1 steady state control. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
Fuser page count has on page 4-16.
exceeded life.

920.51 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll took too long Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 to heat up after transitioning to assembly if problem remains.
new enhanced mode within Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has standby control only. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.52 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll fell to far Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 below desired temperature assembly if problem remains.
while in standby control. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.53 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll is too cool Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 while checking for slope assembly if problem remains.
change in standby. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.54 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll is too cool Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 when heating to desired assembly if problem remains.
temperature after slope change Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has within standby control only. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

2-106 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

920.56 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll temperature Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 does not increase while the assembly if problem remains.
lamp is turned on. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.57 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll temperature Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 is not maintained properly assembly if problem remains.
while the media in the fuser Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has nip. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.75 Fuser under Fuser does not maintain proper Replace the fuser unit
temperature operating temperature within assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 2 steady state control. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
Fuser page count has on page 4-16.
exceeded life.

920.76 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll took too long Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 to heat up after transitioning to assembly if problem remains.
new enhanced mode within Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has standby control only. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.77 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll fell to far Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 below desired temperature assembly if problem remains.
while in standby control. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.78 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll is too cool Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 while checking for slope assembly if problem remains.
change in standby. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.79 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll is too cool Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 when heating to desired assembly if problem remains.
temperature after slope change Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has within standby control only. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.81 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll temperature Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 does not increase while the assembly if problem remains.
lamp is turned on. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

920.82 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll temperature Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 is not maintained properly assembly if problem remains.
while the media in the fuser Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has nip. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

Diagnostic information 2-107

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

922.00 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll failed to 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 1 reach target departure. and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

922.02 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does not
Fuser type = 1 reach the “beginning lamp
detection” parameter in the
specified time.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

2-108 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

922.03 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does reach
Fuser type = 1 the “final lamp detection”
parameter but not in the
specified time.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

922.04 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll has timed out
Fuser type = 1 and not reached “final lamp
detection” during the specified
time.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

Diagnostic information 2-109

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

922.05 After hot roll lamp The control code has gotten Turn the machine off/on.
detection, did not roll lost (this should really be a
over to steady state software error.
control in time.
Fuser type = 1

922.06 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll did not reach 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 1 operating temperature within and ensure the fuser unit
new enhanced control. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

2-110 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

922.07 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does not 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 1 reach operating temperature and ensure the fuser unit
after increasing interpage gap. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

922.25 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll failed to 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 2 reach target departure. and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

Diagnostic information 2-111

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

922.27 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does not
Fuser type = 2 reach the “beginning lamp
detection” parameter in the
specified time.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

922.28 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does reach
Fuser type = 2 the “final lamp detection”
parameter but not in the
specified time.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

2-112 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

922.29 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll has timed out
Fuser type = 2 and not reached “final lamp
detection” during the specified
time.
1. Turn the machine off/on
and ensure the fuser unit
assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

922.30 After hot roll lamp The control code has gotten Turn the machine off/on.
detection, did not roll lost (this should really be a
over to steady state software error.
control in time.
Fuser type = 2

Diagnostic information 2-113

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

922.31 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll did not reach 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 2 operating temperature within and ensure the fuser unit
new enhanced control. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

922.32 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does not 1. Turn the machine off/on
Fuser type = 2 reach operating temperature and ensure the fuser unit
after increasing interpage gap. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Check all connections on
the fuser and LVPS card
assembly.
4. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5. Replace the LVPS card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “LVPS card
assembly removal
(T650)” on page 4-64 or
“LVPS card assembly
removal (T652, T654)” on
page 4-66.

2-114 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

922.50 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll failed to Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 reach target temperature. assembly if problem remains.
Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.52 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does not Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 reach the “beginning lamp assembly if problem remains.
detection” parameter in the Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has specified time. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.53 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does reach Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 the “final lamp detection” assembly if problem remains.
parameter but not in the Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has specified time. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.54 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll has timed out Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 and not reached “final lamp assembly if problem remains.
detection” during the specified Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has time. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.56 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll did not reach Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 operating temperature within assembly if problem remains.
new enhanced control. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.57 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does not Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 reach operating temperature assembly if problem remains.
after increasing interpage gap. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.75 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll failed to Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 reach target temperature. assembly if problem remains.
Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.77 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does not Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 reach the “beginning lamp assembly if problem remains.
detection” parameter in the Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has specified time. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.78 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does reach Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 the “final lamp detection” assembly if problem remains.
parameter but not in the Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has specified time. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

Diagnostic information 2-115

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

922.79 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll has timed out Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 and not reached “final lamp assembly if problem remains.
detection” during the specified Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has time. removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.81 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll did not reach Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 operating temperature within assembly if problem remains.
new enhanced control. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

922.82 Fuser warm-up failure The fuser hot roll does not Replace the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 reach operating temperature assembly if problem remains.
after increasing interpage gap. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
Fuser page count has removal (T650, T652, T654)”
exceeded life. on page 4-16.

923.00 Fuser over The fuser hot roll has 1. Turn the machine off/on
temperature failure. exceeded the proper operating and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 temperature. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

923.01 Fuser over The fuser hot roll has 1. Turn the machine off/on
temperature failure. exceeded the proper operating and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 temperature. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

2-116 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

923.25 Fuser over The fuser hot roll has 1. Turn the machine off/on
temperature failure. exceeded the proper operating and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 temperature. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

923.26 Fuser over The fuser hot roll has 1. Turn the machine off/on
temperature failure. exceeded the proper operating and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 temperature. assembly is properly
installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

923.50 Fuser over The fuser hot roll has Replace the fuser unit
temperature failure. exceeded the proper operating assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 1 temperature. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.

923.51 Fuser over The fuser hot roll has Replace the fuser unit
temperature failure. exceeded the proper operating assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 1 temperature. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.

923.75 Fuser over The fuser hot roll has Replace the fuser unit
temperature failure. exceeded the proper operating assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 2 temperature. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.

923.76 Fuser over The fuser hot roll has Replace the fuser unit
temperature failure. exceeded the proper operating assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 2 temperature. Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.

Diagnostic information 2-117

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

924.00 Open fuser thermistor The fuser thermistor might be Replace the fuser unit
check faulty. assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 1 Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.

924.01 Open fuser thermistor The fuser thermistor has failed. Replace the fuser unit
check failure. assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 1 Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.

924.25 Open fuser thermistor The fuser thermistor might be Replace the fuser unit
check faulty. assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 2 Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.

924.26 Open fuser thermistor The fuser thermistor has failed. Replace the fuser unit
check failure. assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 2 Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.

924.50 Open fuser thermistor The fuser thermistor might be Replace the fuser unit
check faulty. assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 1 Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
Fuser page count has on page 4-16.
exceeded life.

924.51 Open fuser thermistor The fuser thermistor has failed. Replace the fuser unit
check failure. assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 1 Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
Fuser page count has on page 4-16.
exceeded life.

924.75 Open fuser thermistor The fuser thermistor might be Replace the fuser unit
check faulty. assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 2 Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
Fuser page count has on page 4-16.
exceeded life.

924.76 Open fuser thermistor The fuser thermistor has failed. Replace the fuser unit
check failure. assembly if problem remains.
Fuser type = 2 Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
Fuser page count has on page 4-16.
exceeded life.

2-118 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

925.00 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

925.01 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

925.02 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

Diagnostic information 2-119

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

925.25 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

925.26 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

925.27 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
2. Ensure the proper voltage
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

2-120 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

925.50 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
Fuser page count has
2. Ensure the proper voltage
exceeded life.
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

925.51 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
Fuser page count has
2. Ensure the proper voltage
exceeded life.
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

925.52 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 1 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
Fuser page count has
2. Ensure the proper voltage
exceeded life.
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

Diagnostic information 2-121

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

925.75 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
Fuser page count has
2. Ensure the proper voltage
exceeded life.
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

925.76 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
Fuser page count has
2. Ensure the proper voltage
exceeded life.
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

925.77 Incorrect fuser or The machine detected a 115 V 1. Turn the machine off/on
fuser lamp detected. lamp in a 220 V machine. The and ensure the fuser unit
Fuser type = 2 fuser lamp has an excessive assembly is properly
wattage rating. installed.
Fuser page count has
2. Ensure the proper voltage
exceeded life.
fuser is installed in the
machine.
3. Replace the fuser unit
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “Fuser unit
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

927.01 Main cooling fan The cooling fan is obstructed or 1. Check for cooling fan
failure. has failed. obstructions.
2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the main cooling
fan. Go to “Main cooling
fan removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-15.

2-122 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

927.02 Print cartridge cooling The cooling fan is obstructed or 1. Check for cooling fan
fan failure. has failed. obstructions.
2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the print cartridge
cooling fan. Go to “Print
cartridge cooling fan
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.

927.03 Main cooling fan The main cooling fan does not 4. Check for cooling fan
control failure. reach the specified speed. obstructions.
5. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
6. Replace the main cooling
fan. Go to “Main cooling
fan removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-15.

927.04 Main cooling fan The main cooling fan does not 1. Check for cooling fan
under speed failure reach the specified speed. obstructions.
2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the main cooling
fan. Go to “Main cooling
fan removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-15.

927.05 Main cooling fan over The main cooling fan does not 1. Check for cooling fan
speed failure. reach the specified speed. obstructions.
2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the main cooling
fan. Go to “Main cooling
fan removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-15.

927.06 Main cooling fan over The main cooling fan does not 1. Check for cooling fan
speed failure. reach the specified speed. obstructions.
2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the main cooling
fan. Go to “Main cooling
fan removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-15.

927.07 Main cooling fan over The main cooling fan does not 1. Check for cooling fan
speed failure. reach the specified speed. obstructions.
2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the main cooling
fan. Go to “Main cooling
fan removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-15.

Diagnostic information 2-123

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

927.11 Print cartridge cooling The print cartridge cooling fan 1. Check for cooling fan
fan failure is obstructed or has failed. obstructions.
2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the print cartridge
cooling fan. Go to “Print
cartridge cooling fan
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.

927.13 Print cartridge cooling The Print cartridge cooling fan 1. Check for cooling fan
fan control failure. does not reach the specified obstructions.
speed. 2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the print cartridge
cooling fan. Go to “Print
cartridge cooling fan
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.

927.14 Print cartridge cooling The Print cartridge cooling fan 1. Check for cooling fan
fan underspeed does not reach the specified obstructions.
failure speed. 2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the print cartridge
cooling fan. Go to “Print
cartridge cooling fan
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.

927.15 Print cartridge cooling The Print cartridge cooling fan 1. Check for cooling fan
fan over speed failure. does not reach the specified obstructions.
speed. 2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the print cartridge
cooling fan. Go to “Print
cartridge cooling fan
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.

927.16 Print cartridge cooling The Print cartridge cooling fan 1. Check for cooling fan
fan over speed failure. does not reach the specified obstructions.
speed. 2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the print cartridge
cooling fan. Go to “Print
cartridge cooling fan
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.

2-124 Service Manual


Error
code or Error contents Description/Action
message
927.17 Print cartridge cooling The Print cartridge cooling fan
fan over speed failure. does not reach the specified
speed.
929.01 Sensor (toner empty) The sensor (toner empty) does
sensor failure. not provide toner level
feedback or the print cartridge
is damaged.
929.02 Sensor (toner empty) The sensor (toner empty) does
sensor failure. not provide toner level
feedback or the print cartridge
is damaged.
929.03 Sensor (toner empty) The sensor (toner empty) does
sensor failure. not provide toner level
feedback or the print cartridge
is damaged.
930.00 Incorrect printhead or A non supported printhead is
intermittent Hsync installed. Hsync signal is
intermittent or noisy. Printhead
ID resistor circuit is not to spec.
931.00 No first laser H sync The hsync signal is missing or
not at the correct voltage.
4062
Possible repair actions
1. Check for cooling fan
obstructions.
2. Check the connections on
the main cooling fan.
3. Replace the print cartridge
cooling fan. Go to “Print
cartridge cooling fan
removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-44.
1. Check the toner pulse
wheel on the print cartridge
for damage and replace the
print cartridge if needed.
2. Check the sensor (toner
empty) for proper
operation. See “Sensor
(toner empty) service
check” on page 2-174.
1. Check the toner pulse
wheel on the print cartridge
for damage and replace the
print cartridge if needed.
2. Check the sensor (toner
empty) for proper
operation. See “Sensor
(toner empty) service
check” on page 2-174.
1. Check the toner pulse
wheel on the print cartridge
for damage and replace the
print cartridge if needed.
2. Check the sensor (toner
empty) for proper
operation. See “Sensor
(toner empty) service
check” on page 2-174.
Replace the printhead
assembly. Go to “Printhead
assembly removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48.
Replace the printhead
assembly. Go to “Printhead
assembly removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48.
Diagnostic information 2-125
4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

932.00 Printhead lost laser H The hsync signal is missing or Replace the printhead
syncs. not at the correct voltage. assembly. Go to “Printhead
assembly removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48.

933.00 Polygon mirror motor The hsync signal is missing or Replace the printhead
locked. No first laser not at the correct voltage. assembly. Go to “Printhead
H sync received. assembly removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48.

934.00 Mirror motor lost lock. The signals driving the polygon
motor may have been
corrupted, or the cable may be
loose, or the motor may be
bad.
1. Check all connections on
the printhead assembly.
2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the printhead
assembly. Go to
“Printhead assembly
removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48.

935.00 Polygon mirror motor The signals driving the polygon
control failure. mirror motor may have been
corrupted, or the cable may be
loose, or the motor may be
bad.
1. Check all connections on
the printhead assembly.
2. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
3. Replace the printhead
assembly. Go to
“Printhead assembly
removal (T650)” on
page 4-47 or “Printhead
assembly removal (T652,
T654)” on page 4-48.

2-126 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

936.10 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
No halls detected at 2. Check all connections on
motor start. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 0
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

936.11 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
No halls detected at 2. Check all connections on
motor start. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 1
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

936.20 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Failed to stop within 2. Check all connections on
timeout. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 0
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-127

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

936.21 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Failed to stop within 2. Check all connections on
timeout. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 1
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

936.30 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
No lock detected at 2. Check all connections on
motor start for motor the main drive motor
ID. assembly.
Motor = type 0 3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

936.31 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
No lock detected at 2. Check all connections on
motor start for motor the main drive motor
ID. assembly.
Motor = type 1 3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-128 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

936.60 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
No lock detected at 2. Check all connections on
normal motor start. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 0
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

936.61 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
No lock detected at 2. Check all connections on
normal motor start. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 1
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

936.90 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Stall detected during 2. Check all connections on
speed control. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 0
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-129

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

936.91 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Stall detected during 2. Check all connections on
speed control. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 1
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

937.40 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Over speed detected 2. Check all connections on
during speed control. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 0
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

937.41 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Over speed detected 2. Check all connections on
during speed control. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 1
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-130 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

937.50 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Over speed detected 2. Check all connections on
during position the main drive motor
control. assembly.
Motor = type 0 3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

937.51 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Over speed detected 2. Check all connections on
during position the main drive motor
control. assembly.
Motor = type 1 3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

937.70 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Loss of lock detected 2. Check all connections on
by higher-level code. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 0
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-131

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

937.71 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed.
Loss of lock detected The internal duplex assembly
by higher-level code. is not properly grounded to the
LVPS. This only applies to
Motor = type 1
machines with an installed
internal duplex assembly.
Warning: Ensure that the
metal frame of the internal
duplex assembly is properly
grounded to the metal frame of
the LVPS with a jumper wire as
shown in the graphic below.
LVPS

Grounding wire

If the jumper wire is NOT

present, install the 40X7028
internal duplex grounding kit.
This should only be done for
machines with an installed
internal duplex assembly.
1. Check all connections on
the system card assembly.
2. Check all connections on
the main drive motor
assembly.
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-132 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

937.80 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Driver over temp 2. Check all connections on
detection. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 0
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

937.81 Main drive motor The main drive motor assembly 1. Check all connections on
assembly failure may be faulty or has failed. the system card assembly.
Driver over temp 2. Check all connections on
detection. the main drive motor
assembly.
Motor = type 1
3. Replace the main drive
motor assembly. Go to
“Main drive motor
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
4. Replace the system card
assembly if problem
remains. Go to “System
card assembly removal
(T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

939.00 System card failure RIP-engine communication Replace the system card
lost. assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

940.00 System card failure LVPS zero-crossing test failed. Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

947.00 System card failure RAM test incomplete. Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-133

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

948.00 System card failure Pel clock check failed. Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

949.00 System card failure Delay line calibration failure. Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

950.xx NVRAM mismatch Mismatch between system
failure card EEPROM and operator
panel mirror.
".xx" codes:
00-29: mismatch between
system and mirror
30-60: mismatch between
secure and system
Warning: When replacing any
of the following components:
• Operator panel assembly
• System card assembly
Only replace one component at
a time. Replace the required
component and perform a POR
before replacing a second
component listed above. If this
procedure is not followed, the
printer will be rendered
inoperable. Never replace two
or more of the components
listed above without a POR
after installing each one or the
printer will be rendered
inoperable.
Never install and remove
components listed above as a
method of troubleshooting
components. Once a
component has been installed
in a machine, it can not be
used in another machine. It
must be returned to the
manufacturer.
Go to NVRAM mismatch failure
service check.
See “NVRAM mismatch
failure (950.00 through
950.29) service check” on
page 2-175.

952.xx NVRAM failure A recoverable MVRAM Cyclic Power the machine off/on to
Redundancy Check (CRC) reset the error condition.
error occurred.

2-134 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

953.xx NVRAM failure The NVRAM chip has failed on Replace the operator panel
the operator panel door door assembly.
assembly. Go to “Operator panel door
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-37.
If problem remains, replace the
fuser unit assembly.
Go to “Fuser unit assembly
removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.

954.xx NVRAM failure Replace the system card

NVRAM chip failure with
assembly.
system card assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

955.xx NVRAM failure The Code ROM or NAND flash
failed the Cyclic Redundancy
Check (CRC) check or the
NAND experienced an
uncorrectible multi-bit failure.
Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

956.xx System card The processor has failed on Replace the system card
processor failure the system card assembly. assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

956.01 System card The system card processor is Replace the system card
processor over over temperature or is assembly.
temperature damaged. Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

957.xx The ASIC has failed on the Replace the system card
System card ASIC
system card assembly. assembly.
failure
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

958.xx NAND failure Replace the system card

Printer has performed more
than 100 "shift and reflash"
operations as a result of ECC
bit corrections
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

959.xx Print cartridge The system card can not
authentication failure properly authenticate the print
cartridge or the authentication
process has failed.
Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-135

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

960.xx Memory failure Replace the appropriate

RAM Memory Error: RAM
memory module.
soldered on the card is bad

961.xx Memory failure Replace the appropriate

RAM Memory Error: Slot 1
memory module.
RAM is bad

962.xx Memory failure Replace the appropriate

RAM Memory Error: Slot 2
memory module.
RAM is bad

963.xx Memory failure Replace the appropriate

RAM Memory Error: Slot 3
memory module.
RAM is bad

964.xx
1.

Emulation failure The download Emulation 1. Disable the Download

Cyclic Redundancy Check
(CRC) detected a failure.
Emulation. Program the
download emulation into the
firmware card again.
2. Replace the system card
assembly if problem remains.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

975.xx Network Error The system detected an Replace the system card
unrecognizable network port assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

976.xx Network Error The system detected an Replace the system card
unrecoverable software error in assembly.
network port Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

978.xx Network Error The system detected a bad Replace the system card
checksum while programming assembly.
network port Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

979.xx The flash parts failed while Replace the system card
Network Error
programming a network port assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

980.00 Communication The engine is experiencing Replace the system card

failure unreliable communications to assembly.
the paper port device. Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

2-136 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

981.00 Communication The engine protocol violation Replace the system card
failure detected by the paper port assembly.
device. Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

982.00 Communication Communications error Replace the system card

failure detected by the paper port assembly.
device. Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

982.01 Communication Paper port communication Replace the system card

failure device detected a validation assembly.
failure. Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

982.02 Communication Paper port communication Replace the system card

failure device detected a framing error assembly.
or the receive buffer Go to “System card
overflowed. assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

982.03 Communication Paper port communication Replace the system card

failure device timed out during assembly.
communication. Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

982.04 Output option An output option was not fully 1. Turn the main power off.
communication seated onto the printer or has 2. Remove and reinstall the
failure. been removed while the main output option.
power is turned on.
3. Turn the main power back
on.
4. Check all output option
interface connections if
problem remains.

982.06 Paperport failure Paper port priortizer error.
Option device message was
not read by the priortizer.
Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

982.07 Too many options Exceeded the maximum Remove the appropriate input
installed number of input or output or output options.
options.

Diagnostic information 2-137

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

982.11 Paperport failure Command response error on
the paper port. Response is too
large for the communications
buffer.
Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

982.12 Paperport failure Bad bottom trunk on the paper Replace the system card
port. assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

982.13 Hot plug failure The printer has detected a hot Power the machine off/on after
plug of an optional device. all options are installed.
Low-level error on paper port.

983.00 Communication Invalid command received by Replace the system card

failure the paper port device. assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

984.00 Communication Invalid command parameter Replace the system card

failure received by the paper port assembly.
device. Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

985.01 Service engine RFID Generic hardware error 1. Check the RFID firmware
communications card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
2. Replace the RFID UHF
option.
Note: There can be no other
connectivity options installed
on printers that have the RFID
UHF option installed. If any
connectivity option is installed
(other than the RFID interface
card), a 985.xx error will occur

2-138 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

985.02 Service engine RFID Printer having problems 1. Check the RFID firmware
communications communicating with radio card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
2. Replace the RFID UHF
option.
Note: There can be no other
connectivity options installed
on printers that have the RFID
UHF option installed. If any
connectivity option is installed
(other than the RFID interface
card), a 985.xx error will occur

985.03 Service engine RFID Radio having problems 1. Check the RFID firmware
communications communicating with printer card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
2. Replace the RFID UHF
option.
Note: There can be no other
connectivity options installed
on printers that have the RFID
UHF option installed. If any
connectivity option is installed
(other than the RFID interface
card), a 985.xx error will occur

985.04 Service engine RFID Radio communications are out 1. Check the RFID firmware
communications of sync card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
2. Replace the RFID UHF
option.
Note: There can be no other
connectivity options installed
on printers that have the RFID
UHF option installed. If any
connectivity option is installed
(other than the RFID interface
card), a 985.xx error will occur

Diagnostic information 2-139

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

985.05 Service engine RFID Internal radio problem 1. Check the RFID firmware
communications card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
2. Replace the RFID UHF
option.
Note: There can be no other
connectivity options installed
on printers that have the RFID
UHF option installed. If any
connectivity option is installed
(other than the RFID interface
card), a 985.xx error will occur

985.06 Service engine RFID Radio reported antenna 1. Check the RFID firmware
communications problem card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
2. Replace the RFID UHF
option.
Note: There can be no other
connectivity options installed
on printers that have the RFID
UHF option installed. If any
connectivity option is installed
(other than the RFID interface
card), a 985.xx error will occur

985.07 Service engine RFID Antenna is disconnected 1. Check the RFID firmware
communications card, RFID interface card,
RFID cable, and RFID
option for correct
installation. Go to
“Installing / Removing
the RFID UHF option” on
page 4-181.
2. Replace the RFID UHF
option.
Note: There can be no other
connectivity options installed
on printers that have the RFID
UHF option installed. If any
connectivity option is installed
(other than the RFID interface
card), a 985.xx error will occur

2-140 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

990.00 Output option Output option rear door not Close the rear door on all
equipment check. fully closed. output options.

990.02 Paperport failure Invalid paperport parameter Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

990.03 Paperport failure Invalid paperport protocol Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

990.04 Paperport failure Unsupported paperport Replace the system card

command assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

990.06 Paperport failure Unknown page supervisor Replace the system card
state assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

990.09 Paperport failure Paperport framing error Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

990.10 Paperport failure Paperport overrun error Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

990.11 Paperport failure Paperport parity error Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

990.12 Paperport failure Paper port other paper port Replace the system card
error assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-141

4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

990.13 Paperport failure Paperport encountered Replace the system card

multiple communication error assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

990.14 Paperport failure Invalid paperport echo Replace the system card
assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

990.51 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor does 1. Check for obstruction in the
PWM underflow error not operate at the specified HCIT tray lift area.
speed reported by tray x 2. Check the connections on
the HCIT tray lift motor
assembly for proper
connection.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
motor drive motor assembly if
problem remains. Go to “High
capacity input tray (HCIT)
tray lift drive motor assembly
removal” on page 4-86.

990.53 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor does 1. Check for obstruction in the
ramp error not reach the specified speed HCIT tray lift area.
at the specified time. 2. Check the connections on
the HCIT tray lift motor
assembly for proper
connection.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains. Go to “High
capacity input tray (HCIT)
tray lift drive motor assembly
removal” on page 4-86.

990.54 HCIT tray lift motor The HCIT tray lift motor is not 1. Check for obstruction in the
lost encoder failure reporting pulses back to the HCIT tray lift area.
engine. 2. Check the connections on
the HCIT tray lift motor
assembly for proper
connection.
3. Replace the HCIT tray lift
drive motor assembly if
problem remains. Go to “High
capacity input tray (HCIT)
tray lift drive motor assembly
removal” on page 4-86

990.90 Sensor connection Hardware error (sensors are Replace all connections on the
failure not plugged on the board) system card assembly.

2-142 Service Manual

 4062

Error
code or Error contents Description/Action Possible repair actions
message

991.00 System card failure Device system card failed Replace the system card
basic assurance test. assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

991.05 Checksum failure Bad checksum Replace the system card

assembly.
Go to “System card
assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-143

4062

Service checks
Sensor (input) service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the sensor (input) for damage. Go to step 2. Replace the

Is the above component free from damage? sensor (input).
Go to “Sensor
(input) removal
(T650, T652,
T654)” on
page 4-60.
2 1. Enter the diagnostic mode The sensor is Go to step 2.
2. Select Base sensor test working properly

4. Observe the line item “input”

Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? Sensor (input). connection.
Go to “Sensor
(input) removal
(T650, T652,
T654)” on
page 4-60.

Sensor (fuser output) service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the sensor (fuser output) for damage. Go to step 2. Replace fuser unit
Is the above component free from damage? assembly.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
2 1. Enter the diagnostic mode The sensor is Go to step 2.
2. Select Base sensor test working properly

4. Observe the line item “exit”

Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.

2-144 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the fuser Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? unit assembly. connection.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

Sensor (narrow media) service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the sensor (narrow media) for damage. Go to step 2. Replace the fuser
Is the above component free from damage? unit assembly.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
2 1. Enter the diagnostic mode The sensor is Go to step 2.
2. Select Base sensor test working properly

4. Observe the line item “narrow media”

Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace fuser unit Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? assembly. connection.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

Sensor (duplex input) service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the sensor (duplex input) for damage. Go to step 2. Replace the
Is the above component free from damage? sensor (duplex
input).
Go to “Sensor
(duplex input)
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-58.

Diagnostic information 2-145

4062

Step Check Yes No

2 1. Enter the diagnostic mode The sensor is Go to step 2.

2. Select Duplex sensor tests working properly

3. Select Sensor test

4. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? duplex input connection.
sensor assembly
(internal duplex
only).
Go to “Duplex
input sensor
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-11
or replace the
external duplex
unit assembly
(external duplex
only).

Sensor (duplex input) service check (external duplex only)

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the sensor (duplex input) for damage. Go to step 2. Replace the
Is the above component free from damage? external duplex
unit assembly.
2 1. Enter the diagnostic mode The sensor is Go to step 2.
2. Select Duplex sensor tests working properly

3. Select Sensor test

4. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? external duplex connection.
unit assembly.

2-146 Service Manual

 4062

Sensor (duplex exit) service check (external duplex only)

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the sensor (duplex exit) for damage. Go to step 2. Replace the
Is the above component free from damage? external duplex
unit assembly.
2 1. Enter the diagnostic mode The sensor is Go to step 2.
2. Select Duplex sensor tests working properly

3. Select Sensor test

4. Observe the line item “exit”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? external duplex connection.
unit assembly.

Sensor (pass through) service check

Step Check Yes No

1 1. Enter the diagnostic mode The sensor is Go to step 2.

2. Select Input tray tests working properly

3. Select Sensor test

4. Select the appropriate tray number
5. Observe the line item “pass through” for the appropriate
media tray
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
2 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (pass connection.
through).
Go to “Sensor
(pass through)
with cable
removal” on
page 4-101.

Diagnostic information 2-147

4062

Sensor (envelope feeder empty) service check

Step Check Yes No

1 1. Enter the diagnostic mode The sensor is Go to step 2.

2. Select Input tray tests working properly

3. Select Sensor test

4. Select Envelope feeder
5. Observe the line item “empty”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
2 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? envelope feeder. connection.

Sensor (input) late jam service check.

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 200.07 • 230.04 • 230.06 • 237.00 • 239.11
• 241.06 • 214.10 • 241.11 • 241.12 • 241.14
• 241.15 • 241.16 • 241.18 • 242.09 • 250.03
• 250.06 • 250.07 • 250.08 • 250.09 • 250.10
• 250.11 • 260.07 • 260.10 • 260.11 • 260.12
• 260.14 • 260.15 • 260.16

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media size setup and tray guides for all media Go to step 2. Replace the
trays. media, or change
Does the media size, in use, match the size set for all media the media size
trays? setup.

2 Check the media trays for overfilling. Remove any Go to step 3

Are any of the media trays overfilled? excess new
media.
3 Check the media condition in all media trays. Replace the Go to step 4.
Is any of the media in any of the media trays crumpled or damaged media
damaged? with new.

4 Check the media tray pass through areas for obstructions. Go to step 5. Remove
Are the pass through areas in all the media trays free from obstructions.
obstructions?
5 Check media origination. Go to step 6. Go to step 8.
Did the media originate from the MPF?

2-148 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

6 Check the MPF pick roll assembly. Go to step 7. Clean or replace

Is the above component free of excess wear and the MPF pick roll
contamination? assembly.
Go to “MPF pick
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-31.
7 Perform a MPF print test and check the MPF pick solenoid Go to step 17. Replace the MPF
for proper operation. pick solenoid.
Does the above component operate properly? Go to “MPF pick
solenoid
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-32.
8 Check media origination. Go to step 9 Go to step 13
Did the media originate from the internal duplex?
9 Check the internal duplex media path for obstructions. Go to step 10 Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

10 Check the sensor (duplex input) for proper operation. Go to step 12. Go to step 11.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Duplex tests
3. Select sensor test
4. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
11 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? Sensor (duplex connection.
input).
Go to “Sensor
(duplex input)
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-58.
12 Perform a print test and check the duplex drive motor Go to step 17. Replace the
assembly for proper operation. duplex drive motor
Does the above component operate properly? assembly.
Go to “Duplex
drive motor
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-10.
13 Check media origination. Go to step 14. Go to step 16.
Did the media originate from the external duplex?

Diagnostic information 2-149

4062

Step Check Yes No

14 Check the sensor (duplex input) for proper operation. Go to step 15. Replace the
1. Enter the diagnostic mode external duplex
assembly.
2. Select Duplex tests
3. Select sensor test
3. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
15 Check the sensor (duplex exit) for proper operation. Go to step 17. Replace the
1. Enter the diagnostic mode external duplex
assembly.
2. Select Duplex tests
3. Select sensor test
3. Observe the line item “exist”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
16 Check the two pick roll assemblies in the media tray being Go to step 17. Clean or replace
picked from. the pick roll
Are the above components free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Pick roll
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-44
17 Check the aligner assembly for obstructions. Go to step 18. Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

18 Check the sensor (input) for proper operation. The sensor is Go to step 19.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode working properly.

2. Select Base sensor test Go to step 20.

3. Observe the line item “input”

Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
19 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? Sensor (input). connection.
Go to “Sensor
(input) removal
(T650, T652,
T654)” on
page 4-60.
20 Perform a print test and check the pick arm assembly. Go to step 21. Replace the pick
Is the media properly picked and advanced out of the media arm assembly. Go
tray? to “Pick arm
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.

2-150 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

21 Perform a print test and check the main motor assembly. Go to step 22. Replace the main
Is the media properly transported and able to reach the drive motor
sensor (input)? assembly. Go to
“Main drive
motor assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
22 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Sensor (input) lingering jam service check.

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 200.01 • 200.02 • 200.17 • 200.18 • 200.19
• 200.27 • 200.28 • 200.29 • 200.37 • 200.38
• 200.39 • 200.47 • 200.48 • 200.49 • 200.57
• 200.58 • 200.59

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media size setup and tray guides for all media Go to step 2. Replace the
trays. media, or change
Does the media size, in use, match the size set for all media the media size
trays? setup.

2 Check the fuser unit assembly for obstructions. Remove Go to step 3.

Is the above component free of obstructions? obstructions.

3 Check the fuser unit assembly for excess wear and Go to step 4. Replace the fuser
damage. unit assembly.
Is the above component free of excess wear and damage? Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
4 Check the sensor (input) for proper operation. Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Base sensor test
3. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.

Diagnostic information 2-151

4062

Step Check Yes No

5 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (input). connection.
Go to “Sensor
(input) removal
(T650, T652,
T654)” on
page 4-60.
6 Check the sensor (fuser output) for proper operation. Go to step 8. Go to step 7.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Base sensor test
3. Observe the line item “exit”

Caution: The area around the actuator is very hot. Allow the
fuser area to cool before proceeding.
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked?
7 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the fuser Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? unit assembly. connection.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
8 Perform a print test and check the main motor assembly. Replace the main Replace the
Is the media properly transported and able to reach the drive motor connection.
sensor (fuser output)? assembly.
Go to “Main drive
motor assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
9 Check the aligner assembly for obstructions. Go to step 10. Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

10 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Sensor (input) early jam service check

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 200.04 • 200.06 • 200.08 • 200.14 • 200.33

2-152 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

1 Check media origination. Go to step 2. Go to step 5.

Did the media originate from the MPF?
2 Check the MPF pick roll assembly. Go to step 3. Clean or replace
Is the above component free of excess wear and the MPF pick roll
contamination? assembly.
Go to “MPF pick
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-31.
3 Perform a MPF print test and check the MPF pick solenoid Go to step 4. Replace the MPF
for proper operation. pick solenoid.
Does the above component operate properly? Go to “MPF pick
solenoid
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-32.
4 Check the MPF lift plate assembly for damage. Go to step 5. Replace the MPF
Is the above component free from damage? lift plate assembly.
Go to “MPF lift
plate assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-30.
5 Check all the media trays for proper media installation. Go to step 6. Remove and
Is the media properly installed in all the media trays? properly re-install
the media.
6 Check all of the media trays and the media path for partially Go to step 7. Remove any pre-
fed media. staged or jammed
Are the media trays and the media path free from any media.
partially fed pieces of media?
7 Check the sensor (input) for proper operation. Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Base sensor test
3. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
8 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? Sensor (input). connection.
Go to “Sensor
(input) removal
(T650, T652,
T654)” on
page 4-60.
9 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Diagnostic information 2-153

4062

Sensor (input) static jam service check

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 200.13

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media path for partially fed or jammed media. Go to step 2. Remove any pre-
Is the media path free from partially fed or jammed media? staged or jammed
media.
2 Check the sensor (input) for proper operation. Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Base sensor test
3. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? Sensor (input). connection.
Go to “Sensor
(input) removal
(T650, T652,
T654)” on
page 4-60.
4 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Sensor (fuser output) late jam service check.

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 201.02 • 201.07 • 201.27 • 201.32 • 201.50
• 201.52 • 201.57 • 201.75 • 201.77 • 201.82

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media size setup and tray guides for all media Go to step 2. Replace the
trays. media, or change
Does the media size, in use, match the size set for all media the media size
trays? setup.

2 Check all the media trays for proper media installation. Go to step 3. Remove and
Is the media properly installed in all the media trays? properly re-install
the media.

2-154 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

3 Check the fuser unit assembly for damage and life Replace the fuser Go to step 4.
expiration. unit assembly.
Is the above component damaged or has it exceeded life? Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
4 Check the fuser unit assembly for obstructions. Go to step 5. Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

5 Check the sensor (fuser output) for proper operation. Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Base sensor tests
3. Observe the line item “output”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
6 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the fuser Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? unit assembly. connection.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
7 Check the aligner assembly for obstructions. Go to step 8. Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

8 Check the transfer roll assembly for damage. Go to step 9. Replace the
Is the above component free from damage? transfer roll
assembly.
Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.
9 Perform a print test and check the main motor assembly. Go to step 10. Replace the main
Is the media properly transported and able to reach the drive motor
sensor (fuser output)? assembly.
Go to “Main drive
motor assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
10 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Diagnostic information 2-155

4062

Sensor (fuser output) lingering jam service check.

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 202.01 • 202.02 • 202.07 • 202.10 • 202.11
• 202.12 • 202.26 • 202.27 • 202.32 • 202.34
• 202.35 • 202.36 • 202.37 • 202.51 • 202.52
• 202.57 • 202.59 • 202.60 • 202.61 • 202.62
• 202.76 • 202.77 • 202.82 • 202.84 • 202.85
• 202.86 • 202.87

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media size setup and tray guides for all media Go to step 2. Replace the
trays. media, or change
Does the media size, in use, match the size set for all media the media size
trays? setup.

2 Check all the media trays for proper media installation. Go to step 3. Remove and
Is the media properly installed in all the media trays? properly re-install
the media.
3 Check the door assembly, rear. Go to step 4. Open then
Is the above component properly closed? properly close the
door assembly,
rear.
4 Check the fuser unit assembly for damage and life Replace the fuser Go to step 5.
expiration. unit assembly.
Is the above component damaged or has it exceeded life? Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
5 Check the sensor (fuser output) for proper operation. Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Base sensor tests
3. Observe the line item “output”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
6 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the fuser Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? unit assembly. connection.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.

2-156 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

7 Check the redrive assembly for damage. Go to step 8. Replace the

Is the above component free from damage? redrive assembly.
Go to “Redrive
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-74.
8 Perform a print test and check the redrive motor assembly Go to step 9. Replace the
for proper operation. redrive motor
Does the above component operate properly? assembly.
Go to “Redrive
motor assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-55.
9 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Sensor (fuser output) static jam service check

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 202.06 • 202.13 • 202.31 • 202.38 • 202.56
• 202.63 • 202.81 • 202.88

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media path for partially fed or jammed media. Go to step 2. Remove any pre-
Is the media path free from partially fed or jammed media? staged or jammed
media.
2 Check the sensor (fuser output) for proper operation. Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Base sensor test
3. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the fuser Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? unit assembly. connection.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
4 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Diagnostic information 2-157

4062

Sensor (narrow media) late jam service check.

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 201.04 • 201.06 • 201.29 • 201.31 • 201.54
• 201.56 • 201.79 • 201.81

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media size setup and tray guides for all media Go to step 2. Replace the
trays. media, or change
Does the media size, in use, match the size set for all media the media size
trays? setup.

2 Check all the media trays for proper media installation. Go to step 3. Remove and
Is the media properly installed in all the media trays? properly re-install
the media.
3 Check the fuser unit assembly for damage and life Replace the fuser Go to step 4.
expiration. unit assembly.
Is the above component damaged or has it exceeded life? Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
4 Check the fuser unit assembly for obstructions. Go to step 5. Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

5 Check the sensor (narrow media) for proper operation. Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Base sensor tests
3. Observe the line item “output”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
6 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the fuser Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? unit assembly. connection.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
7 Check the aligner assembly for obstructions. Go to step 8. Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

8 Check the transfer roll assembly for damage. Go to step 9. Replace the
Is the above component free from damage? transfer roll
assembly.
Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

2-158 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

9 Perform a print test and check the main motor assembly. Go to step 10. Replace the main
Is the media properly transported and able to reach the drive motor
sensor (fuser output)? assembly.
Go to “Main drive
motor assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
10 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Sensor (narrow media) static jam service check

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 202.03 • 202.13 • 202.28 • 202.38 • 202.53
• 202.63 • 202.78 • 202.88

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media path for partially fed or jammed media. Go to step 2. Remove any pre-
Is the media path free from partially fed or jammed media? staged or jammed
media.
2 Check the sensor (narrow media) for proper operation. Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Base sensor test
3. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the fuser Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? unit assembly. connection.
Go to “Fuser unit
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
4 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Diagnostic information 2-159

4062

Sensor (duplex input) late jam service check.

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 230.02 • 231.00

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the door assembly, rear. Go to step 2. Open then

Is the above component properly closed? properly close the
door assembly,
rear.
2 Check the fuser access door. Go to step 3. Open then
Is the above component properly closed? properly close the
fuser access door.
3 Check media origination. Go to step 4 Go to step 10
Did the media originate from the internal duplex?
4 Check the internal duplex media path for obstructions. Go to step 5 Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

5 Check the redrive assembly for damage. Go to step 6 Replace the

Is the above component free from damage? redrive assembly.
Go to “Redrive
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-74.
6 Perform a print test and check the redrive motor assembly Go to step 7. Replace the
for proper operation. redrive motor
Does the above component operate properly? assembly.
Go to “Redrive
motor assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-55.
7 Perform a print test and check the duplex drive motor Go to step 8 Replace the
assembly for proper operation. duplex drive motor
Does the above component operate properly? assembly.
Go to “Duplex
drive motor
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-10.
8 Check the sensor (duplex input) for proper operation. Go to step 10. Go to step 9.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Duplex tests
3. Select sensor test
4. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.

2-160 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

9 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? Sensor (duplex connection.
input).
Go to “Sensor
(duplex input)
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-58.
10 Perform a print test and check the duplex drive motor Go to step 14. Replace the
assembly for proper operation. duplex drive motor
Does the above component operate properly? assembly.
Go to “Duplex
drive motor
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-10.
11 Check the external duplex media path for obstructions. Go to step 12 Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

12 Check the external duplex unit assembly for proper Go to step 13. Remove then
installation. properly re-install
Is the above component properly installed? the external
duplex unit
assembly.
13 Check the sensor (duplex input) for proper operation. Go to step 14. Replace the
1. Enter the diagnostic mode external duplex
assembly.
2. Select Duplex tests
3. Select sensor test
3. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
14 Perform a print test using the duplex. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Sensor (duplex input) lingering jam service check.

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 230.01 • 230.05 • 232.00

Step Check Yes No

1 Check media origination. Go to step 2 Go to step 7

Did the media originate from the internal duplex?

Diagnostic information 2-161

4062

Step Check Yes No

2 Check the internal duplex media path for obstructions. Go to step 3 Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

3 Check the duplex guide assembly, front for damage. Go to step 4. Replace the
Is the above component free from damage? duplex guide
assembly, front.
Go to “Duplex
guide assembly,
front removal
(T652, T654)” on
page 4-12.
4 Check the sensor (duplex input) for proper operation. Go to step 6. Go to step 5.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Duplex tests
3. Select sensor test
4. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
5 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (duplex connection.
input).
Go to “Sensor
(duplex input)
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-58.
6 Check the aligner assembly for obstructions. Go to step 7. Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

7 Check the external duplex media path for obstructions. Go to step x Remove
Is the above component free from obstructions? obstructions.

8 Check the external duplex unit assembly for proper Go to step 9. Remove then
installation. properly re-install
Is the above component properly installed? the external
duplex unit
assembly.
9 Check the sensor (duplex input) for proper operation. Go to step 10. Replace the
1. Enter the diagnostic mode external duplex
assembly.
2. Select Duplex tests
3. Select sensor test
3. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
10 Perform a print test using the duplex. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

2-162 Service Manual

 4062

Sensor (duplex input) static jam service check.

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 230.13 • 238.01 • 238.03 • 238.05 • 238.07

Step Check Yes No

1 Check media origination. Go to step 2 Go to step 5

Did the media originate from the internal duplex?
2 Check the media path for partially fed or jammed media. Go to step 3. Remove any pre-
Is the media path free from partially fed or jammed media? staged or jammed
media.
3 Check the sensor (duplex input) for proper operation. Go to step 7. Go to step 4.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Duplex tests
3. Select sensor test
4. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
4 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (duplex connection.
input).
Go to “Sensor
(duplex input)
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-58.
5 Check the media path for partially fed or jammed media. Go to step 6. Remove any pre-
Is the media path free from partially fed or jammed media? staged or jammed
media.
6 Check the sensor (duplex input) for proper operation. Go to step 7. Replace the
1. Enter the diagnostic mode external duplex
assembly.
2. Select Duplex tests
3. Select sensor test
3. Observe the line item “input”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
7 Perform a print test using the duplex. Contact next Problem solved.
Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Diagnostic information 2-163

4062

Sensor (pass through) late jam service check

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 242.02 • 242.03 • 242.04 • 242.05 • 242.06
• 242.10 • 242.16 • 242.37 • 243.02 • 243.03
• 243.04 • 243.04 • 243.05 • 243.06 • 243.10
• 243.16 • 243.37 • 244.02 • 244.03 • 244.04
• 244.05 • 244.06 • 244.10 • 244.16 • 244.37
• 245.02 • 245.03 • 245.04 • 245.05 • 245.06
• 245.10 • 245.13 • 245.16 • 245.37

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media size setup and tray guides for all media Go to step 2. Replace the
trays. media, or change
Does the media size, in use, match the size set for all media the media size
trays? setup.

2 Check the media trays for overfilling. Remove any Go to step 3

Are any of the media trays overfilled? excess new
media.
3 Check the media condition in all media trays. Replace the Go to step 4.
Is any of the media in any of the media trays crumpled or damaged media
damaged? with new.

4 Check the media tray pass through areas for obstructions. Go to step 5. Remove
Are the pass through areas in all the media trays free from obstructions.
obstructions?
5 Check the two pick roll assemblies in the media tray being Go to step 6. Clean or replace
picked from. the pick roll
Are the above components free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Pick roll
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-44
6 Check the appropriate media tray sensor (pass through) for Go to step 7. Go to step 6.
proper operation.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Input tray tests
3. Sensor test
4. Select the appropriate tray number
3. Observe the line item “pass through” for the appropriate
media tray
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.

2-164 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

7 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? appropriate connection.
Sensor (pass
through).
Go to “Sensor
(pass through)
with cable
removal” on
page 4-101.
8 Perform a print test and check the pick arm assembly for Go to step 8. Replace the
the appropriate media tray. appropriate pick
Is the media properly picked and advanced out of the arm assembly.
appropriate media tray? Go to “Pick arm
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-42.
9 Perform a print test and check the main motor assembly. Go to step 9. Replace the main
Is the media properly transported through the pass through drive motor
areas of the media trays? assembly.
Go to “Main drive
motor assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
10 Perform a print test using the appropriate input tray. Replace the input Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (pass through) lingering jam service check.

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 242.08 • 242.40 • 243.08 • 243.40 244.08
• 244.40 • 245.08 • 245.40

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media size setup and tray guides for all media Go to step 2. Replace the
trays. media, or change
Does the media size, in use, match the size set for all media the media size
trays? setup.

2 Check the media tray pass through areas for obstructions. Go to step 3. Remove
Are the pass through areas in all the media trays free from obstructions.
obstructions?

Diagnostic information 2-165

4062

Step Check Yes No

3 Check the appropriate media tray sensor (pass through) for Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
proper operation.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Input tray tests
3. Sensor test
4. Select the appropriate tray number
3. Observe the line item “pass through” for the appropriate
media tray
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
4 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? appropriate connection.
Sensor (pass
through).
Go to “Sensor
(pass through)
with cable
removal” on
page 4-101.
5 Perform a print test and check the main motor assembly. Replace the main Replace the
Is the media properly transported through the pass through drive motor connection.
areas of the media trays? assembly.
Go to “Main drive
motor assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-24.
6 Perform a print test using the appropriate input tray. Replace the input Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (pass through) static jam service check

Use this procedure for the following jams:

• 242.13 • 242.36 • 243.13 • 243.36 244.13
• 244.36 • 245.13 • 245.36

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media path for partially fed or jammed media. Go to step 2. Remove any pre-
Is the media path free from partially fed or jammed media? staged or jammed
media.

2-166 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

2 Check the appropriate media tray sensor (pass through) for Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
proper operation.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Input tray tests
3. Sensor test
4. Select the appropriate tray number
3. Observe the line item “pass through” for the appropriate
media tray
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? appropriate sensor connection.
(pass through).
Go to “Sensor
(pass through)
with cable
removal” on
page 4-101.
4 Perform a print test using the appropriate input tray. Replace the input Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (stapler pass through) late jam service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the output option for proper installation. Go to step 2. Remove then
Is the above component properly installed? reinstall the output
option
2 Check for obstructions in the media path between the base Go to step 3. Remove
machine and the output option. obstructions.
Is the media path free from obstructions?
3 Check the sensor (stapler pass through) for proper Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
operation.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Finisher sensor test
3. Select Sensor test
4. Select pass & media
5. Observe the line item “passthru”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.

Diagnostic information 2-167

4062

Step Check Yes No

4 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? stapler unit connection.
assembly.
Go to “SFP
stapler assembly
stapler unit
assembly
removal” on
page 4-128.
5 Perform a print test using the output option. Replace the output Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (stapler pass through) lingering jam service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the output option for proper installation. Go to step 2. Remove then
Is the above component properly installed? reinstall the output
option
2 Check for obstructions in the media path between the Go to step 3. Remove
Sensor (stapler pass through) machine and the media bin. obstructions.
Is the media path free from obstructions?
3 Check the sensor (stapler pass through) for proper Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
operation.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Finisher sensor test
3. Select Sensor test
4. Select pass & media
5. Observe the line item “passthru”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
4 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? stapler unit connection.
assembly.
Go to “SFP
stapler assembly
stapler unit
assembly
removal” on
page 4-128.
5 Perform a print test using the output option. Replace the output Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

2-168 Service Manual

 4062

Sensor (stapler pass through) static jam service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media path for partially fed or jammed media. Go to step 2. Remove any pre-
Is the media path free from partially fed or jammed media? staged or jammed
media.
2 Check the sensor (stapler pass through) for proper Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
operation.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Finisher sensor test
3. Select Sensor test
4. Select pass & media
5. Observe the line item “passthru”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? stapler unit connection.
assembly.
Go to “SFP
stapler assembly
stapler unit
assembly
removal” on
page 4-128.
4 Perform a print test using the output option. Replace the output Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (output pass through) late jam service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the output option for proper installation. Go to step 2. Remove then
Is the above component properly installed? reinstall the output
option
2 Check for obstructions in the media path between the base Go to step 3. Remove
machine and the output option. obstructions.
Is the media path free from obstructions?

Diagnostic information 2-169

4062

Step Check Yes No

3 Check the sensor (output pass through) for proper Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
operation.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Output bin tests
3. Select Sensor test
4. Select Output bin x
5. Observe the line item “passthru”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
4 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (output connection.
pass through).
Go to “High
capacity stacker
sensor (pass
through)
removal” on
page 4-149.
Go to “5-bin
mailbox sensor
(pass through)
removal” on
page 4-158.
Go to “Output
expander sensor
(pass through)
removal” on
page 4-178.
5 Perform a print test using the output option. Replace the output Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (output pass through) lingering jam service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the output option for proper installation. Go to step 2. Remove then
Is the above component properly installed? reinstall the output
option
2 Check for obstructions in the media path between the Go to step 3. Remove
Sensor (output pass through) machine and the media bin. obstructions.
Is the media path free from obstructions?

2-170 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

3 Check the sensor (output pass through) for proper Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
operation.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Output bin tests
3. Select Sensor test
4. Select Output bin x
5. Observe the line item “passthru”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
4 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (output connection.
pass through).
Go to “High
capacity stacker
sensor (pass
through)
removal” on
page 4-149.
Go to “5-bin
mailbox sensor
(pass through)
removal” on
page 4-158.
Go to “Output
expander sensor
(pass through)
removal” on
page 4-178.
5 Perform a print test using the output option. Replace the output Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (output pass through) static jam service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media path for partially fed or jammed media. Go to step 2. Remove any pre-
Is the media path free from partially fed or jammed media? staged or jammed
media.

Diagnostic information 2-171

4062

Step Check Yes No

2 Check the sensor (output pass through) for proper Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
operation.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Output bin tests
3. Select Sensor test
4. Select Output bin x
5. Observe the line item “passthru”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (output connection.
pass through).
Go to “High
capacity stacker
sensor (pass
through)
removal” on
page 4-149.
Go to “5-bin
mailbox sensor
(pass through)
removal” on
page 4-158.
Go to “Output
expander sensor
(pass through)
removal” on
page 4-178.
4 Perform a print test using the output option. Replace the output Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (mailbox empty) late jam service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the output option for proper installation. Go to step 2. Remove then
Is the above component properly installed? reinstall the output
option
2 Check for obstructions in the media path between the base Go to step 3. Remove
machine and the output option. obstructions.
Is the media path free from obstructions?

2-172 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

3 Check the sensor (mailbox empty) for proper operation. Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Output bin tests
3. Select Sensor test
4. Select Output bin x
5. Observe the line item “mailbox empty”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
4 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (mailbox connection.
empty).
Go to “5-bin
mailbox sensor
(media bin
empty) removal”
on page 4-159.
5 Perform a print test using the output option. Replace the output Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (mailbox empty) lingering jam service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the output option for proper installation. Go to step 2. Remove then
Is the above component properly installed? reinstall the output
option
2 Check for obstructions in the media path between the Go to step 3. Remove
Sensor (mailbox empty) machine and the media bin. obstructions.
Is the media path free from obstructions?
3 Check the sensor (mailbox empty) for proper operation. Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Output bin tests
3. Select Sensor test
4. Select Output bin x
5. Observe the line item “mailbox empty”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.

Diagnostic information 2-173

4062

Step Check Yes No

4 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (mailbox connection.
empty).
Go to “5-bin
mailbox sensor
(media bin
empty) removal”
on page 4-159.
5 Perform a print test using the output option. Replace the output Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (mailbox empty) static jam service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media path for partially fed or jammed media. Go to step 2. Remove any pre-
Is the media path free from partially fed or jammed media? staged or jammed
media.
2 Check the sensor (mailbox empty) for proper operation. Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode
2. Select Output bin tests
3. Select Sensor test
4. Select Output bin x
5. Observe the line item “passthru”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked.
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (mailbox connection.
empty).
Go to “5-bin
mailbox sensor
(media bin
empty) removal”
on page 4-159.
4 Perform a print test using the output option. Replace the output Problem solved.
Does the error continue? option.

Sensor (toner empty) service check

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the sensor (toner empty) for proper installation. go to step 2. Reinstall the
Is the above component properly installed? sensor (toner
empty)

2-174 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

2 Check the sensor (toner empty) for proper operation. The sensor is Go to step 3.
1. Enter the diagnostic mode working properly.

2. Select Base sensor test

3. Observe the line item “toner”
Does the display on the operator panel, change every time
the sensing area of the above sensor is interrupted or
blocked?
3 Check the above sensor for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above sensor connected properly? sensor (toner connection.
empty).
Go to “Sensor
(toner empty)
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-60.

NVRAM mismatch failure (950.00 through 950.29) service check

Warning: When replacing any of the following components:

• Operator panel assembly
• System card assembly
Only replace one component at a time. replace the required component and perform a POR before replacing
a second component listed above. If this procedure is not followed, the printer will be rendered inoperable.
Never replace two or more of the components listed above without a POR after installing each one or the
printer will be rendered inoperable.
Warning: These components can be used as a method of troubleshooting as long as the machine is booted
into diagnostic mode or is operating in diagnostic mode. Once a component has been installed in a machine
and powered up into user mode, it cannot be used in another machine. It must be returned to the
manufacturer.

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the operator panel assembly. Go to step 3. Go to step 2.

Was the operator panel assembly recently replaced?
2 Check the system card assembly. Go to step 4. Contact next level
Was the system card assembly recently replaced? of support.

3 Replace the current operator panel assembly with the Go to step 5. Problem solved.
original operator panel assembly.
Does the error remain?
4 Replace the current system card assembly with the original Go to step 6. Problem solved.
system card assembly.
Go to “System card assembly removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-69.
5 If problem continues, replace the original operator panel Contact the next Problem solved.
assembly with a new and not previously installed operator level of support.
panel assembly.
Does the error continue?

Diagnostic information 2-175

4062

6 If the problem continues, replace the original panel Contact the next Problem solved.
assembly with a new and not previously installed operator level of support.
panel door assembly.
Go to “Operator panel door assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-37.

2-176 Service Manual

 4062

Image quality trouble

Printer Related Troubleshooting

Note: First, get a printout as a base, and follow the symptom table to identify the possible failing FRU’s.

Image quality symptoms

• Faint print (low contrast)– “Faint print (Low contrast)” on page 2-178.
• Blank print (no print)– “Blank print (no print)” on page 2-180.
• Solid black– “Solid black” on page 2-182.
• Vertical blank lines (White stripes in media transport direction)– “Vertical lines and bands (process
direction)” on page 2-183.
• Horizontal band–“Horizontal white stripes or bands (side to side direction)” on page 2-184
• Vertical stripes– “Vertical stripes (process direction)” on page 2-185.
• Horizontal stripes– “Horizontal stripes (side to side direction)” on page 2-187.
• Partial lack– “Partial lack” on page 2-189.
• Spots– “Spots” on page 2-190.
• Afterimage– “After image” on page 2-192.
• Background (fog)– “Background (fog)” on page 2-193.
• Skew–“Skew” on page 2-194.
• Media damage– “Media damage” on page 2-195.
• No fuse–“No fuse” on page 2-197.
Note: When horizontal lines and/or spots occur periodically, it is possibly caused by a particular roll. In this
case, measure the interval on the print test, and check the relation to the roll in the printer. The interval does not
necessarily match circumference of the roll.

Diagnostic information 2-177

4062

Image Quality

Faint print (Low contrast)

Leading edge

Trailing edge

Before starting, check the media route for foreign objects, such as staples, clips, and scraps, in the media path.

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Problem solved. Go to step 2.

Load new, dry, recommended media, and perform a print
test.
Is the image density normal?

2 Check the toner level. Go to step 3. Replace the

Is the toner level normal? print cartridge.

3 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 4. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

4 Check the print cartridge for proper installation. Go to step 5. Inspect, clean
Is the print cartridge properly installed? and reinstall
replace the print
cartridge.

5 Check the laser beam route. Go to step 6. Remove debris

Check for debris between the printhead assembly and or clean the
the PC drum. printhead
assembly
Is the laser beam route free of debris and the glass window.
window, in the printhead assembly, free of
contamination?

2-178 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

6 Check the HVPS card assembly for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? HVPS card connections.
assembly. Go to
“HVPS card
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-18.

7 Check the printhead assembly for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? printhead connections.
assembly.
Go to
“Printhead
assembly
removal
(T650)” on
page 4-47 or
“Printhead
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-48.

8 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Diagnostic information 2-179

4062

Blank print (no print)

Check the media path for foreign objects such as staples, clips, scraps of media.

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Problem solved. Go to step 2.

Load new, dry, recommended media, and perform a
print test.
Is the image density normal?

2 Check the toner level. Go to step 3. Replace the

Is the toner level normal? print cartridge.

3 Check the transfer roll assembly for proper installation? Go to step 4. Reinstall the
Is the above component properly installed? transfer roll
assembly.

4 Check the left and right transfer roll bracket. Go to step 5. Replace the left
Are the above components free from damage? and or right
transfer roll
brackets.
Go to
“Printhead
assembly
removal
(T650)” on
page 4-47 or
“Printhead
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-48.

5 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 6. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

2-180 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

6 Check the print cartridge for proper installation. Go to step 7. Inspect, clean
Is the print cartridge properly installed? and reinstall
replace the print
cartridge.

7 Check the laser beam route. Go to step 8. Remove debris

Check for debris between the printhead assembly and or clean the
the PC drum. printhead
assembly
Is the laser beam route free of debris and the glass window.
window, in the printhead assembly, free of
contamination?

8 Check the HVPS card assembly for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? HVPS card connections.
assembly.
Go to “HVPS
card assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-18.

9 Check the printhead assembly for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? printhead connections.
assembly.
Go to
“Printhead
assembly
removal
(T650)” on
page 4-47 or
“Printhead
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-48.

10 Check the system card assembly for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? system card connections.
assembly.
Go to “System
card assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Diagnostic information 2-181

4062

Solid black

Check the media path for foreign objects such as staples, clips, scraps of media.

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the charge roll assembly for proper installation. Go to step 2. Replace the
Is the above component properly installed? charge roll
assembly.

2 Check the print cartridge for proper installation. Go to step 3. Inspect, clean
Is the above component properly installed? and reinstall
replace the print
cartridge.

3 Check the charge roll HVPS card assembly connections Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? HVPS card connection.
assembly.
Go to “HVPS
card assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-18.

4 Check the system card assembly for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? system card connections.
assembly.
Go to “System
card assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

2-182 Service Manual

 4062

Vertical lines and bands (process direction)

Leading edge

Trailing edge

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Go to step 2. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

2 Is the media transfer route and the media path clear of Go to step 3. Remove debris or
debris? contamination.

3 Check the laser beam route. Go to step 4. Remove debris or

Check for debris between the printhead assembly and the clean the
PC drum. printhead
assembly window.
Is the laser beam route free of debris and the glass
window, in the printhead assembly, free of contamination?

4 Check the print cartridge for proper installation. Go to step 5. Inspect, clean and
Is the above component properly installed? reinstall replace
the print cartridge.

5 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 6. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

Diagnostic information 2-183

4062

Step Check Yes No

6 Check the printhead assembly for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? printhead connections.
assembly.
Go to “Printhead
assembly
removal (T650)”
on page 4-47 or
“Printhead
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-48.

7 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Horizontal white stripes or bands (side to side direction)

Leading edge

Trailing edge

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Go to step 2. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, and recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

2 Are the media transfer route and the media path free of Go to step 3. Remove debris or
contamination and debris? contamination.

3 Check the toner level. Go to step 4. Replace the print

Is the toner level normal? cartridge.

2-184 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

4 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 5. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

5 Check the printhead assembly for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? printhead connections.
assembly.
Go to “Printhead
assembly
removal (T650)”
on page 4-47 or
“Printhead
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-48.

6 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Vertical stripes (process direction)

Leading edge

Trailing edge

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Go to step 2. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

Diagnostic information 2-185

4062

Step Check Yes No

2 Are the media transfer route and the media path free of Go to step 3. Remove debris
contamination or debris? or
contamination.

3 Check the charge roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 4. Replace the
wear. charge roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Charge
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-7.

4 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 5. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

5 Check the print cartridge for proper installation. Go to step 6. Inspect, clean
Is the above component properly installed? and reinstall
replace the print
cartridge.

6 Check the heat roll and pressure roll. Replace the Go to step 7.
Remove the fuser unit assembly. fuser unit
assembly.
CAUTION: : Allow
the fuser unit Go to “Fuser
assembly to cool unit assembly
down. removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
Is there contamination or cracks on the heat roll and/or
pressure roll?

7 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

2-186 Service Manual

 4062

Horizontal stripes (side to side direction)

Leading edge

Trailing edge

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Go to step 2. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

2 Check the media transfer route. Go to step 3. Remove

Check the media route for contamination or obstacles. obstacles or
contamination.

3 Check the print cartridge for proper installation. Go to step 4. Inspect, clean
Is the above component properly installed? and reinstall
replace the print
cartridge.

4 Check the charge roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 5. Replace the
wear. charge roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Charge
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-7.

5 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 6. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

Diagnostic information 2-187

4062

Step Check Yes No

6 Check the heat roll and pressure roll. Replace the Go to step 7.
Remove the fuser unit assembly. fuser unit
assembly.
CAUTION: : Allow
the fuser unit Go to “Fuser
assembly to cool unit assembly
down. removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
Is there contamination or cracks on the heat roll and/or
pressure roll?

7 Check the HVPS card assembly for proper connection. Replace the Replace the
Is the above component properly connected? HVPS card connections.
assembly.
Go to “HVPS
card assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-18.

8 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

2-188 Service Manual

 4062

Partial lack
Leading edge

Trailing edge

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Go to step 2. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the problem remain?

2 Check the toner level. Go to step 3. Replace the

Is the toner level normal? print cartridge.

3 Check the laser beam route. Go to step 4. Remove debris

Check for debris between the printhead assembly and or clean the
the PC drum. printhead
assembly
Is the laser beam route free of debris and the glass window.
window, in the printhead assembly, free of
contamination?

4 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 5. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

Diagnostic information 2-189

4062

Step Check Yes No

5 Check the printhead installation. Go to step 6. Reinstall and

Is the above component properly installed? adjust the
printhead
assembly.
Go to
“Printhead
assembly
removal
(T650)” on
page 4-47 or
“Printhead
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-48.

6 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Spots
Leading edge

Trailing edge

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Go to step 2. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

2 Check the media transfer route. Go to step 3. Remove debris

Is the media route free of contamination or debris? or
contamination.

3 Check the print cartridge for spots or other damage on Go to step 4. Replace the
the drum surfaces. print cartridge.
Is the print cartridges free of excess wear and
contamination?

2-190 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

4 Check the charge roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 5. Replace the
wear. charge roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Charge
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-7.

5 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 6. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

6 Check the heat roll and pressure roll. Replace the Go to step 7
Remove the fuser unit assembly. fuser unit
assembly.
CAUTION: : Allow
the fuser unit Go to “Fuser
assembly to cool unit assembly
down. removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
Is there contamination or cracks on the heat roll and/or
pressure roll?

7 Check the printhead installation. Go to step 8. Reinstall and

Is the above component properly installed? adjust the
printhead
assembly.
Go to
“Printhead
assembly
removal
(T650)” on
page 4-47 or
“Printhead
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-48.

8 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Diagnostic information 2-191

4062

After image
Leading edge

Trailing edge

The ghost appears on the media which, may be the image from the previous page or part of the page
currently printing.

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Go to step 2. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

2 Check the heat roll and pressure roll. Replace the Go to step 4.
Remove the fuser unit assembly. fuser unit
assembly.
CAUTION: : Allow
the fuser unit Go to “Fuser
assembly to cool unit assembly
down. removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
Is there contamination or cracks on the heat roll and/or
pressure roll?

3 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

2-192 Service Manual

 4062

Background (fog)
Leading edge

Trailing edge

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the media condition. Go to step 2. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

2 Check the media transfer route. Go to step 3. Remove debris

Is the media path free of contamination or debris. or
contamination.

3 Check the print cartridge for proper installation. Go to step 4. Inspect, clean
Is the above component properly installed? and reinstall
replace the print
cartridge.

4 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 5. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

5 Check the HVPS card assembly for proper connection. Go to step 6. Replace the
Is the above component connected properly? connections.

Diagnostic information 2-193

4062

Step Check Yes No

6 Check the printhead installation. Go to step 7. Reinstall and

Is the above component properly installed? adjust the
printhead
assembly.
Go to
“Printhead
assembly
removal
(T650)” on
page 4-47 or
“Printhead
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-48.

7 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Skew
Leading edge

Trailing edge

The printed image is not paralleled with both sides of the media.

Step Check Yes No

1 Check printer installation placement. Go to step 2. Correct the

Check the installation surface for irregularities. installation
placement.
Check for damaged printer caster.
Is the setup surface normal?

2 Properly load media into the media tray assembly and Go to step 3. Problem solved.
ensure all guides are set correctly.
Properly install the media tray assembly into the printer.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

2-194 Service Manual

 4062

Step Check Yes No

3 Check for obstructions in the area of the media feed Go to step 4. Remove
units. obstructions.
Are the media feed unit assembly free from any
obstructions?

4 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 5. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

5 Check the aligner assembly for proper adjustment. Go to step 6. Replace the
Go to “Alignment assembly adjustment” on aligner
page 4-4. assembly.

Does the problem remain? Go to

“Alignment
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-25.

6 Perform a print test. Contact next Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? highest level of
tech support.

Media damage

Leading edge

Trailing edge

Step Check Yes No

1 Check printer installation placement. Go to step 2. Correct the

Check the installation surface for irregularities. installation
placement.
Check for missing printer foot.
Is the setup surface normal?

Diagnostic information 2-195

4062

Step Check Yes No

2 Check the media feed. Go to step 3. Problem solved.

Remove the media tray assembly.
Properly load media in the media tray assembly.
Properly install the media tray assembly in the printer.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

3 Check the media condition. Go to step 4. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the error continue?

4 Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and Go to step 5. Replace the
wear. transfer roll
Is the above component free of excess wear and assembly.
contamination? Go to “Transfer
roll assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

5 Check the aligner assembly for proper adjustment. Go to step 6. Replace the
Go to “Pick arm assembly removal (T650, T652, aligner assembly.
T654)” on page 4-42. Go to
Does the problem remain? “Alignment
assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-25.

6 Check the heat roll and pressure roll. Replace the Inspect the
Remove the fuser unit assembly. fuser unit machine for
assembly. obstructions in
CAUTION: : Allow the media path.
the fuser unit Go to “Fuser
assembly to cool unit assembly
down. removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
Is there contamination or cracks on the heat roll and/or
pressure roll?

2-196 Service Manual

 4062

No fuse
Leading edge

Trailing edge

Step Check Yes No

1 Check the fuser unit assembly installation. Go to step 2. Reinstall the

Is the fuser unit assembly properly installed? fuser unit
assembly.

2 Check the media condition. Go to step 3. Problem solved.

Load new, dry, recommended media.
Re-print the defective image.
Does the problem remain?

3 Check the heat roll and pressure roll. Replace the Go to step 4.
Remove the fuser unit assembly. fuser unit
assembly.
CAUTION: : Allow
the fuser unit Go to “Fuser
assembly to cool unit assembly
down. removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-16.
Is there contamination or cracks on the heat roll and/or
pressure roll?

4 Check the LVPS card assembly for proper connection. Replace the Remove then
Is the above component connected properly? LVPS card reinsert the
assembly. LVPS card
Go to “LVPS assembly.
card assembly
removal
(T650)” on
page 4-64 or
“LVPS card
assembly
removal (T652,
T654)” on
page 4-66.

Diagnostic information 2-197

4062

Step Check Yes No

5 Perform a print test. Replace the Problem solved.

Does the problem remain? system card
assembly.
Go to “System
card assembly
removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.

Network service check

Note: Before starting this service check, print out the network setup page. This page is found under Menu -
Reports - Network Settings. Consult the network administrator to verify that the physical and wireless network
settings displayed on the network settings page for the device are properly configured. If a wireless network is
used, verify that the printer is in range of the host computer or wireless access point, and there is no electronic
interference. Have the network administrator verify that the device is using the correct SSID, and wireless
security protocols. For more network troubleshooting information, consult the Lexmark Network Setup Guide.

Step Questions / actions Yes No

1 If the device is physically connected to the Go to step 3. Go to step 2.

network, verify that the ethernet cable is If the network is wireless,
properly connected on both ends. got to step 3.
Is the cable properly connected?

2 Connect the ethernet cable. Problem resolved Go to step 3.

Did this fix the problem?

3 Check the printer’s online status under Printers Go to step 5. Go to step 4.

and Faxes on the host computer. Delete all
print jobs in the print queue.
Is the printer online and in a Ready state.

4 Change the printer status to online. Problem resolved. Go to step 5.

Did this fix the issue?

5 Does the IP address displayed on the network Go to step 10. Go to step 6.

settings page match the IP address in the port
of the drivers using the printer?

6 Does the LAN use DHCP? Go to step 7. Go to step 9.

Note: A printer should use a static IP
address on a network.

7 Are the first two segments if the IP address Go to step 8. Go to step 9

169.254?

8 POR the printer. Problem resolved Go to step 10.

Is the problem resolved

9 Reset the address on the printer to match the Problem fixed. Go to step 10.
IP address on the driver.
Did this resolve the issue?

2-198 Service Manual

 4062

Step Questions / actions Yes No

10 Have the network administrator verify that the Go to step 12. Go to step 11.
printer and PC’s IP address have identical
subnet addresses.
Are the subnet addresses the same?

11 Using the subnet address supplied by the Problem resolved. Go to step 12.
network administrator, assign a unique IP
address to the printer.
Note: The printer IP address should match
the IP address on the printer driver.
Did this fix the problem?

12 Is the device physically connected (ethernet Go to step 13. Go to step15.

cable) to the network?

13 Try using a different ethernet cable. Problem resolved Go to step 14.

Did this remedy the situation?

14 Have the network administrator check the Replace the system card. Contact the network
network drop for activity. Go to “System card administrator.
Is the drop functioning properly? assembly removal (T650,
T652, T654)” on page 4-69.

15 Is the printer on the same wireless network as Go to step 17. Go to step 16.
the other devices?

16 Assign the correct wireless network to the Problem resolved Go to step 17.
printer.
Did this fix the problem?

17 Are the other devices on the wireless network Go to step 18. Contact the network
communicating properly? administrator.

18 Verify that the wireless card is properly seated Go to step 20. Go to step 19.
on the controller board.
Is the wireless card seated correctly?

19 Properly reseat the wireless card. Problem resolved. Go to step 20.

Did this fix the problem?

20 Is the antenna damaged? Go to step 22. Go to step 21.

21 Replace the antenna. Problem resolved Go to step 22.

Did this fix the problem?

22 Verify that the antenna is properly connected Go to step 24. Go to step 23.
to the wireless card.
Is it connected correctly?

23 Properly connect the antenna. Problem resolved Go to step 24.

Did this fix the problem?

24 Check pin 6 for +3.3V, and Pin 5 for +5V. on Replace the wireless card. Replace the system card.
connector <> of the controller board. Pins 1 Go to “System card
and 4 are GND. assembly removal (T650,
Are the voltages and GNDs correct? T652, T654)” on page 4-69

Diagnostic information 2-199

4062

2-200 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

3. Diagnostic aids

This chapter explains the tests and procedures to identify printer failures and verify repairs have corrected the
problem.

Understanding the printer control panel

1 2 3 4

9 8 76 5

Item Description
1 Display Shows messages and pictures that communicate the status of the printer.
2 Navigation buttons Press the up or down arrow buttons to scroll through menus or menu items, or to
increase or decrease a value when entering numbers.
Press the left or right arrow buttons to scroll through menu settings (also called
values or options), or to scroll through text that rolls to another screen.

3 Select • Opens a menu item and displays the available values or settings. The current
setting is indicated by an asterisk (*).
• Saves a displayed menu item as the new user default setting.
Note: When a new setting is saved as the user default setting, it remains in effect
until a new setting is saved or until factory defaults are restored.
Note: Settings chosen from a software program can also change or override the
user default settings selected from the printer control panel.
4 Keypad Enter numbers or symbols on the display.
5 Back Returns the display to the previous screen.

6 Indicator light Indicates the printer status:

• Off–The power is off.
• Blinking green–The printer is warming up, processing data, or printing.
• Solid green–The printer is on, but idle.
• Solid red–Operator intervention is needed.

Diagnostic aids 3-1

4062-XXX

Item Description
7 Stop Stops all printer activity.
A list of options is offered once Stopped appears on the display.

8 Menu Opens the menu index

Note: The menus are available only when the printer is in the Ready state.

9 USB Insert a flash drive into the front of the printer to print saved files.
Note: Only the front USB port supports flash drives.

Accessing service menus

There are different test menus that can be accessed during POR to identify problems with the printer.

Diagnostics Mode 1. Turn off the printer. The Diagnostics Mode group contains the settings
2. Press and hold and . and operations used while manufacturing and
servicing the printer.
See “Diagnostics mode” on page 3-3 for more
information.

3. Turn on the printer.

4. Release the buttons after 10
seconds.
Configuration Menu 1. Turn off the printer. The Configuration Menu group contains a set of
2. Press and hold and . menus, settings, and operations which are
infrequently required by a user. Generally, the
options made available in this menu group are
used to configure a printer for operation.
See “Configuration menu (CONFIG MENU)” on
page 3-25 for more information.
3. Turn on the printer.
4. Release the buttons after 10
seconds.
Flash system code 1. Turn off the printer.
mode 2. Press and hold , ,
and .

3. Turn on the printer.

4. Release the buttons after 10
seconds.

To run the printer diagnostic tests described in this chapter, you must put the printer in Diagnostic Mode.

3-2 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Diagnostics mode
Entering Diagnostics mode

1. Turn the printer off.

1. Press and hold and .

2. Turn the printer on.
3. Release the buttons after 10 seconds.

Available tests

The tests display on the operator panel in the order shown:

REGISTRATION See “REGISTRATION” on page 3-5

Top Margin
Bottom Margin
Left Margin
Right Margin
Quick Test See “Quick Test” on page 3-6
PRINT TESTS
Tray 1 See “Input source tests” on page 3-7
Tray 2 (if installed)
Tray 3 (if installed)
Tray 4 (if installed)
Tray 5 (if installed)
MP Feeder
Env Feeder (if installed)
Prt Quality Pgs See “Print quality pages (Prt Quality Pgs)” on page 3-7
HARDWARE TESTS
Panel Test See “Panel Test” on page 3-8
Button Test See “Button Test” on page 3-8
DRAM Test See “DRAM Test” on page 3-8
USB HS Test Mode See “USB HS Test Mode” on page 3-9
RFID Option Test See “RFID Option Test” on page 3-10

Diagnostic aids 3-3

4062-XXX

DUPLEX TESTS (if installed)

Quick Test See “Quick Test (duplex)” on page 3-13
Top Margin See “Top Margin (duplex)” on page 3-13
Sensor Test See “Sensor Test (duplex)” on page 3-13
Motor Test See “Motor Test (duplex)” on page 3-14
Duplex Feed 1 See “Duplex Feed 1” on page 3-14
Duplex Feed 2 See “Duplex Feed 2” on page 3-14
INPUT TRAY TESTS
Feed Tests See “Feed Tests (input tray)” on page 3-15
Sensor Test See “Sensor Test (input tray)” on page 3-16
OUTPUT BIN TESTS
Feed Tests See “Feed Tests (output bins)” on page 3-16
Feed To All Bins See “Feed To All Bins” on page 3-17
Sensor Test See “Sensor Test (standard output bin)” on page 3-17
Deflector Test (if 5-bin See “Deflector Test” on page 3-18
installed)
FINISHER TESTS (if installed)
Staple Test See “Staple Test” on page 3-19
Feed Tests See “Feed Tests (finisher)” on page 3-19
Sensor Test See “Sensor Test (finisher)” on page 3-19
BASE SENSOR TEST See “BASE SENSOR TEST” on page 3-20
Toner See “Toner Level–Toner level sensor (remove the cartridge and
replace to actuate the sensor)” on page 3-20
Input See “Input–Input sensor” on page 3-20
Output See “Output–Output (exit) sensor” on page 3-20
NarrowMedia See “NarrowMedia–Output (exit) sensor” on page 3-20
Front Door See “Front Door–Front door sensor” on page 3-20
PRINTER SETUP
Defaults See “Defaults” on page 3-20
Page Count See “Printed Page Count” on page 3-20
Perm Page Count See “Perm Page Count (permanent page count)” on page 3-20
Serial Number See “Serial Number” on page 3-20
Engine Setting 1 through 4 See “Engine Setting 1 through 16” on page 3-21
Model Name See “Model Name” on page 3-21
Configuration ID See “Configuration ID” on page 3-21
Edge to Edge See “Edge to Edge” on page 3-21

3-4 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

EP SETUP
EP Defaults See “EP Defaults” on page 3-22
Fuser Temp See “Fuser Temperature (Fuser Temp)” on page 3-22
Fuser Page Count See “Fuser Page Count” on page 3-22
Warm Up Time See “Warm Up Time” on page 3-22
Transfer See “Transfer” on page 3-22
Print Contrast See “Print Contrast” on page 3-22
Charge Roll See “Charge Roll” on page 3-22
Gap Adjust See “Gap Adjust” on page 3-22
EVENT LOG
Display Log See “Display Log” on page 3-23
Print Log See “Print Log” on page 3-23
Clear Log See “Clear Log” on page 3-24
EXIT DIAGNOSTICS

Exiting Diagnostics mode

Select Exit Diagnostics to exit the Diagnostics menu. Resetting the Printer displays, the printer
performs a POR, and returns to Ready mode.

REGISTRATION

Print registration makes sure the printing is printed properly aligned on the page.

The settings available are:

Top Margin
Bottom Margin
Left Margin
Right Margin
Quick Test

To set print registration:

1. Select REGISTRATION from the DIAGNOSTICS menu.

2. Select Quick Test, and press .
To print the Quick Test page:
a. Press until the appears next to Quick Test.
b. Press .
The message Quick Test Printing… appears on the display.
Retain this page to determine the changes you need to make to the margins settings.
3. Use or to select the margin setting you need to change, and press .

4. Use to decrease or to increase the values, and press to reset the value.
The message Submitting selection displays, and the original REGISTRATION screen appears with
the beside the previously selected margin setting.

Diagnostic aids 3-5

4062-XXX

The print registration range is:

Variable Description Value Direction of change

T= Top margin -25 to +25 Each increment causes A positive change moves the image
approximately 4 pels shift (at 600 down the page and increases the
dpi). top margin. A negative change
moves the image up and decreases
the top margin.
B= Bottom margin -20 to +20 Each increment causes A positive change compresses the
approximately 0.55 mm shift in the image so it appears to move down
bottom margin. the page and a negative change
moves the image up.
L= Left margin -25 to +25 A positive change moves the image
to the right, and a negative change
moves the image to the left. No
compression occurs.
R= Right margin - 99 to +99 A positive change moves the image
to the right, and a negative change
moves the image to the left.

5. Continue changing the settings by repeating steps 2 through 4.

6. Print another copy of the Quick Test to verify your changes.

7. To exit REGISTRATION, press Back .

Quick Test

The Quick Test contains the following information:

• Device information
• Current page count, installed memory
• Processor speed
• Serial number
• Engine ID
• System card ID
• Printer revision levels
• Printer margin settings
• Alignment diamonds at the top and bottom
• Horizontal lines to check for skew

To print the Quick Test page:

Note: Print the Quick Test Page on letter or A4 paper.

1. Select REGISTRATION from DIAGNOSTICS.
2. Press until the appears next to Quick Test.
The message Quick Test Printing… appears on the display.
Once the Quick Test Page completes printing, the Registration screen displays again.

3-6 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

PRINT TESTS

Input source tests

The purpose of the diagnostic Print Tests is to verify that the printer can print on media from each of the
installed input options. The contents of the Print Test Page varies depending on the media installed in the
selected input source.

Check each Test Page from each source to assist in print quality and paper feed problems.

To run the Print Test Page:

1. Select PRINT TESTS from the Diagnostics menu.

2. Select the media source.
Tray 1
Tray 2 (if installed)
Tray 3 (if installed)
Tray 4 (if installed)
Tray 5 (if installed)
Multi-Purpose Feeder (if installed)
Envelope Feeder (if installed)
3. Select Single or Continuous.
• If Single is selected, a single page is printed.
• If Continuous is selected, printing continues until Stop is pressed to cancel the test.

If a source is selected that contains envelopes, an envelope test pattern is printed. If Continuous is selected,
the test pattern is printed only on the first envelope.

Note: The Print Test Page always prints on one side of the paper, regardless of the duplex setting or the
presence of a duplex option.

Press Back to return to PRINT TESTS.

Print quality pages (Prt Quality Pgs)

The purpose of this diagnostic function is to allow printing of the print quality test pages with the toner cartridge
lockout function disabled. The print quality pages consist of four pages. Page one contains a mixture of
graphics and text. Page two is gray with two one inch black squares located on the bottom right. Page three is
solid black page and page four is blank. If duplex is turned on, the pages are duplexed. The Print Quality Test
pages are printed in English and must always be printed on letter, legal, or A4 paper.

To run the Print Quality Test Pages, select Prt Quality Pgs from PRINT TESTS. The message Printing
Quality Test Pages is displayed.

The following is included in the DIAGNOSTICS version of the first print quality test page:

• Device information
• Printer revision levels
• Cartridge information
• Printer margin settings
• EP setup
• Printer setup
• Minimum stroke width
Note: The print quality test pages can also be printed from the Configuration menu (CONFIG MENU),
however a cartridge must be installed with a machine class ID matching the machine class ID stored in

Diagnostic aids 3-7

4062-XXX

NVRAM. The CONFIG MENU print quality test pages are identical to the DIAGNOSTIC print quality test pages
with the exception of the first page. The first print quality test page from the CONFIG MENU does not include
EP or Printer setup.

HARDWARE TESTS

Select the following Hardware Tests from this menu:

• Panel Test
• Button Test
• DRAM Test
• USB HS Test Mode
• RFID Option Test

Panel Test

This test automatically toggles each pixel of the operator panel through every contrast level beginning with the
darkest to the brightest. This test continues until you press Stop .

Button Test

The Button Test verifies the operation of the buttons on the operator panel. When you select Button Test, a
diagram of the operator panel appears on the panel. When you press a button on the operator panel, an X
appears on the corresponding diagram. When you release the button, an X disappears. Pressing Back or
Stop cancels the test.

DRAM Test

The purpose of this test is to check the validity of DRAM memory, both standard and optional. The test writes
patterns of data to DRAM to verify that each bit in memory can be set and read correctly.

To run the DRAM Test:

1. Select DRAM Test from the menu.

The message DRAM Test Testing… displays. Then the message Resetting Printer appears, and
the power indicator light blinks green.
The following type of message appears:

DRAM Test xxx MB

P:###### F:####

• xxx represents the installed DRAM size.

• P:###### represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully. Initially
000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999,999.
• F:##### represents the number of times the memory test has failed and finished with errors. Initially
0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 99,999. Initially only four digits appear, but additional
digits appear as needed.
Each time a test is completed, the number of pass and failures is incremented. If the test fails, the
message Failure displays for approximately three seconds, and the failure count increases by one.

The test continues until all standard and optional DRAM is tested. Once the maximum pass count or fail count
is reached, the test is stopped, the power indicator is turned on solid, and the final results display.

To stop the test before completion, turn the printer off.

3-8 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

USB HS Test Mode

1. Select USB HS Test Mode from HARDWARE TESTS.

2. Press until the appears next to the Port to be tested, and then press .

3. Select the desired Test, and then press .

Port Test Appears on the display

Port 0 Test J USB High Speed

Certification Testing...
Test K
Test SEO NAK
Test Packet
Test Force Enabled

Port 1 Test J USB High Speed

Certification Testing...
Test K
Test SEO NAK
Test Packet
Test Force Enabled

Port 2 Test J USB High Speed

Certification Testing...
Test K
Test SEO NAK
Test Packet
Test Force Enabled

Port 3 Test J USB High Speed

Certification Testing...
Test K
Test SEO NAK
Test Packet
Test Force Enabled

To stop testing before completion, turn the printer off.

Diagnostic aids 3-9

4062-XXX

RFID Option Test

This test confirms that the RFID firmware and hardware are working properly. In the event that the test fails, it
is recommended that the test be repeated to confirm that the problem is not intermittent or caused by a single
failed piece of RFID media.

Note: If the printer has problems picking RFID media from a tray, try using a shorter stack of media (< 100
sheets) before assuming a pick mechanism problem.

To run the RFID Option Test, select RFID Option Test from the menu.

1. Load RFID media in Tray 2, and then press Continue. The test page will be printed.
Note: For this test to work properly, the RFID media used for the test should contain an RFID tag that is
positioned within the first-half of the page from the leading edge.

If the page looks like this: If the page looks like this:

T65x RFID Option Test T65x RFID Option Test

Step 1. Step 1.
Step 1 is complete. Step 1 is complete.

1. Place this sheet in Tray 2 face-down with the 1. Place this sheet in Tray 2 face-down with the
arrow pointing toward the front of the printer. arrow pointing toward the front of the printer.
2. Press Continue. 2. Press Continue.

Then step 1 of the test passed. Then the test has failed.
Proceed to step 2
This is an indication that the RFID
tag could not be written to.
Possible causes:
1. Bad RFID media
2. RFID UHF option failure
Try the test again with a new piece
of RFID media. If the test fails
again, replace the RFID UHF
option.

3-10 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

2. Reload RFID media in Tray 2 with the RFID media that was just printed in step 1, and then press continue.
The test page will be printed.
Note: The sheet should be placed face down with the arrow pointing toward the front of the printer.

If the page looks like this: If the page looks like this: If the page looks like this:

T65x RFID Option Test T65x RFID Option Test

Step 1. Step 1.
Step 1 is complete. Step 1 is complete.

1. Place this sheet in Tray 2 face-down with t 1. Place this sheet in Tray 2 face-down with the
arrow pointing toward the front of the printe arrow pointing toward the front of the printer
2. Press Continue. 2. Press Continue.

T65x RFID Option Test

T65x RFID Option Test T65x RFID Option Test Step 2.
Step 2. Step 2.
Step two is complete.
Step two is complete. Step two is complete.
1. Place a sheet of plain paper in Tray 2.
1. Place a sheet of plain paper in Tray 2. 1. Place a sheet of plain paper in Tray 2.
2. Press Continue.

Then step 2 of the test passed. Then the test has failed. Then the test has failed.
Proceed to step 3
This is an indication that the RFID This is an indication that the RFID
tag could not be read. tag could not be read because the
RFID sheet printed in step 1 was
Possible causes:
not reloaded (or reloaded
1. Bad RFID media incorrectly) for step 2.
2. RFID UHF option failure Try the test again with a new piece
Try the test again with a new piece of RFID media and make sure the
of RFID media. If the test fails sheet printed in step 1 is reloaded
again, replace the RFID UHF into Tray 2 during step 2.
option.

Diagnostic aids 3-11

4062-XXX

3. Load plain media in Tray 2, and then press Continue. The test page will be printed.

If the page looks like this: If the page looks like this:

T65x RFID Option Test T65x RFID Option Test

Step 3. Step 3.
Step three is complete. Step three is complete.

If this image If this image

appears at the bottom of this sheet, the appears at the bottom of this sheet, the
test is a SUCCESS. test is a SUCCESS

Then step 3 of the test passed and
the RFID Option Test is complete.
The RFID firmware and hardware
are working properly.
Then the test has failed.
This is an indication that the printer
was able to read an RFID tag when
it was not supposed to.
Possible causes:
1. RFID media was printed
instead of plain media.
2. A separate RFID tag may be
placed in close proximity to the
RFID option.
3. RFID UHF option failure
Try the test again, making sure that
plain media is used for step 3. If the
test fails again, inspect the printer
to make sure there are no RFID
tags in close proximity to the RFID
option. For example, it an RFID tag
was applied to the printer front
cover itself, this tag may be
causing problems with the RFID
reader. If no problems found,
replace the RFID UHF option.

3-12 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

DUPLEX TESTS

Quick Test (duplex)

This test prints a duplex version of the Quick Test that can be used to verify that the correct placement of the
top margin on the back side of a duplex page. You can run one duplexed page (Single), or continue printing
duplexed pages (Continuous) until Stop is pressed. For information about changing the margin, see
“Top Margin (duplex)” on page 3-13.

Note: Before you set the duplex top margin, be sure to set the registration. See “REGISTRATION” on
page 3-5.

The paper you choose to print the page on should be either Letter or A4.

To run the Quick Test (duplex):

1. Select Quick Test from DUPLEX TESTS.

2. Select Single or Continuous.
• The single Duplex Quick test cannot be canceled.
• The printer attempts to print the Quick Test Page from the default paper source. If the default paper
source only supports envelopes, then the page is printed from Tray 1.
• Check the Quick Test Page for the correct offset between the placement of the first scan line on the front
and back side of a duplexed sheet.

The single test stops automatically when a single duplex sheet is printed, and the continuous test continues
until you press Stop .

Top Margin (duplex)

This setting controls the offset between the first scan line on the front of the duplex page and the first scan line
on the back of the page. Therefore, be sure to set the top margin in REGISTRATION before setting the duplex
top margin. See “REGISTRATION” on page 3-5.

To set the Top Margin (duplex):

1. Print the Quick Test (duplex):

a. Select Quick Test from DUPLEX TESTS.
b. Select Single.
c. Hold the page to the light to see the whether the top margin of the backside aligns with the top margin of
the frontside.
2. Select Top Margin from DUPLEX TESTS.
3. Use or to select the margin setting you need to change.
• Each increment shifts the duplex top margin by 1/100 of an inch.
• The Top Margin (duplex) range is -25 to +25, and the default value is 2.
• An increase moves the top margin down and widens the top margin. A decrease moves the top margin
upward and narrows the top margin.
4. Press .
5. Print the Quick Test (duplex) again to verify the adjustment. Repeat if necessary.

Sensor Test (duplex)

Diagnostic aids 3-13

4062-XXX

This test is used to determine whether or not the duplex sensors and switches are working correctly. The test
allows you to actuate the duplex input sensor located in the back part of the duplex unit and the duplex exit
sensor located in the return paper path.

1. Select Sensor Test from DUPLEX TESTS.

The message Sensor Test Testing displays.
2. Manually actuate each of the duplex sensors. When the sensor/switch is closed, CL (closed) displays, and
when the sensor/switch is open, OP (open) displays.
• Duplex input sensor
• Duplex exit sensor
3. Press Back or Stop to exit the test.

Motor Test (duplex)

This test lets you test the duplex option paper feed drive system, and verify that the power and velocity values
are acceptable. The duplex runs the DC motor at high speed and low speed, taking an average of the power
(PWM) required for each speed and calculating the KE value.

To run the Motor Test (duplex):

1. Select Motor Test from DUPLEX TESTS.

The power indicator light blinks, and the message Motor Test Testing displays.
2. When the motor stops, and has passed the test, the following results are displayed.
Motor Test
Test Passed

3. Press Back or Stop to exit the test.

Duplex Feed 1

This test feeds a blank sheet of paper to the duplex paper stop position 1. This test can be run using any of the
supported paper sizes.

To run the Duplex Feed 1 Test:

1. Select Duplex Feed 1 from DUPLEX TESTS.

The power indicator blinks while the paper is feeding, and the message Duplex Feed 1 Feeding…
displays.
The message Duplex Feed 1 Clear Paper displays when the paper reaches paper stop position 1,
and the power indicator turns on solid.
2. Remove the media from the duplex unit, and clear the message on the operator panel by pressing
Stop .

Duplex Feed 2

This test feeds a blank sheet of paper to the duplex paper stop position 2. This test can be run using any of the
supported paper sizes.

To run the Duplex Feed 2 Test:

1. Select Duplex Feed 2 from DUPLEX TESTS.

The power indicator blinks while the paper is feeding, and the message Duplex Feed 2 Feeding…
displays.

3-14 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

The message Duplex Feed 2 Clear Paper displays when the paper reaches the duplex paper stop
position 2, and the power indicator turns on solid.
2. Remove the media from the duplex unit, and clear the message on the operator panel by pressing Back
or Stop .

INPUT TRAY TESTS

Feed Tests (input tray)

This test lets the servicer observe the paper path as media is feeding through the printer. A blank sheet of
paper feeds through the printer as the laser turns off during this test. The only way to observe the paper path is
to open the lower front door that is used to access the envelope or multipurpose feeder. The paper is placed in
the output bin.

To run the Input Tray Feed Tests:

1. Select Feed Tests from INPUT TRAY TESTS.

2. Select the input source from the sources displayed on the Feed Tests menu. All installed sources are
listed.
3. Select either Single or Continuous.
• Single–feeds one sheet of media from the selected source.
• Continuous–media continues feeding from the selected source until Stop is pressed.

Diagnostic aids 3-15

4062-XXX

Sensor Test (input tray)

This test is used to determine if the input tray sensors are working correctly. To run the Input Tray Sensor Test:

1. Select the Sensor Test from INPUT TRAY TESTS.

2. Select the input source from the sources displayed on the Sensor Test menu. All installed sources are
listed.
3. Select the sensor to test. Various sources have different combinations of sensors. See the table below:

Tray sensor support by source

Empty Low passThru

Source (Input tray empty (Input tray paper low (Input tray pass thru
sensor) sensor) sensor)
Tray 1 X X
Tray 2 X X X
Tray 4 X X X
Tray 5 X X X
Multi-Purpose Feeder X
Envelope feeder X X

[sensor selected]=OP displays.

• Empty–Input tray empty sensor
• Low–Input tray paper low sensor
• passThru–Input tray pass thru sensor
4. Once this message displays, the servicer can manually actuate each sensor. The tray empty sensor can
be actuated by hand, however a sheet of paper can be used to cover the pass thru sensor. When the
sensor is closed, Closed displays; when the sensor is open, Open displays.

5. Press Back or Stop to exit the test.

OUTPUT BIN TESTS

Feed Tests (output bins)

Use these tests to verify that media can be fed to a specific output bin. Media is fed from the default input
source to the selected output bin. No information is printed on the media fed to the output bin because the
printhead is not engaged during this test. These tests can use any media size or envelope supported by the
printer.

Note: If the Configure Bins printer setting is Link rather than Mailbox, the printer selects its own internal bin
linking regardless of which output bin is selected for the feed test.

To run the Feed Tests for the output bins:

1. Select Feed Tests from the OUTPUT BIN TESTS.

2. Select the output bin you want the paper to exit into. The standard bin as well as any output option bin
installed on the printer is shown on the menu. (The output bins are displayed in the order installed on the
printer.)
3. Select either Single or Continuous.
• Single–feeds one sheet of media from the selected source.
• Continuous–media continues feeding from the selected source until Stop is pressed.

3-16 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Press Back to return to OUTPUT BIN TESTS.

Feed To All Bins

This test can be used to verify that the printer can feed media to the standard bin or any installed output
options. No information will be printed on the test pages, as the printhead is not engaged during the feed test.
The media feeds from the default paper source.

To run the Feed To All Bins Test:

Select Feed To All Bins from OUTPUT BIN TESTS.

The printer feeds a separate piece of media to the standard bin first, then it feeds a separate piece of media to
each output bin installed in the following order:

Order sheets Order sheets Order sheets

Output bins Output bins Output bins
are fed are fed are fed
1 Standard bin 9 Bin #8 17 Bin #5
2 Bin #1 10 Bin #9, 18 Bin #4
3 Bin #2 11 Bin #10 19 Bin #3
4 Bin #3 12 Bin #10 20 Bin #2
5 Bin #4 13 Bin #9 21 Bin #1
6 Bin #5 14 Bin #8 22 Standard bin
7 Bin #6 15 Bin #7
8 Bin #7 16 Bin #6

The test is continuous until Stop is pressed.

Press Back to return to OUTPUT BIN TESTS.

Sensor Test (standard output bin)

This test is used to verify if the standard bin sensor is working correctly.

To run the Sensor Test for the standard bin:

1. Select Sensor Test from OUTPUT BIN TESTS.

2. Select Standard Bin from Sensor Tests.
3. Standard Bin Testing displays briefly, and then Bin Empty empty displays.
4. Select NearFull or Full sensor to test.
The following screen is displayed:
Standard Bin x
Full=Open NearFull=Open
Bin Empty empty
• Full–Bin full sensor
• NearFull–Bin near full sensor
5. Manually actuate the bin sensor by moving the flag in and out of the sensor. The display indicates Open
when the flag is out of the sensor and Closed when the flag is in the sensor.

6. Press Back or Stop to exit the test.

Sensor Test (Output Expander)

Diagnostic aids 3-17

4062-XXX

This test is used to determine whether or not the output bin sensor is working correctly for the output expander,
if installed.

1. Select Sensor Test from OUTPUT BIN TESTS.

2. Select Output Bin x (x=number of the output option to be tested) from Sensor Tests.
The following screen is displayed:
Output Bin x
passThru=Open Full=Open NearFull=Open
• passThru–Pass thru sensor
• Full–Bin full sensor
• NearFull–Bin near full sensor
3. Manually actuate each of the output expander sensors, and the display by each sensor toggles from Open
to Closed.

4. Press Back or Stop to exit the test.

Sensor Test (high capacity output stacker)

1. Select Sensor Test from OUTPUT BIN TESTS.

2. Select Output Bin x (x=number of the output option to be tested).
The following screen is displayed:
HC Bin x TP=OPpassThru=Open Full=Open NearFull=Open
• TP–High-capacity top position sensor
• passThru–High-capacity pass thru sensor
• Full–High-capacity bin full sensor (lower part of dual sensor)
• NearFull–High-capacity bin near full sensor (upper part of dual sensor)
3. Manually actuate each of the sensors of the high-capacity stacker, and the display by each sensor toggles
from Open to Closed.

4. Press Back or Stop to exit the test.

Sensor Tests (5-bin mailbox)

1. Select Sensor Tests from OUTPUT BIN TESTS.

2. Select Output Bin x (x=number of the output option to be tested).
The following screen is displayed:
Output Bin x
P1=OP P2=OP L=NL
• passThru–5-bin mailbox pass thru sensor shows Open or Closed
• mailboxEmpty–5-bin mailbox empty sensor shows Normal for a normal level, NearFull for nearly full,
and Full for full.
3. Manually actuate each of the sensors of the 5-bin mailbox,. The pass thru sensor will indicate Open or
Closed and the empty sensor (mailboxEmpty) indicates Normal, NearFull, or Full.

4. Press Back or Stop to exit the test.

Deflector Test

This test verifies the functioning of each of the 5-bin mailbox output media deflectors. If more than one 5-bin
mailbox is installed, all installed deflectors are tested.

3-18 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

To run the deflector Test, select deflector Test from the OUTPUT BIN TESTS. The test runs once and stops.

StapleSmart FINISHER TESTS

Staple Test

This test verifies the staple mechanism by sending eight sheets of media from the printers default paper source
and stapling the sheets.

To run the Staple Test:

1. Select Staple Test from FINISHER TESTS.

2. Select the output bin, and press .
While the test runs the power indicator blinks and the message Staple Test Running… displays. During
the test, no buttons are active and the test cannot be canceled until the test is complete.

Feed Tests (finisher)

This test is used to verify whether or not media can be fed to a finisher output bin. Eight sheets of blank paper
are fed from the default paper source and fed to the finisher output bins.

Note: This test can be run using any of the paper sizes supported by the printer.

To run the Feed Test, select Feed Tests from FINISHER TESTS. While the feed test runs, the power indicator
blinks, and the message Feed Test Running… displays.

During the test, no buttons are active, and the test cannot be stopped until the test is completed.

Sensor Test (finisher)

This test can be used to verify whether or not the finisher sensors are working correctly.

To run the Finisher Sensor Test:

1. Select Sensor Test from FINISHER TESTS.

2. Select one of the four tests to perform:. Each of the tests displays the individual sensors that can be
manually actuated, and the display shows Open or Closed.
• Staple Sensors
Cartridge Present sensor
Staple Low sensor
Self-priming sensor
Home signal sensor
• Cover and Door
Finisher top cover sensor
Side door sensor
• Pass and Media
Finisher pass thru
Media sensor
• Bin Level
Finisher bin empty
Bin full sensor
Bin near full

3. Press Back or Stop to exit the test.

Diagnostic aids 3-19

4062-XXX

BASE SENSOR TEST

This test is used to determine if the sensors located inside the printer are working correctly.

To run the Base Sensor Test:

1. Select BASE SENSOR TEST from the DIAGNOSTICS menu.

The following sensors are listed:

• Toner Level–Toner level sensor (remove the cartridge and replace to actuate the sensor)
• Input–Input sensor
• Output–Output (exit) sensor
• NarrowMedia–Output (exit) sensor
• Front Door–Front door sensor
2. Manually actuate the sensors to verify that each sensor switches from Open to Closed.

3. Press Back or Stop to exit the test.

PRINTER SETUP

Defaults

US/Non-US defaults changes whether the printer uses the US factory defaults or the non-US factory defaults.
The settings affected include paper size, envelope size, PCL symbol set, code pages, and units of measure.

WARNING: Changing this setting resets the printer to factory defaults, and data may be lost. It cannot be
undone.

Printed Page Count

The page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed.

To view the page count:

1. Select Page Count from PRINTER SETUP.

2. Press Back to return to PRINTER SETUP.

Perm Page Count (permanent page count)

The permanent page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed.

To view the permanent page count:

1. Select Perm Page Count from PRINTER SETUP.

2. Press Back to return to PRINTER SETUP.

Serial Number

The serial number can only be viewed and cannot be changed.

To view the serial number:

1. Select Serial number from PRINTER SETUP.

2. Press Back to return to PRINTER SETUP.

3-20 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Engine Setting 1 through 16

WARNING: Do not change these settings unless requested to do so by your next level of support.

Model Name

The model name can only be viewed and cannot be changed.

Configuration ID

The two configuration IDs are used to communicate information about certain areas of the printer that cannot
be determined using hardware sensors. The configuration IDs are originally set at the factory when the printer
is manufactured, however the servicer may need to reset Configuration ID 1 or Configuration ID 2 whenever
you replace the system board. The IDs consist of eight hexadecimal characters, including 0 through 9 and A
through F.

Note: When the printer detects a Configuration ID that is not defined or invalid, the following occurs:
• The default standard model Configuration ID is used instead.
• Configuration ID is the only function available in DIAGNOSTICS.
• Unless the menu is in DIAGNOSTICS, Check Config ID displays.
To set the configuration ID:

1. Select Printer Setup from the Diagnostic mode.

2. Select Configuration ID from the Printer Setup menu.
Submitting Selection displays, followed by the value for Configuration ID 1.
3. Enter the Configuration ID 1.

• To select a digit or character to change, press or until the digit or character is underlined.
• To change a digit or character, press to increase or to decrease the value.
• When the last digit is changed, press to validate the Configuration ID 1.
If Invalid ID appears, the entry is discarded, and the previous Configuration ID 1 is displayed on the
screen.
If the process is successful, Submitting Selection appears on the display, followed by the current
value for Confirguration ID 2.
4. Repeat the steps for entering the Configuration ID, and press .
If the Configuration ID 2 is validated, Submitting Selection appears, and a check appears next to
Printer Setup.
5. Restart the printer.

Edge to Edge

When this setting is On, the text and graphics are shifted to the physical edges of the paper for all margins.
When the setting is Off, the normal margins are restored.

Diagnostic aids 3-21

4062-XXX

EP SETUP

EP Defaults

This setting is used to restore each printer setting listed in EP SETUP to its factory default value. Sometimes
this is used to help correct print quality problems.

To restore EP Defaults:

1. Select EP Defaults from EP SETUP.

2. Select Restore to reset the values to the factory settings, and select Do Not Restore to exit without
changing the settings.

Fuser Temperature (Fuser Temp)

This adjustment can be used to help solve some customer problems with paper curl on low grade papers and
problems with letterheads on some types of media.

The fuser temperature can be adjusted to: Normal, Lower, Lowest. The default is Normal.

Fuser Page Count

The fuser page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed.

To view the Fuser Page Count:

1. Select Fuser Page Count from EP SETUP.

2. Press Back to return to PRINTER SETUP.

Warm Up Time

You can change the amount of time the printer warms up before allowing pages to print by changing this setting
from 0 to 5. The factory sets the warm up at 0 or no warm up time. This time period lets the backup roll heat up
and helps reduce curl in some environments.

Transfer

The transfer can be adjusted to Low, Medium, or High. The default setting is Medium.

Print Contrast

The print contrast setting controls the developer voltage offset.

The print contrast can be adjusted to Low, Medium, or High. The default setting is Medium.

Charge Roll

The charge roll can be adjusted to Low, Medium, or High. The default setting is Medium.

Gap Adjust

The setting adjusts the minimum gap between sheets. Increasing this value may reduce curl of some printed
media and eliminate some output bin stacking problems. However, increasing this value also results in slower
overall performance, measured in pages per minute. The range of values is 0 to 255, and the default value is 0.

Auto Dark Adj

3-22 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

The Auto Dark Adj can be adjusted to Enable or Disable. The default setting is Enable.

REPORTS

Prints a Menu Settings Page.

To print the Menu Settings Page:

1. Select Menu Settings Page from REPORTS.

2. Press Back to return to DIAGNOSTICS.

EVENT LOG

Display Log

The event log provides a history of printer errors. It contains the 12 most recent errors that have occurred on
the printer. The most recent error displays in position 1, and the oldest error displays in position 12 (if 12 errors
have occurred). If an error occurs after the log is full, the oldest error is discarded. Identical errors in
consecutive positions in the log are entered, so there may be repetitions. All 2xx and 9xx error messages are
stored in the event log.

To view the event log:

1. Select Display Log from EVENT LOG.

Up to three error codes display at a time. Press or to view additional error codes.

2. Press Back to return to the EVENT LOG menu.

Print Log

Additional diagnostic information is available when you print the event log from DIAGNOSTICS rather than
CONFIG MENU.

The Event Log printed from DIAGNOSTICS includes:

• Detailed printer information, including code versions

• Time and date stamps
• Page counts for most errors

Diagnostic aids 3-23

4062-XXX

• Additional debug information in some cases

The printed event log can be faxed to Lexmark or your next level of support for verification or diagnosis.

To print the event log:

Select Print Log from EVENT LOG.

Press Back to return to EVENT LOG.

Clear Log

Use Clear Log to remove the current information in the Event Log. This affects both the viewed log and the
printed log information.

1. Select Clear Log from the Event Log menu.

2. Select YES to clear the Event Log or NO to exit the Clear Log menu. If YES is selected, Deleting EVENT
LOG displays on the screen.

Press Back to return to EVENT LOG.

EXIT DIAGNOSTICS

This selection exits Diagnostics mode, and Resetting the Printer displays. The printer performs a POR,
and the printer returns to normal mode.

3-24 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Configuration menu (CONFIG MENU)

Entering Configuration Menu

1. Turn off the printer.

2. Press and hold and .

3. Turn on the printer.
4. Release the buttons after ten seconds.
The message CONFIG MENU displays on the top line of the operator panel.

Available menus

Maint Cnt Value See “Maintenance page count (Maint Cnt Value)” on page 3-25
Reset Cnt See “Maintenance page counter reset (Reset Cnt)” on
page 3-26
Prt Quality Pgs See “Print quality pages (Prt Quality Pgs)” on page 3-26
Reports See “Reports” on page 3-26.
SIZE SENSING See “Reports” on page 3-26
Panel Menus See “Panel Menus” on page 3-28
PPDS Emulation See “PPDS Emulation” on page 3-28
Demo Mode See “Demo Mode” on page 3-28
Factory Defaults See “Factory Defaults” on page 3-28
LES Applications See “LES Applications” on page 3-29
Energy Conserve See “LES Applications” on page 3-29
Paper Prompts See “Paper Prompts” on page 3-29
Env Prompts See “Env Prompts” on page 3-29
Action for Prompts See “Action for Prompts” on page 3-29
Font Sharpening See “Font Sharpening” on page 3-29
Wiper Messages See “Wiper Messages” on page 3-29
Clear Custom Status See “Clear Custom Status” on page 3-29
Best Speed See “Best Speed” on page 3-29
Exit Config Menu

Some menus are not available, depending on the configuration of the printer.

Maintenance page count (Maint Cnt Value)

The current value for the maintenance page counter is displayed. This counter tracks printer usage. A print job
containing a single page increments the counter by one and a duplex page by two. At 300,000, the customer is
reminded that the printer requires scheduled maintenance. This counter is reset by the servicer after an 80
Scheduled Maintenance message displays, and a maintenance kit is installed. See “Maintenance kit” on
page 6-2 for the part number.

Diagnostic aids 3-25

4062-XXX

To view the maintenance page count:

1. Select Maint Cnt Value from CONFIG MENU.

2. Press to view the value.

Press Back to return to the main Configuration menu.

Maintenance page counter reset (Reset Cnt)

After scheduled maintenance, the servicer needs to reset the page counter.

To reset the maintenance page count to zero:

Select Reset Cnt from the Configuration menu, and then select Reset.

When the reset operation is complete, the display returns to the Configuration menu.

Print quality pages (Prt Quality Pgs)

The print quality test pages can be printed from either the Diagnostics mode or Configuration Menu (CONFIG
MENU). When printed from the Diagnostic mode, additional information is included, and the print cartridge
lockout is bypassed. See “Print quality pages (Prt Quality Pgs)” on page 3-7.

To print the Print Quality Test Pages, select Prt Quality Pgs from CONFIG MENU. The message Printing
Quality Test Pages is displayed.

The following is included in the CONFIG MENU version of the first print quality test page:

• Device information
• Printer revision levels
• Cartridge information
• Printer margin settings
• Minimum stroke width

The print quality test consist of four pages. Page one contains a mixture of graphics and text. Page two is gray
with two one inch black squares located on the bottom right. Page three is solid black page and page four is
blank. If duplex is turned on, the pages are duplexed. The Print Quality Test pages are printed in English and
must always be printed on letter, legal, or A4 paper.

Reports

Two different reports can be printed from this menu:

Menu Settings Page

Event log

To print the Menu Settings Page, select Reports from CONFIG MENU, and then Menu Settings Page. The
message Printing Menu Settings Page is displayed. The printed report contains:

• Reset Cnt
• Reports
• SIZE SENSING
• Factory Defaults
• Debug Information

3-26 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

To print the Event Log, select Reports from CONFIG MENU, and then Event Log. The message Printing
EVENT LOG is displayed. The event log provides a history of printer errors. The event log can only be printed
in CONFIG MENU.

Diagnostic aids 3-27

4062-XXX

SIZE SENSING

This setting controls whether the printer automatically registers the size of paper installed in an input source
with size sensing.

Paper source Size sensing

Tray 1 (integrated) X
Multipurpose feeder
250-sheet drawer X
550-sheet drawer X
High Capacity Feeder X
Envelope feeder

When the setting is Auto, every input option equipped with size sensing hardware automatically registers what
size media it contains. When the setting is Off, the media size detected by hardware is ignored. The media size
can be set by the operator panel or the data stream.

To change the size sensing setting:

1. Select SIZE SENSING from the Configuration menu.

2. Select Auto or Off, and press .
Press Back to exit.

Panel Menus

Settings are Disable and Enable. The default is Enable.

PPDS Emulation

This menu item allows the user to enable or disable PPDS emulation data stream. When this setting is
enabled, the following settings are also changed:

• SmartSwitch settings for each port are turned off.

• The printer language is changed to PPDS Emulation.
Users can still switch languages on the operator panel and through the PJL data stream.

Demo Mode

There is a built-in demonstration mode. The settings allow you to Deactivate to turn off the demo mode and
Activate to turn it on. While Demo Mode is set, the printer will start in Demo Mode until you change the setting.

WARNING: While Demo Mode is set to Activate, only demonstration files can print, and files received across
the network or from the host computer are ignored.

Factory Defaults

This setting enables a user to restore all the printer settings to the original factory settings. Selections are
Restore Base and Restore Network. Network does not appear unless you have a network printer. The
following settings are not changed:

• Display language

3-28 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

• Settings in the NETWORK/PORTS MENU group.

LES Applications

This disables all installed Lexmark Embedded Solution applications.

Settings are Disable and Enable. The default is Enable.

Energy Conserve

This menu controls what values appear on the Power Saver menu. If Off is selected in Energy Conserve
menu, then Disabled appears in the Power Saver menu and Power Saver can be turned off. If On is set in
Energy Conserve, the Power Saver feature cannot be disabled.

Paper Prompts

When a tray is out of the indicated paper size, a prompt is sent to the user to load paper in a tray. This setting
controls the tray the user is directed to fill. Selections are Auto (default), MP Feeder, and Manual Paper.

Env Prompts

This setting controls the tray the user is directed to refill when specific envelope size is out. The selections are
Auto (default), MP Feeder, Envelope Feeder, and Manual Env.

Action for Prompts

The three settings are Prompt user, Continue, or Use current. Make a setting change, and the press .
Submitting selection appears on the display.

Font Sharpening

The settings range from 0 to 150. The default is 24. Make a setting change, and then press . Submitting
selection appears on the display.

Wiper Messages
Settings are On and Off. The default is On. Make a setting change, and then press . Submitting
selection appears on the display.

Clear Custom Status

No values exist for this operation. Pressing initiates this operation.

Note: Executing this operation erases any strings that have been defined by the user for the default or
alternate custom messages.

Best Speed

Settings are For short jobs and For long jobs. Make a setting change, and then press . Submitting
selection appears on the display.

Diagnostic aids 3-29

4062-XXX

Exit Config Menu

Press to exit the CONFIG MENU. The message Resetting the Printer displays, and the printer
performs a POR and restarts in normal mode.

3-30 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Printer overview
CAUTION: Do not set up this product or make any electrical or cabling connections, such as the
power cord or options and features, during a lightning storm.

Basic model
The following illustration shows the basic printer model.
1 2

Feature Paper Capacity1

1 Standard exit bin 250- or 550-sheet
2 Printer control panel NA
3 Multipurpose feeder 100 sheets
4 Standard tray (Tray 1) 250- or 550-sheets
1Based on 75 g/m2 (20 lb.) paper.

Diagnostic aids 3-31

4062-XXX

Printer theory
Model T650 with duplex, paper path, rolls, and sensors
Standard bin full actuator
Sensor (input) and sensor (standard bin full)

PC drum
PC cartridge Diverter

Sensor (fuser output)

Sensor (narrow media)

Sensor (duplex input)

Sensor (option
pass through)

Sensor (duplex
double feed)

Sensor (duplex exit)

Pick arm
assembly

3-32 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Models T652 and T654 paper path rolls and sensors

Standard bin full actuator
and sensor (standard bin full)
Sensor (input)
PC drum
PC cartridge Diverter

Sensor (fuser output)

Sensor (narrow media)
Sensor (option
pass through)

Sensor
(duplex input)

Pick arm
assembly

Functions of main components

• Media tray assembly
• Pic arm assembly (feed)
• MPF
• Xerographics
• Transfer
• Fuser
• Drive
• Electrical components and rolls

Media tray assembly

It is necessary to adjust the media tray rear guide and media tray side guide of the media tray assembly to
match the media size.

Rear media guide

Diagnostic aids 3-33

4062-XXX

The rear media tray guide assembly can be adjusted to different media sizes by moving it to the front or rear.
The rear guide should come into contact with the media and hold it in position.

Side guide

The media tray assembly is designed so it can adapt to the media width in the media feed direction by moving
the side guide to the left or right.

Wear strips

The wear strips are designed to provide a fixed resistance to ensure that a single piece of paper is properly fed
out of the media tray. There are several types of wear strips available for custom or hard to feed media.

Media tray assembly

Wear strips

Side guides

End guides

3-34 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Detection of media size

The media size set for the media tray assembly is transmitted to the switch (media size) by moving these
guides. The media size is detected by the on/off information of these switches.

Pick arm assembly

Sensor (media empty)

Media out actuator

Sensor (media low)

Pick roll assemblies

Sensor (media empty)

Media out actuator

Sensor (media low)

Pick roll assemblies

Since all media trays are functionally equivalent in terms of the switch (media size), sensor (media empty),
sensor (media low), only the components of one tray are described here.

The pick arm assembly is a mechanical unit supplying media from the media tray assembly to the printer. The
driving force, from the pick arm drive motor on the pick arm assembly, is transmitted to the two pick rolls to feed
media.

When the pick rolls pick up media, the remaining media decreases, and the media out actuator will lower and
interact with the sensor (media low) and sensor (media empty) to determine the amount of media remaining.

The pick arm assembly (autocompensator) is a paper pick device that generates its own normal force. This
force generation is inherent in the fundamental design of the pick arm. If light media is used, it picks very
gently. If a heavy media is used, it picks very aggressively. No customer adjustments are necessary, therefore
no special trays are needed for card stock or labels. The gearing in the arm is designed so the input torque
from the motor produces a movement about the pivot of the arm. This movement produces a downward force
at the pick rolls. The friction between the pick roll and the paper produces a frictional locking condition. If the
paper is physically held and not allowed to feed, then the motor stalls. Slippage between the roll and the paper
is theoretically impossible. When the motor is energized, the pick rolls are driven down into the stack,

Diagnostic aids 3-35

4062-XXX

increasing the normal force and drive force until the bending strength of the paper is overcome and the paper
bends and moves up the wear strip.

Switch (media size)

This switch (media size) sets the size of media supplied from each media tray assembly. A signal indicating the
media size is transmitted as a voltage to the printer system card assembly.

Sensor (media empty)

If media runs out in a media tray assembly, the actuator lowers and the actuator flag, unlocks the sensing area
of the sensor (media empty). The sensor light is transmitted. When the sensing area is blocked (media is
present), the signal is off.

3-36 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Sensor (media low)

This sensor detects by the actuator position whether media in the media tray assembly is low. When the flag of
the actuator blocks, then unblocks the sensing area of the sensor (media low), the media level is determined to
be low.

Multi-purpose feeder (MPF)

The MPF is a mechanical unit supplying media to the printer. The driving force from the main drive motor drive
motor is transmitted to the MPF pick roll to feed media.
MPF pick solenoid

Sensor (MPF media empty)

MPF pick roll assembly

MPF feed roll

The MPF pick roll feeds the media set on the MPF into the printer.

MPF pick solenoid

The MPF pick solenoid transmits the driving force from the main drive motor assembly to the MPF pick roll.

Diagnostic aids 3-37

4062-XXX

Sensor (MPF media empty)

The sensor (MPF media out) detects whether media is present on the MPF.

Supported paper sizes, types, and weights

The following tables provide information on standard and optional paper sources and the types of paper they
support.

Note: For an unlisted paper size, select the closest larger listed size

Paper sizes supported by the printer

250-or 550-sheet Optional

Multipurpose
Paper size Dimensions trays (standard 2000-sheet Duplex unit
feeder
or optional tray
A4 210 x 297 mm x x x x
(8.3 x 11.7 in.)
A5 148 x 210 mm x x x
(5.8 x8.3in.)
A61,2 105 x 148 mm x
(4.1 x 5.8 in.)
J15 B5 182 x 257 mm x x x
(7.2 x 10.1 in.)
Letter 216 x 279 mm x x x x
(8.5 x 11 in.)
Legal 216 x 356 mm x x x x
(8.5 x14 in.)
Executive 184 x 267 mm x x x
(7.3 x 10.5 in.)
Oficio1 216 x340 mm x x x
(8.5 x 13.4 in>)
Folio1 216 x 330 mm x x x
(8.5 x 13 in.)
Statement1 140 x 216 mm x x
(5.5 x8.5 in.)
Universal3,4 138 x 210 mm x x
(5.5 x8.3 in.) up
to
216 x 356 mm
(8.5 x 14 in.)
70 x 127 mm x
(2.8 x 5 in.) up
to
216 x 356 mm
(8.5 x 14 in.)
148 x 182 mm x x x
(5.8 x 7.7 in.) up
to
216 x 356 mm
(8.5 x 14 in.)

3-38 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

250-or 550-sheet Optional

Multipurpose
Paper size Dimensions trays (standard 2000-sheet Duplex unit
feeder
or optional tray
7 3/4 Envelopes 98 x 191 mm x
(Monarch) (3.9 x 7.5 in.)
9 Envelope 98 x 225 mm x
(3.9 x 8.9 in.)
10 Envelope 105 x 241 mm x
(4.1 x 9.5 in.)
DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm x
(4.3 x 8.7 in)
Other Envelope 98 x 162 mm x
(3.9 x 6.4 in.) to
176 x 250 mm
(6.9 x 9.8 in.)
1
This size appears in the Paper Size menu only when the paper source does not support size sensing or
when size sensing is turned off.
2Only
the standard exit bin supports this size.
3This
size setting formats the page for 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) unless the size is specified by the
software application.
4To
support duplexing, the Universal width must be between 148 mm (5.8 in) and 216 mm (8.5 in);
Universal length must be between 182 mm (7.2 in) and 356 mm (14 in).

Diagnostic aids 3-39

4062-XXX

Registration

Aligner
assembly

Sensor (input)

Sensor (input)

The sensor (input) is located just before the print cartridge and can detect whether media exists in the input
path.

Aligner assembly

The aligner assembly is used to feed the media through the input path and to ensure that media is fed through
the machine in a perfectly straight manner and not in a skewed manner. The aligner assembly can be adjusted
to correct media skew issues and should always be adjusted when it is replaced.

3-40 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Transfer

Transfer roll

Transfer roll assembly

The transfer roll assembly applies charge to the rear surface of the media when the media passes between the
transfer roll assembly and photo conductor (drum). Thus, the toner image is transferred from the photo
conductor (drum) surface to the media surface.

Diagnostic aids 3-41

4062-XXX

Polygon printhead assembly

The printhead scans the photo conductor drum surface with a laser beam. It consists of four components: laser
diode (LD) card assembly, printhead motor, polygon mirror, and the start of scan card assembly.
Polygon printhead

1. LD card assembly – generates the laser beam. The beam is turned on or off according to a print data
signal coming from the system card.
2. Printhead motor/polygon mirror – the polygon mirror is mounted to the shaft of the printhead motor, and is
rotated at a high speed by the printhead motor. The mirror rotation shifts the incidence and reflection
angles of a laser beam to scan the photoconductor (drum) in a single direction. The laser beam reaches
the polygon mirror as it passes through multiple lenses, mirrors, and windows. The laser beam then arrives
at the photo conductor (drum) surface.
3. SOS card assembly – when a laser beam hits the SOS sensor on the SOS card assembly, the beam is
converted to an electrical signal (SOS signal), and detects the initial position where a scan starts on each
line.

When a laser beam is scanned across the photoconductor (drum) surface from one end to the other while
turning on and off the beam, one line of latent image is created. If the scanning by the laser beam is repeated
while rotating the drum, a two-dimensional image is created. The resolution in the scanning direction (from
right to left) is determined by the rotational speed of the printhead motor, depending on how quickly the laser is
adjusted. The resolution in the process direction (from top to bottom) is determined by the rotational speed of
the printhead motor. (The higher the scanning speed becomes, the sooner the scanning of the next row can be
started.)

3-42 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Conceptual diagram of an image created by scanning

Diagnostic aids 3-43

4062-XXX

Oscillating printhead assembly

The oscillating printhead scans the photo conductor drum surface with a laser beam. It consists of four
components: laser diode (LD) card assembly, magnetic motor, mirror, and the start of scan card assembly.

Oscillating printhead

1. LD card assembly – generates the laser beam. The beam is turned on or off according to a print data
signal coming from the system card.
2. Magnetic motor/ mirror – the mirror is mounted to the shaft of the magnetic motor, and is oscillated at a
high speed by the magnetic motor. The mirror rotation shifts the incidence and reflection angles of a laser
beam to scan the photo conductor (drum) axial in both directions. The laser beam reaches the mirror as it
passes through multiple lenses, mirrors, and windows. The laser beam then arrives at the photo conductor
(drum) surface.
3. SOS card assembly – when a laser beam hits the SOS sensor on the SOS card assembly, the beam is
converted to an electrical signal (SOS signal), and detects the initial position where a scan starts on each
line.

When a laser beam is scanned across the photoconductor (drum) surface from one end to the other while
turning on and off the beam, one line of latent image is created. If the scanning by the laser beam is repeated
while rotating the drum, a two-dimensional image is created. The resolution in the scanning direction (from
right to left) is determined by the rotational speed of the printhead motor, depending on how quickly the laser is
adjusted. The resolution in the process direction (from top to bottom) is determined by the rotational speed of
the printhead motor. (The higher the scanning speed becomes, the sooner the scanning of the next row can be
started.)

3-44 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Fuser
Fuser unit assembly

Fuser components

Diagnostic aids 3-45

4062-XXX

Heat roll

The heat roll is a hollow metal tube with a coated surface. This tube is heated by the inner heater lamp. The
heat is applied to the media passing between the heat roll and pressure roll, fusing the toner on the media.

Pressure roll

The pressure roll is used to apply pressure to the media surface for fusing. Pressure is applied to the media
between the pressure roll and heat roll, pressing the melted toner against the media.

Heater lamp

The heater lamp is a quartz glass tube containing a heater coil. A terminal is mounted to the end of the heater
rod via a harness.

Thermal cutoff

If the heat roll temperature exceeds the preset temperature, the thermal cutoff cuts off the circuits of the main
heater lamp and sub heater lamp.

Thermistor

The thermistor monitors the surface temperature of the media-feed portion of the heat roll to control on/off of
the main heater lamp and sub heater lamp.

Sensor (fuser output)

The sensor (fuser output) detects the arrival of media at the detection point in the exit area of the fuser, and
also detects the ejection of media from this point.

Sensor (narrow media)

The sensor (narrow media) detects the arrival of narrow media at the detection point in the exit area of the
fuser, and also detects the ejection of media from this point. It is used to make adjustments to ensure that
narrow media is properly fused.

3-46 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Fuser unit assembly (type 1 and type 2)

Type 1 fuser unit assembly

In the type 1 fuser unit assembly, the detacs, which are used to prevent the media from sticking to the hot roll,
do not make contact with the hot roller. The type 1 fuser unit assembly has a life of 300K.

Hot roll
Fuser lamp

Non contact detac

Pressure roll
Hot roll
Non contact detac
Pressure roll

Type 2 fuser unit assembly

In the type 2 fuser unit assembly, the detacs, which are used to prevent the media from sticking to the hot roll,
do make full contact with the hot roller. The type 2 fuser unit assembly has a life of 150K.
Hot roll
Fuser lamp

Full contact detac

Pressure roll
Hot roll Full contact detac
Pressure roll

Diagnostic aids 3-47

4062-XXX

Exit

The standard media exit ejects printed media from the printer to the standard bin .

Sensor (standard bin full)

The sensor (standard bin full) detects whether the standard bin is full by moving the actuator up and down.

Drive

Main drive motor assembly

The main drive motor is a DC motor that drives the print cartridge, aligner, MFP and fuser.

Redrive motor assembly

3-48 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

The redrive motor assembly is a DC motor that drives the redrive assembly that transports the media into the
standard bin or output option.
Redrive motor
assembly

Main drive
motor assembly

Electrical components and controller

Main cooling fan LVPS card
assembly

System card Duplex

assembly cooling fan

Print cartridge
cooling fan

HVPS card
assembly

Switch (printer front door interlock)

The switch is a safety switch to cut off a 24 VDC power supply from the LVPS card assembly to the high volt
power supply (HVPS) card assembly, printer system card assembly and to the main drive motor assembly,
while the printer front door assembly is open.

Diagnostic aids 3-49

4062-XXX

Main cooling fan

The main cooling fan discharges air from the printer to prevent excessive temperature increase.

Print cartridge cooling fan

The print cartridge cooling fan discharges air from the print cartridge area to prevent excessive temperature
increase.

Duplex cooling fan

The Duplex cooling fan discharges air from the duplex drive motor area to prevent excessive temperature
increase.

LVPS card assembly

The LVPS card assembly generates low voltages 5V for logic circuits, 5 V for laser diodes and 24V for cooling
fans. The LVPS is switchable and can be switched to work with 100V, 110 and 220V machines.

HVPS card assembly

The HVPS card assembly generates AC power and feeds it to the developer roll, the transfer roll assembly and
the charge roll assembly.

3-50 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

System card assembly

The system card assembly controls printing operation based on the communication with the RIP controller and
optional peripherals. It also controls toner dispense, fuser control, sensor switch feedback, drive motors,
clutches and solenoids

Control
Printhead control

Rotation of printhead motor

The on/off control of the printhead motor is performed according to the mode of operation as shown below.

Operation mode PRINTHEAD motor on/off

Standby mode Always off
Print mode Turns on upon receiving the signal from the controller,
and turns off after a preset time has passed from the
end of printing. Also turns off if a print command is not
received within 30 seconds from the reception of the
signal.
Sleep mode Always off

Determination of printhead ready

The printhead goes into ready state after the specified period passes since the reception of the printhead MPA
start signal and the SOS cycle exceeds the reference value.

Printhead reference value

Printhead reference value Description

Ready reference value SOS signal interval (equivalent to 98% or more of the rated RPM of the
printhead motor)
Fail reference value SOS signal interval (less than 98% of the rated rpm of the printhead
motor)

Fuser control

Fuser control method

The on/off control of the main/sub heater lamps is performed based on the fuser control temperature. The fuser
transmits between the five states (warm up, ready, standby, print, and low power) depending on the heat roll
surface temperature or printer conditions.

The fuser temperature control starts when the fuser ready in the system card assembly is turned on after a
preset time period has passed from power on. If a failure occurs, the heater lamps are turned off, the fuser
ready is turned off, and then the fuser temperature control is stopped.

Fuser lamp on/off control

Diagnostic aids 3-51

4062-XXX

The thermistor detects the heat roll surface temperature (fuser temperature) to regulate the temperature at the
target control temperature by turning on or off the heater lamp.

Fuser warm-up

The fuser warm-up starts at the time of power on, interlock open or close, jam reset, or return from the low
power mode, and ends when the ready temperature is attained, when a failure occurs, or when executing
diagnosis.

Xerographic and print cartridge components

3-52 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Charge

The Charge Roll places a uniform negative electrostatic charge on the surface of the drum. The drum surface
is made of a photoconductive material that holds an electrical charge as long as the drum remains in darkness.
Light striking the drum discharges the surface charge.

Charge roll HVPS

(-VDC)

(-VDC)

Ground

DRUM
Drum Surface Drum Surface
Photoconductive Image Voltage
Surface -VDC value

Conductive Tube
Ground

0V

Exposure

The Printhead generates a beam of laser light. Image data received from the system card assembly modulates
this beam, turning it on and off according to image information that is received from the host computer and
software.

Through the use of a series of rotating and stationary mirrors within the Printhead, the beam scans the
negative charged drum surface. Whenever the print controller sends a command to print a black pixel, the
laser switches on long enough to shine onto the drum at a single pixel point. That point is now discharged and
slightly less negative than the surrounding negative charge. The less negative areas are considered positive.

Diagnostic aids 3-53

4062-XXX

This discharge/no discharge process creates an invisible, electrostatic image on the surface of the drum. This
image is called a latent image.
Modulated
Laser Beam

Printhead

DRUM

Drum Surface Drum Surface

Image Voltage

Laser Beam Laser Beam

Discharge
Level
0V
Invisible Latent Image

Development

The toner contained within the PC Cartridge has an electrical property that causes it to adhere to the
development roll. The Metering Blade spreads the toner into a very thin layer on the development roll. Friction
between the development roll and the CM Blade development roll generates a small electrical charge that is
transferred to the toner.

The surface of the developer Roll is made up of a thin sheet of conductive material. The HVPS supplies the
development Roll with two voltages: a DC voltage and an AC voltage. The DC voltage is used to transfer toner
from the development roll to the surface of the drum. The AC voltage agitates the toner on the development
roll, making toner transfer easier.

The development roll maintains a negative DC electrical potential. Negative charged areas of the drum have a
lower electrical potential, or higher relative negative value than the development roll. Discharged areas of the
drum have a higher electrical potential, or lower relative negative value, than the development roll. A
discharged point on the surface of the drum now appears less negative in relation to the negative charge on
the development roll.

The toner adhering to the development Roll is always in contact with the drum surface. When a less negative
point on the drum (a discharged area) comes in contact with the more negative charged toner on the Magnet

3-54 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Roll, toner transfers from the Magnet Roll to that point on the drum. There is now a visible toner image on the
drum surface. The image is called a developed image.

Developer HVPS
Metering
Roll Blade

Toner
DRUM
-VDC

Drum Surface Drum Surface

Image Voltage

Toner at
-VDC Developer
Bias value

Discharge
Level
0V
Visible Developed Image

Transfer

As the paper travels between the transfer Roll and the photoconductor (drum), the Transfer Roll applies a
charge to the back of the printing paper. This positive charge transfers the negative charged toner image from
the photoconductor (drum) to the top surface of the paper. The toner image is now on the paper and the paper

Diagnostic aids 3-55

4062-XXX

is now stuck to the photoconductor (drum) due to the relative electrical differences between the negative
electrical charge of the inner conductive layer of the drum and the positive electrical charge of the paper.

HVPS

-VDC -VDC DRUM

Transfer roll

Sheet of paper

Cleaning

The Cleaning Blade removes any toner that remains on the drum after the transfer process. The toner that the
Cleaning Blade removes is collected inside the sealed PC Cartridge.
Used Toner

Cleaning Blade

Charge roll

DRUM

3-56 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Auto density sensing

The image density sensor assembly uses a reflection type sensor that detects a pre-placed toner patch and
image on the photoconductor (drum) and outputs pulses when the central line of the patch image aligns with
the central line of the detector. The sensor outputs pulses at the timing the patch image passes the sensor.
Therefore, observing changes of intervals at which pulses are output leads to toner density detection.

Diagnostic aids 3-57

4062-XXX

High Capacity Input Tray (HCIT) tray assembly

Rear media tray guide

Media end guide

Pick arm
assembly

Media size
actuator

Sensor (media empty)

Sensor (media low)
Sensor
(pass through) Sensor
(tray raised HP)

HCF drawer
assembly
Tray lift drive motor

3-58 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

250-sheet/550-sheet tray assembly

Lockable back restraint

Rear media tray guide

Media end guide

Auto size finger actuator

Media size sensing

The media size set for the media tray assembly is set by positioning the right media guide, unlocking the slider
lock, and sliding the rear paper guide. The rear paper guide triggers the movement of the auto size sensing
finger, which then sets the switches of the controller card board. The combination of ON/OFF position of the
three switches provides information of the media sizes to the engine.

Media size SW 1 SW 2 SW 3

Unknown OFF OFF OFF

A4 OFF OFF ON

Legal OFF ON OFF

B5 OFF ON ON

A5 ON OFF OFF

Executive ON OFF ON

Letter ON ON OFF

Custom ON ON ON

Note: Media size sensing through ON/OFF switch combination

Diagnostic aids 3-59

4062-XXX

Media level sensing

The media level for the media tray assembly is triggered by the actuator flag positioned in the two
photointerrupter sensors in the pick arm bracket assembly. The actuator flag blocks and unblocks the two
sensors in different sequence; it determines whether the paper tray is empty, low, or full.

250-sheet tray Sensor A Sensor B

Tray full unblocked unblocked

Tray low blocked unblocked

Tray empty blocked blocked

550-sheet tray Sensor A Sensor B

Tray full unblocked blocked

Tray low blocked blocked

Tray empty blocked unblocked

Note: Media level sensing through sensor blocking sequence

Pick arm assembly

Sensor (media empty)

Media out actuator

Sensor (media low)

Pick roll assemblies

Since all media trays are functionally equivalent in terms of the switch (media size), sensor (media empty),
sensor (media low), only the components of one tray are described here.

The pick arm assembly is a mechanical unit supplying media from the media tray assembly to the printer. The
driving force, from the pick arm drive motor on the pick arm assembly, is transmitted to the two pick rolls to feed
media.

When the pick rolls pick up media, the remaining media decreases, and the media out actuator will lower and
interact with the sensor (media low) and sensor (media empty) to determine the amount of media remaining.

3-60 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

The pick arm assembly (autocompensator) is a paper pick device that generates its own normal force. This
force generation is inherent in the fundamental design of the pick arm. If light media is used, it picks very
gently. If a heavy media is used, it picks very aggressively. No customer adjustments are necessary, therefore
no special trays are needed for card stock or labels. The gearing in the arm is designed so the input torque
from the motor produces a movement about the pivot of the arm. This movement produces a downward force
at the pick rolls. The friction between the pick roll and the paper produces a frictional locking condition. If the
paper is physically held and not allowed to feed, then the motor stalls. Slippage between the roll and the paper
is theoretically impossible. When the motor is energized, the pick rolls are driven down into the stack,
increasing the normal force and drive force until the bending strength of the paper is overcome and the paper
bends and moves up the wear strip.

Diagnostic aids 3-61

4062-XXX

Switch (media size)

This switch (media size) sets the size of media supplied from each media tray assembly. A signal indicating the
media size is transmitted as a voltage to the printer system card assembly.

Sensor (media empty)

If media runs out in a media tray assembly, the actuator lowers and the actuator flag, unlocks the sensing area
of the sensor (media empty). The sensor light is transmitted. When the sensing area is blocked (media is
present), the signal is off.

Sensor (media low)

This sensor detects by the actuator position whether media in the media tray assembly is low. When the flag of
the actuator blocks, then unblocks the sensing area of the sensor (media low), the media level is determined to
be low

Sensor (pass-thru)

A photointerrupter sensor with a built-in flag that sends a signal to the engine where the media from the input
tray passes. This will trigger the pick arm to pick the next media.

Pick arm assembly

Sensor (media empty)

Sensor (media low)

Sensor
(pass through)
250-sheet drawer
assembly

3-62 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Pick arm assembly

Sensor (media empty)

Sensor (media low)

Sensor
550-sheet drawer (pass through)
assembly

Diagnostic aids 3-63

4062-XXX

Media transport path

The following is a cross section of the printer and the tandem tray module, showing the main components
directly associated with the media path and transport.

Model T650 paper path, rolls, and sensors

Standard bin full actuator
Sensor (input) and sensor (standard bin full)

PC drum
PC cartridge Diverter

Sensor (fuser output)

Sensor (narrow media)

Sensor (duplex input)

Sensor (option
pass through)

Sensor (duplex
double feed)

Sensor (duplex exit)

Pick arm
assembly

3-64 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Models T652 and T654 paper path, rolls, and sensors

Standard bin full actuator
and sensor (standard bin full)
Sensor (input)
PC drum
PC cartridge Diverter

Sensor (fuser output)

Sensor (narrow media)
Sensor (option
pass through)

Sensor
(duplex input)

Pick arm
assembly

Functions of main components

When the 250 or 550 sheet input trays are installed under the printer, additional trays are available.

Media tray assembly

It is necessary to adjust the media tray rear guide and media tray side guide of the media tray assembly to
match the media size.

Rear media guide

The rear media tray guide assembly can be adjusted to different media sizes by moving it to the front or rear.
The rear guide should come into contact with the media and hold it in position.

Side guide

The media tray assembly is designed so it can adapt to the media width in the media feed direction by moving
the side guide to the left or right.

Wear strips

Diagnostic aids 3-65

4062-XXX

The wear strips are designed to provide a fixed resistance to ensure that a single piece of paper is properly fed
out of the media tray. There are several types of wear strips available for custom or hard to feed media.

Media tray assembly

Rear media guide

Bottom plate

End guide

Detection of media size

The media size set for the media tray assembly is transmitted to the switch (media size) by moving these
guides. The media size is detected by the on/off information of these switches.

Pick arm assembly

Since all media trays are functionally equivalent in terms of the switch (media size), sensor (media empty),
sensor (media low), only the components of one tray are described here.

The pick arm assembly is a mechanical unit supplying media from the media tray assembly to the printer. The
driving force, from the pick arm drive motor on the pick arm assembly, is transmitted to the two pick rolls to feed
media.

When the pick rolls pick up media, the remaining media decreases, and the media out actuator will lower and
interact with the sensor (media low) and sensor (media empty) to determine the amount of media remaining.

The pick arm assembly (autocompensator) is a paper pick device that generates its own normal force. This
force generation is inherent in the fundamental design of the pick arm. If light media is used, it picks very
gently. If a heavy media is used, it picks very aggressively. No customer adjustments are necessary, therefore
no special trays are needed for card stock or labels. The gearing in the arm is designed so the input torque
from the motor produces a movement about the pivot of the arm. This movement produces a downward force
at the pick rolls. The friction between the pick roll and the paper produces a frictional locking condition. If the
paper is physically held and not allowed to feed, then the motor stalls. Slippage between the roll and the paper
is theoretically impossible. When the motor is energized, the pick rolls are driven down into the stack,
increasing the normal force and drive force until the bending strength of the paper is overcome and the paper
bends and moves up the wear strip.

3-66 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Switch (media size)

This switch (media size) sets the size of media supplied from each media tray assembly. A signal indicating the
media size is transmitted as a voltage to the printer system card assembly.

Sensor (media empty)

If media runs out in a media tray assembly, the actuator lowers and the actuator flag, unlocks the sensing area
of the sensor (media empty). The sensor light is transmitted. When the sensing area is blocked (media is
present), the signal is off.

Sensor (media low)

This sensor detects by the actuator position whether media in the media tray assembly is low. When the flag of
the actuator blocks, then unblocks the sensing area of the sensor (media low), the media level is determined to
be low

Tray 2 media tray assembly

Rear media guide

Bottom plate

End guide

Note:

Analog switch
Media Size
S/W1 S/W3
No Tray Off Off
B5L/7.25” x 10.5”L Off On
8.5” x 11”L On Off
A4L On On

Diagnostic aids 3-67

4062-XXX

Duplex
Layout of media transport path

The main components associated with the media path and transport with the duplex installed.

Model T650 duplex paper path

Standard bin full actuator
Sensor (input) and sensor (standard bin full)

PC drum
PC cartridge Diverter

Sensor (fuser output)

Sensor (narrow media)

Sensor (duplex input)

Sensor (option
pass through)

Sensor (duplex
double feed)

Sensor (duplex exit)

Pick arm
assembly

3-68 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Models T652 and T654 duplex paper path

Standard bin full actuator
and sensor (standard bin full)
Sensor (input)
PC drum
PC cartridge Diverter

Sensor (fuser output)

Sensor (narrow media)
Sensor (option
pass through)

Sensor
(duplex input)

Pick arm
assembly

Functions of main components

When the duplex is installed, duplex (double-sided) printing is available with the printer.

The following outlines the functions of the main components of the duplex.

Sensor (duplex input)

The sensor (duplex wait) detects whether media is remaining in the duplex.

Diagnostic aids 3-69

4062-XXX

Duplex drive motor assembly

The duplex drive motor assembly transmits driving force to the two duplex media transport roll assemblies and
the duplex media center transport roll assembly middle that feeds media.

Duplex drive
motor assembly

Sensor (duplex input)

3-70 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Understanding jam numbers and locations

When a jam occurs, a message indicating the jam location appears. Open doors and covers and remove trays
to access jam locations. To resolve any paper jam message, you must clear all jammed paper from the paper
path.

The following table lists the jams that can occur and the location of each jam:

Jam numbers Area

200—203 Printer
230—239 Duplex unit
241—245 Paper trays
250 Multipurpose feeder
260 Envelope feeder
270—279 Optional output bins
28x Stapler

200 and 201 paper jams

1. Push the release latch, and then lower the multipurpose feeder door.
2. Push the release latch, and then open the front cover.

2 3
1

3. Lift and pull the print cartridge out of the printer.

WARNING: Do not touch the photoconductor drum on the underside of the cartridge. Use the cartridge handle
whenever you are holding the cartridge.

4. Place the print cartridge aside on a flat, smooth surface.

Diagnostic aids 3-71

4062-XXX

WARNING: Do not leave the cartridge exposed to light for extended periods.

WARNING: The jammed paper may be covered with unfused toner which can stain garments and skin.

5. Remove the jammed paper.

CAUTION: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a hot component,
allow the surface to cool before touching.

Note: If the paper is not easy to remove, then open the rear door and remove the paper from there.
6. Align and reinstall the print cartridge.
7. Close the front cover.
8. Close the multipurpose feeder door.

9. Press .

202 and 203 paper jams

If the paper is exiting the printer, then pull the paper out, and then press .

If the paper is not exiting the printer:

1. Pull down the top rear door.

2. Slowly remove the jammed paper to avoid tearing it.

3. Close the top rear door.

4. Press .

3-72 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

230 paper jam

Rear paper jams

1. Remove the standard tray from the printer.

2. Pull down the bottom rear door.

Diagnostic aids 3-73

4062-XXX

3. Push the tab down.

4. Remove the jammed paper.

5. Close the bottom rear door.
6. Insert the standard tray.

7. Press .

Front paper jams

1. Remove the standard tray from the printer.

2. Push the tab down.

3. Remove the jammed paper.

4. Insert the standard tray.

5. Press .

3-74 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

231-239 paper jams (optional external duplex unit)

Rear paper jams

1. Push in and hold the latch while pulling up the rear duplex door.

2
1

2. Remove the jammed paper.

3. Close the rear duplex door.

4. Press .

Front paper jams

1. Remove the standard tray from the printer.

2. Remove the duplex jam access tray.

Diagnostic aids 3-75

4062-XXX

3. Raise the recessed duplex bar.

4. Remove the jammed paper,.

5. Replace the duplex jam access tray.
6. Insert the standard tray.

7. Press .

241–245 paper jams

1. Pull out the tray indicated on the display.

2. Remove any jammed paper, and then insert the tray.

3. Press .
4. If the jam message remains for a 250-sheet or 550-sheet tray, then remove the tray from the printer.
5. Remove the jammed paper, and then insert the tray.

6. Press .

3-76 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

250 paper jam

1. Remove the paper from the multipurpose feeder.

2. Flex the sheets of paper back and forth to loosen them, and then fan them. Do not fold or crease the paper.
Straighten the edges on a level surface.
3. Load the paper into the multipurpose feeder.
4. Slide the paper guide toward the inside of the tray until it lightly rests against the edge of the paper.

5. Press .

Diagnostic aids 3-77

4062-XXX

260 paper jam

The envelope feeder feeds envelopes from the bottom of the stack; the bottom envelope will be the one that is
jammed.

1. Lift the envelope weight, and then remove all the envelopes.

2. If the jammed envelope has entered the printer and cannot be pulled out, then lift the envelope feeder up
and then out of the printer, and then set it aside.
3. Remove the envelope from the printer.
Note: If you cannot remove the envelope, the print cartridge will have to be removed. For more information,
see “200 and 201 paper jams” on page 3-71.
4. Reinstall the envelope feeder. Make sure it snaps into place.
5. Flex and stack the envelopes.
6. Load the envelopes in the envelope feeder.
7. Adjust the paper guide.
8. Lower the envelope weight.

9. Press .

271–279 paper jams

To clear a jam in the output expander, high-capacity output stacker, the 5-bin mailbox, or the StapleSmart II
Finisher:

1. If the paper is exiting into a bin, then pull the paper straight out, and then press . If not, then continue
with step 2.
2. Pull down the output bin door or doors.
3. Remove the jammed paper.
4. Close the output bin door or doors.

5. Press .

3-78 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

280 paper jam

1. Pull down the StapleSmart II Finisher door.

2. Remove the jammed paper.

3. Close the StapleSmart ii Finisher door.

4. Press .

Diagnostic aids 3-79

4062-XXX

281 paper jam

1. Clear the jam from the stapler output bin.

2. Press .

282 paper jam

To prevent paper jams, the stapler motor does not run when the stapler door is open.

1. Close the stapler door until it clicks into place.

2. Press .

3-80 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

283 staple jam

1. Press the latch to open the stapler door.

2. Pull the latch of the staple cartridge holder down, and then pull the holder out of the printer.

3. Use the metal tab to lift the staple guard, and then remove any loose staples.

Diagnostic aids 3-81

4062-XXX

4. Press down on the staple guard until it snaps into place.

5. Push the cartridge holder firmly back into the stapler unit until the cartridge holder clicks into place.
6. Close the stapler door.

7. Press .

3-82 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Security Reset Jumper

The Security Reset Jumper is available on all high-end printer and MFP models, including the T650, T652,
T654, X652, X654, X656, and X658. It functions as described below (excerpt from the RIP Functional Spec):

Security Reset Jumper

Each device contains a hardware jumper with which an administrator can:

• Erase all security templates, building blocks, and access controls that a user has defined (i.e. the factory
default configuration); or
• Force the value of each function access control to “No Security” (all security templates and building blocks
are preserved but not applied to any function).
Note: Note: If the “Enable Audit ” setting in the Security Audit Log section of the “Security Menu ” is activated,
the device logs a message each time that the jumper is used.

A small lock icon identifies the jumper’s position on the RIP card. Also, to make it easier to separate the small
yellow plastic jumper from the 3-pin connector, a looped handle is attached to the top of the small yellow
jumper that covers the 3-pin connector.

An administrator controls how a jumper reset affects a device by configuring the jumper-related setting on the
Security Web page.

Note: Administrators can discourage tampering with the jumper by securing the entire RIP card cage (of which
the jumper is a part) with a Kensington lock. or, to completely negate the effects of a jumper reset, an
administrator can select the “No Effect ” value for the jumper-related setting on the Security Web page or in the
“Security Reset Jumper ” setting in the “ Security Menu”.

To perform a jumper reset operation:

1. Power the device off.

2. Remove the Kensington lock from the card cage (if installed).

Diagnostic aids 3-83

4062-XXX

3. Remove the small yellow jumper that covers a pair of the jumper’s pins.

Top

Rear Front

Bottom
4. Replace the small yellow jumper so that it covers the pins adjacent to its original position.
5. Replace and secure the Kensington lock on the card cage (if installed).
6. Power the device on.
Note: The movement of the small yellow jumper from position A to position B triggers the reset, not the
specific positions. When the device is powered on, it labels the current position of the small yellow jumper (let’s
say position A) as the “home ” position. If, at the next POR, the device detects that the small yellow jumper has
moved from its previous “home ” position (position A) to the “ other ” position (position B), then it performs a
jumper reset. After performing the reset, the device also relabels the “ other ” position (position B) as the “
home ” position (now position A is the “other ” location).
Note: The admin's security settings are lost when the RIP card is replaced. Secure settings are those that are
configured under the Settings->Security->Edit Security Setups menu. These are all the PINs, Passwords, and
other Building Blocks and Security Templates that define the device's protection of functions and menus. In
other words, if the customer is using LDAP to authenticate users to use the Copy function, then after the RIP
card is replaced, the device will no longer have that LDAP configuration or the Copy function protected.

3-84 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

4. Repair information

WARNING: Read the following before handling electronic parts.

Handling ESD-sensitive parts

Many electronic products use parts that are known to be sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). To prevent
damage to ESD-sensitive parts, follow the instructions below in addition to all the usual precautions, such as
turning off power before removing logic boards:

• Keep the ESD-sensitive part in its original shipping container (a special “ESD bag”) until you are ready to
install the part into the machine.
• Make the least-possible movements with your body to prevent an increase of static electricity from
clothing fibers, carpets, and furniture.
• Put the ESD wrist strap on your wrist. Connect the wrist band to the system ground point. This
discharges any static electricity in your body to the machine.
• Hold the ESD-sensitive part by its edge connector shroud (cover); do not touch its pins. If you are
removing a pluggable module, use the correct tool.
• Do not place the ESD-sensitive part on the machine cover or on a metal table; if you need to put down
the ESD-sensitive part for any reason, first put it into its special bag.
• Machine covers and metal tables are electrical grounds. They increase the risk of damage, because
they
• a discharge path from your body through the ESD-sensitive part. (Large metal objects can be discharge
paths without being grounded.)
• Prevent ESD-sensitive parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel. Install machine covers
when you are not working on the machine, and do not put unprotected ESD-sensitive parts on a table.
• If possible, keep all ESD-sensitive parts in a grounded metal cabinet (case).
• Be extra careful in working with ESD-sensitive parts when cold-weather heating is used, because low
humidity increases static electricity.

Repair information 4-1

4062-XXX

Adjustments
Polygon and Oscillating printhead mechanical registration adjustment

Do the printhead mechanically registration adjustment whenever you remove or replace the printhead or
loosen the mounting screws.

Install the new printhead with the mounting screws centered in the slots in the printhead frame assembly.
Leave the screws loose enough to allow the printhead to move from side to side within the slots. It is necessary
to perform a mechanical registration adjustment before locking down the three printhead mounting screws.

Paper feed Printhead

skew misalignment

Note: In the case of paperfeed skew, go to “Alignment assembly adjustment” on page 4-4.

To perform the mechanical registration adjustment:

1. Turn the printer off.

2. Press and hold and to enter the diagnostic mode.
3. Turn the printer on, and release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays.
4. Select Registration from the menu.

4-2 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Select Quick Test Page. The test page should only be printed on letter or A4 paper from Tray 1. The Quick
Test Page consists of alignment diamonds, horizontal lines that can be used for mechanical registration
adjustment. An example of the printhead alignment printout is shown below:

Lexmark Hd
Quick Test
Device Information
Page Cou nt 31
Installed Memory 192 MB
Processor Speed 467MHz
Serial Number 0116413
TDS Calibration 00 14 FF 00 00 00 00
Engine ID 40
System Card ID 0004007E24A2
Printer Revision Levels
Loader LF.LBH.P055-0
Kernel FFN.APS.F191a-0
Base LF.LBH.P055-0
Network NF.APS.N179-0
Netwrk Drvr LF.LBH.P055-0 - 12
Engine AF.LB.E037-0
Panel 9.9 - 10
Font 8.31M02-U5.0
- 8
Printer Margin Settings - 6
Top Margin = 5 - 4
Bottom Margin = 0
Left Margin = -3 - 2
Right Margin = 0 Darkest bar indicates
Dup Top Margin = 0 0 ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT
Dup Left Margin = 0 for bidirectional alignment
+2
Paper Source = Tray 1 +4
Formatted Size = Letter
+6
+8
+ 10
+ 12

6. Check the Quick Test Page for any sign of misalignment by checking the diamonds at the top left and top
right of the test page for equal distance from the top of the page. If necessary, rotate the printhead to the left
or right and tighten down the mounting screws and check for proper alignment again by running another
Quick Test Page. This procedure may take two or three attempts before you get satisfactory results.
7. When you have the correct adjustment, ensure that the printhead mounting screws are properly tightened.

Oscillating printhead assembly electronic adjustment

A step-by-step process to align a new printhead.

Note: Before aligning the printhead electronically, first align the printhead mechanically, if needed. Go to “To
perform the mechanical registration adjustment:” on page 4-2.
1. Turn the printer off.
2. Press and hold and to enter the diagnostic mode.
3. Turn the printer on, and release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays.
4. Select Registration from the menu.
5. Select Quick Test Page. The test page should only be printed on letter or A4 paper from Tray 1. The Quick
Test Page consists of alignment diamonds, horizontal lines that can be used for skew adjustment, page
count setting, printer serial number code levels, and print registration settings. An example of the printhead

Repair information 4-3

4062-XXX

alignment printout is shown below:

Lexmark Hd
Quick Test
Device Information
Page Cou nt 31
Installed Memory 192 MB
Processor Speed 467MHz
Serial Number 0116413
TDS Calibration 00 14 FF 00 00 00 00
Engine ID 40
System Card ID 0004007E24A2
Printer Revision Levels
Loader LF.LBH.P055-0
Kernel FFN.APS.F191a-0
Base LF.LBH.P055-0
Network NF.APS.N179-0
Netwrk Drvr LF.LBH.P055-0 - 12
Engine AF.LB.E037-0
Panel 9.9 - 10
Font 8.31M02-U5.0
- 8
Printer Margin Settings - 6
Top Margin = 5 - 4
Bottom Margin = 0
Left Margin = -3 - 2
Right Margin = 0 Darkest bar indicates
Dup Top Margin = 0 0 ADJUSTMENT AMOUNT
Dup Left Margin = 0 for bidirectional alignment
+2
Paper Source = Tray 1 +4
Formatted Size = Letter
+6
+8
+ 10
+ 12

6. In the Registration menu, select the right margin setting.

7. To determine the margin setting, choose the value that is closest to the darkest bar on the center graph of
the margin page. Add that value to the current right margin setting printed on the left hand side of the margin
page. (The right margin setting will also appear on the operator panel display.) For example, if the right
margin setting on the page is -2, and the number that is closest to the darkest line on the graph is 3
(-2+3), then the right margin setting will be equal to +1.
8. Press or to the desired setting, and press .
9. Print the Quick Test page again and check that the darkest line in the center graph is equal to zero. If it is,
then check to see if the left, top, and bottom margins are detected. If it is not, then repeat step 5.
Note: The alignment of the left margin positions the black plane to the right or left. The alignment of the right
margin does not alter the margins and should only be used to adjust the printhead.

Alignment assembly adjustment

Note: Power the machine off before performing the adjustment.

Note: In order to make the adjustment, the side cover, left must first be removed to access the adjusting hole
in the system card.

Do the alignment assembly adjustment whenever you replace the alignment assembly. It may also be
necessary to perform a printhead adjustment after making the media skew adjustment. Always print a copy of
the Quick Test Page before making any adjustments to the alignment assembly reference adjustment screw.
When replacing the alignment assembly, it is necessary to back the reference adjustment screw out far enough
to remove the old assembly and install the new one.

• If you are replacing the alignment assembly, go to step A.

• If you are only adjusting the reference adjustment screw, go to step B.

4-4 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Step A

Print a copy of the Quick Test Page and check the margin adjustments printed on the test page. These settings
should be within the range specified in “Registration” on page 3-40.

Do the reference adjustment if you are sure the margins are set correctly.

1. Loosen the locknut on the inside rear of the alignment assembly.

2. Remove the two screws holding the alignment assembly to the left side frame.
3. Back the reference adjustment screw out far enough to allow the alignment assembly to be removed from
the printer. It is not necessary to completely remove the screw.

4. Install the new alignment assembly. Turn the reference screw clockwise with a 7 mm nut driver or M3 Allen
wrench until it touches the back of the reference plate, and tighten the nut with a 5.5 mm wrench.

The reference adjustment screw can be adjusted without loosening the nut. Turn the screw clockwise a few
turns and print a copy of the Quick Test Page as you check the diamonds on the left margin. Continue
adjusting the screw as you check the results of each adjustment on a new test page until you obtain the results
you want.

Repair information 4-5

4062-XXX

Step B

Print a copy of the Quick Test Page, and check the margin adjustments printed on the test page. These
settings should be within the range specified in “Registration” on page 3-40. The reference screw can be
adjusted without loosening the locknut. Turn the screw a few turns, and print a copy of the Quick Test Page as
you check the diamonds on the left margin. Continue adjusting the screw as you check the results of each
adjustment on a new test page until you obtain the results you want.

Fuser solenoid adjustment

Perform the fuser solenoid adjustment whenever you replace the fuser solenoid. Adjust the fuser solenoid
while installed in the printer. Adjust the screw on the eccentric mounted on the solenoid housing to provide an
air gap between the rear of the solenoid stator and the solenoid armature. The solenoid air gap for all models
is 4.5 mm ± 0.1 mm.

Gap adjustment
The gap adjustment allows you to increase the minimum gap between sheets of paper as they are fed through
the printer. This adjustment reduces the printer overall performance, such as pages per minute, but can help in
reducing the amount of curl of some printed media, thus improving media stacking in the output bin.

1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode.

2. Select Ep Setup from the Diagnostic Menu.
3. Select Gap Adjust.

4. The range of the GAP adjustment is 0 to 255. Adjust the gap setting by using to select the value. If
GAP=0 displays, it indicates a factory setting to minimum gap. Select a value and run several copies of the
media that displays a curl problem. It may take several tries before improvement is noticed.
Note: This setting has no effect when duplexing.

4-6 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Removals
Charge roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

WARNING: When removing the charge roll assembly, avoid touching the charge roll surface.

1. Open the MPF door assembly.

2. Open the operator panel front cover assembly.
3. Detach the left side of the charge roll assembly from the machine.

4. Detach the right side of the charge roll assembly from the machine.

5. Remove the charge roll assembly.

Replacement Warning: When replacing the charge roll assembly, avoid touching the charge roll surface.

Repair information 4-7

4062-XXX

Duplex assembly removal (T652, T654)

Note: When removing the duplex drive motor assembly, it does not need to be completely removed from the
machine. It may be allowed to gently hang out of the way by the harness.
1. Remove the duplex drive motor assembly. Go to “Duplex drive motor assembly removal (T652, T654)”
on page 4-10.
2. Remove the pick arm assembly. Go to “Pick arm assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-42.
3. Remove the four screws (A) securing the duplex assembly to the machine.
4. Remove the harnesses (B) from the clamp.
5. Disconnect the connection (C) from the duplex assembly.

B C A
Note: When removing the duplex assembly, the lower duplex drive belt (D) will become detached.
6. Remove the duplex assembly.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the duplex assembly, ensure that the lower duplex drive belt (D) is
properly reattached.

4-8 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Duplex cooling fan removal (T652, T654)

1. Remove the side cover, right. Go to “Side cover, right removal (T652, T654)” on page 4-58.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the duplex cooling fan to the machine.
3. Disconnect the connector (B) from the duplex cooling fan.

B A
4. Remove the duplex cooling fan.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the duplex cooling fan, ensure that it is installed as shown in the
picture.

Repair information 4-9

4062-XXX

Duplex drive motor assembly removal (T652, T654)

1. Remove the fuser access door. Go to “Fuser access door assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-14.
2. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower. Go to “Cover assembly, rear lower (T652, T654)” on page 4-54.
3. Remove the three screws (A) securing the duplex drive motor assembly to the machine.

A
Note: When removing the duplex drive motor assembly, the upper duplex drive belt (B) will become detached.
4. Remove the band (C) from the duplex drive motor assembly.
C

5. Remove the cover from the duplex drive motor assembly.

6. Disconnect the connection (D) to the duplex drive motor assembly.

4-10 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

7. Remove the harness (E) from the duplex drive motor assembly.
E

D
Replacement Warning: When replacing the duplex drive motor assembly, ensure that all harnesses are
properly re-routed.
Replacement Note: Ensure the belt is replaced properly.

Duplex input sensor assembly removal (T652, T654)

1. Remove the media tray.

2. Gently place the printer on its left or right side.
3. Disconnect the connection (A) from the duplex input sensor assembly.
4. Remove the two screws (B) securing the duplex input sensor assembly to the machine.

A B
5. Remove the duplex input sensor assembly.

Repair information 4-11

4062-XXX

Duplex guide assembly, front removal (T652, T654)

1. Remove the media tray.

2. Gently place the printer on its left or right side.
3. Detach the front left duplex guide spring (A) from the duplex guide assembly, front.
4. Detach the front right duplex guide spring (B) from the duplex guide assembly, front.

5. Fully open the duplex guide assembly, front 90°, and detach it from the machine.
6. Remove the duplex guide assembly, front.

4-12 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Media turn guide removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the MPF tray door assembly. Go to “MPF tray door assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-34.
2. Gently bend the left side of the media turn guide to release the hook (A) as shown in the picture.

A
3. While gently bending the media turn guide, move the media turn guide in the direction of the arrow.
4. Remove the media turn guide.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the media turn guide, ensure that it is properly installed, or jamming
will occur.

Repair information 4-13

4062-XXX

Fuser access door assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the door assembly, rear. Go to “Door assembly, rear removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-52.
2. Press the two tabs (A) on the fuser access door assembly, and detach it from the machine.

4-14 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

3. Swing the fuser access door assembly away from the machine.
4. Unsnap the fuser access door assembly from the machine.
5. Remove the fuser access door assembly.

Main cooling fan removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the side cover, left assembly. Go to “Side cover, left removal (T650)” on page 4-21 or “Side
cover, left removal (T652 and T654)” on page 4-22.
2. Remove the six screws (A) securing the metal shield to the machine.

A
3. Move the metal shield in the direction of the arrow.
4. Remove the metal shield.

Repair information 4-15

4062-XXX

5. Remove the two screws (B) securing the fuser cooling fan to the machine.
6. Remove the fuser cooling fan.
7. Remove the fuser cooling fan connection (C).

B
C

Fuser drive release linkage removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the system card assembly. Go to “System card assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.
2. Gently unsnap the upper end of the fuser drive release linkage from the machine.
3. Rotate the fuser drive release linkage 90° to release the lower end of the fuser drive release linkage from
the machine.
4. Remove the fuser drive release linkage.

Fuser unit assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the fuser wiper cover assembly. Go to “Fuser wiper cover assembly removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-17.

4-16 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

2. Remove the door assembly, rear. Go to “Door assembly, rear removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-52.
3. Open the fuser access door.
4. Press the two buttons (A) on the fuser unit assembly to release it from the machine.
5. While pressing the two buttons (A), pull the fuser unit assembly from the machine.

A
Replacement Warning: When replacing the fuser unit assembly, ensure that the electrical connection (B) and
the two buttons (A) are properly secured.

Fuser wiper cover assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Press the button (A) securing the fuser wiper cover assembly to the machine.
A

2. Remove the fuser wiper cover assembly.

Repair information 4-17

4062-XXX

HVPS card assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the side cover, right. Go to “Side cover, right removal (T650)” on page 4-57 or “Side cover,
right removal (T652, T654)” on page 4-58.
2. Remove the four screws (A) securing the HVPS card assembly to the machine.
3. Remove the HVPS card assembly.
4. Remove connection (B) and the two high voltage connections (C) from the HVPS card assembly.

B A
Replacement Warning: When replacing the HVPS card assembly, ensure that the two high voltage
connections (C) are properly replaced.

Inner deflector removal (T650, T652, T654)

Note: The MPF lift plate assembly can be detached and allowed to hang by the harness. The connection to
the MPF lower deflector assembly does not need to be disconnected.
1. Remove the MPF lift plate assembly. Go to “MPF lift plate assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-30.

4-18 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

2. Release the two hooks (A) securing the lower portion of the inner deflector to the machine.

A
3. Remove the inner deflector.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the inner deflector, ensure that it is properly installed, or jamming will
occur.

LCD screen bezel removal (T650, T652, T654)

Gently detach the LCD screen bezel from the operator panel door assembly.

Repair information 4-19

4062-XXX

Laser cover removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the output cover assembly. Go to “Output cover assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-28.
2. Remove the fuser wiper cover assembly. Go to “Fuser wiper cover assembly removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-17.
3. Remove the side cover, left. Go to “Side cover, left removal (T650)” on page 4-21 or “Side cover, left
removal (T652 and T654)” on page 4-22.
4. Remove the side cover, right. Go to “Side cover, right removal (T650)” on page 4-57 or “Side cover,
right removal (T652, T654)” on page 4-58.
5. Remove the five screws (A) securing the laser cover to the machine.

4-20 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

WARNING: When removing the laser cover, ensure that the standard bin actuator assembly does not become
damaged.

6. Remove the laser cover.

Side cover, left removal (T650)

1. Open the MPF tray door assembly.

2. Open the operator panel door assembly.
3. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower. Go to “Cover assembly, rear lower removal (T650)” on
page 4-54.

Repair information 4-21

4062-XXX

4. Remove the four screws (A) securing the side cover, left to the machine.

A
5. Swing the side cover, left away from the machine.
6. Remove the side cover, left.

Side cover, left removal (T652 and T654)

1. Open the MPF tray door assembly.

2. Open the operator panel door assembly.
3. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower. Go to “Cover assembly, rear lower removal (T650)” on
page 4-54 or “Cover assembly, rear lower (T652, T654)” on page 4-54.

4-22 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

4. Remove the four screws (A) securing the side cover, left to the machine.

A
5. Swing the side cover, left away from the machine.
6. Remove the side cover, left.

Option drive shaft removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Gently place the printer on its left or right side.

2. Using pliers, gently pull the option drive shaft from the machine.

Repair information 4-23

4062-XXX

3. Remove the spring.

Replacement Warning: When replacing the option drive shaft, ensure that the plastic hook (A) is not
damaged, or the option drive shaft will not remain secured.

Main drive motor assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the system card assembly. Go to “System card assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-69.
2. Remove the fuser drive release linkage. Go to “Fuser drive release linkage removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-16.
3. Close the operator panel door assembly.
4. Remove the four screws (A) securing the main drive motor assembly to the machine.
5. Gently remove the main drive motor assembly.

4-24 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

6. Disconnect the connection (B) from the main drive motor assembly.

A B

Replacement Warning: Ensure that all electrical connections are properly replaced.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the main drive motor assembly, ensure that the operator panel door
assembly is in the closed position or the main drive motor assembly will not align properly and damage will
occur.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the main drive motor assembly, ensure that all gears and drive
shafts are properly aligned, or damage will occur.

Alignment assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

WARNING: When replacing the alignment assembly, ensure that the media skew is properly adjusted using
the adjuster screw (C), or jamming will occur. Go to “Alignment assembly adjustment” on page 4-4.

1. Remove the side cover, left. Go to “Side cover, left removal (T650)” on page 4-21 or “Side cover, left
removal (T652 and T654)” on page 4-22.

Repair information 4-25

4062-XXX

2. Remove the six screws (A) securing the metal cover to the machine.

A
3. Remove the metal cover.
4. Remove the inner deflector. Go to “Inner deflector removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-18.

5. Remove the MPF pick solenoid assembly. Go to “MPF pick solenoid assembly removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-32.

4-26 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

6. Remove the two screws (B) securing the alignment assembly to the machine.

B
Note: The adjuster screw (C) requires a hex wrench to loosen and tighten.
Note: The adjuster screw (C) can be accessed through the hole (D) in the system card.
7. Completely loosen the adjuster screw (C) securing the alignment assembly to the machine.
8. Remove the alignment assembly.

D C
Replacement Warning: When replacing the alignment assembly, ensure that the media skew is properly
adjusted using the adjuster screw (C) or jamming will occur. Go to “Alignment assembly adjustment” on
page 4-4.

Repair information 4-27

4062-XXX

Output cover assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Unsnap the output cover assembly from the machine.

2. Remove the output cover assembly.

Media out actuator removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the pick arm assembly. Go to “Pick arm assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-42.
2. Release the hook (A) securing the media out actuator to the unit.

3. Remove the media out actuator.

4-28 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Media support removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Gently detach the two bosses (A) of the media support from the machine.

A A
2. Remove the media support.

Tray roller catch assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the media tray.

2. Remove the HVPS card assembly. Go to “HVPS card assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-18.
3. Release the spring from the machine.

Note: The tray roller catch assembly should be removed from the media tray cabinet.
4. Remove the tray roller catch assembly from the machine.

Repair information 4-29

4062-XXX

MPF cam gear removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the alignment assembly. Go to “Alignment assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-25.
2. Release the hook (A) securing the gear to the unit.

3. Remove the MPF cam gear.

MPF lift plate assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the media turn guide. Go to “Media turn guide removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-13.
2. Remove the four screws (A) securing the MPF lift plate assembly to the machine.
3. Gently detach the MPF lift plate assembly.
4. Disconnect the connector (B) from the MPF lower deflector assembly.

4-30 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Remove the MPF lift plate assembly.

Replacement Warning: When replacing the MPF lift plate assembly, ensure that the lever (C) is held down
when reinstalling the MPF lift plate assembly, or damage will occur.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the MPF lift plate assembly, ensure that the MPF pick solenoid
assembly does not become damaged.

MPF media out actuator removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the media turn guide. Go to “Media turn guide removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-13.
2. Gently unsnap the MPF media out actuator from the machine.

3. Remove the media out actuator.

MPF pick roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the media turn guide. Go to “Media turn guide removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-13.
2. Remove the E-clip (A) securing the MPF print roll assembly to the machine.
3. Remove the plastic washer (B).

B A
4. Remove the MPF pick roll assembly.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the MPF pick roll assembly, do not touch the rubber surface.

Repair information 4-31

4062-XXX

MPF pick solenoid assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

Note: The MPF lift plate assembly can be detached and allowed to hang by the harness. The connection does
not need to be disconnected.
1. Remove the MPF lift plate assembly. Go to “MPF lift plate assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-30.
2. Remove the side cover, left. Go to “Side cover, left removal (T650)” on page 4-21 or “Side cover, left
removal (T652 and T654)” on page 4-22.
3. Remove the six screws (A) securing the metal cover to the machine.

A
4. Remove the metal cover.

4-32 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Remove the screw (B) securing the MPF pick solenoid assembly to the machine.

B C
6. Remove the MPF pick solenoid assembly.
7. Disconnect the connection (C) from the MPF pick solenoid assembly.

Repair information 4-33

4062-XXX

MPF tray door assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Open the operator panel door assembly.

2. Open the MPF tray door assembly, and position it as shown in the picture.
3. Gently release the two bosses (A) from the slots (B).

B
A

4-34 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

4. While holding the MPF tray in its uppermost position, swing the MPF tray door assembly away from the
machine to detach the MPF tray from the machine.

Repair information 4-35

4062-XXX

5. Slide the MPF tray door assembly in the direction of the arrow to detach it from the machine.

6. Remove the MPF tray door assembly.

Operator panel latch assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Open the operator panel door assembly.

2. Remove the four screws (A) securing the operator panel latch assembly to the machine.

4-36 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

3. Release the two hooks (B).

B
B

A
4. Remove the operator panel latch assembly.

Operator panel door assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the operator panel latch assembly. Go to “Operator panel latch assembly removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-36.
2. Remove the three screws (A) securing the cover to the assembly.
3. Release the three hooks (B) securing the cover to the assembly.

B A B A

Repair information 4-37

4062-XXX

4. Detach the operator panel door assembly from the machine.

5. Remove the black plastic cover.

6. Remove the two screws (C) securing the USB socket to the assembly.
7. Remove the USB socket.
8. Disconnect the connector (D) from the assembly.

C D

Operator panel hinge assembly, left removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the operator panel door assembly. Go to “Operator panel door assembly removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-37.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the cover to the operator panel hinge assembly, left.
3. Remove the cover.
4. Detach the switch (B) from the operator panel hinge assembly, left.

4-38 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Remove the harnesses (C) from the operator panel hinge assembly, left.

A B
6. Detach the spring (D) from the operator panel hinge assembly, left.
7. Detach the spring (E) from the operator panel hinge assembly, left.
8. Remove the E-clip (F) from the operator panel hinge assembly, left.
9. Remove the pin (G) from the operator panel hinge assembly, left.

D
E

Repair information 4-39

4062-XXX

10. Remove the operator panel hinge assembly, left.

Operator panel hinge assembly, right removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the operator panel door assembly. Go to “Operator panel door assembly removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-37.
2. Detach the spring (A) from the operator panel hinge assembly, right.
3. Detach the spring (B) from the operator panel hinge assembly, right.

B A

4. Remove the E-clip (C) from the operator panel hinge assembly, right.

4-40 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Remove the pin (D) from the operator panel hinge assembly, right.

C D

6. Remove the operator panel hinge assembly, right.

Repair information 4-41

4062-XXX

Pick arm assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the media tray from the machine.

2. Place the machine on the left or right side.
3. Remove the spring (A).
4. Remove the two E-clips (B) securing the pick arm assembly to the machine.

A B

4-42 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Remove the screw (C) securing the pick arm assembly to the machine.

C
6. Remove the band (D) from the pick arm assembly.
7. Remove the cover from the pick arm assembly.
8. Remove the three connections (E) from the pick arm assembly.
9. Remove the wiring harness (F) from the pick arm assembly.

10. Remove the pick arm assembly.

Replacement Warning: When replacing the pick arm assembly, ensure that the harnesses are properly re-
routed.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the pick arm assembly, ensure that the connections are properly
replaced.

Repair information 4-43

4062-XXX

Pick roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the media tray.

2. Gently pull the pick arm assembly down, and release the two hooks (A) securing the two pick roll
assemblies.

A A
3. Remove the two pick roll assemblies.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the pick roll assembly, do not touch the rubber surface.

Print cartridge cooling fan removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the side cover, right. Go to “Side cover, right removal (T650)” on page 4-57 or “Side cover,
right removal (T652, T654)” on page 4-58.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the print cartridge cooling fan to the machine.
3. Remove the print cartridge cooling fan.
4. Disconnect the connection (B) from the print cartridge cooling fan.

Replacement Warning: When replacing the print cartridge cooling fan, ensure that it is installed as shown in
the picture.

4-44 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Print cartridge clamp assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

Note: This procedure can be applied to the left or right printer cartridge hold down assembly.
1. Remove the laser cover. Go to “Laser cover removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-20.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the print cartridge clamp assembly to the machine.

B A

3. Remove the print cartridge clamp assembly.

Repair information 4-45

4062-XXX

Print cartridge ID connector assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the print cartridge.

2. Remove the main drive motor assembly. Go to “Main drive motor assembly removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-24.
3. Release the two hooks (A) securing the print cartridge ID connector assembly to the machine.

A
4. Remove the print cartridge ID connector assembly.
5. Disconnect the connection (B) from the print cartridge ID connector assembly.

4-46 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Printhead assembly removal (T650)

Note: When replacing the printhead assembly, ensure that the printhead is properly calibrated, or print quality
issues will occur. Go to “Alignment assembly adjustment” on page 4-4.
1. Remove the laser cover. Go to “Laser cover removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-20.
2. Remove the six screws (A) securing the metal cover to the machine.

A A
3. Remove the metal cover.
4. Disconnect the connections (B) from the printhead assembly.

Repair information 4-47

4062-XXX

5. Remove the three screws (C) securing the printhead assembly to the machine.
C

6. Remove the printhead assembly.

Replacement Warning: When replacing the printhead assembly, ensure that the printhead is properly
calibrated, or print quality issues will occur.

Printhead assembly removal (T652, T654)

WARNING: When replacing the printhead assembly, ensure that the printhead skew is properly adjusted, or
print quality issues will occur.

1. Remove the laser cover. Go to “Laser cover removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-20.
2. Remove the six screws (A) securing the metal cover to the machine.

A A

4-48 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

3. Remove the metal cover.

4. Disconnect the connections (B) from the printhead assembly.

B
5. Remove the four screws (C) securing the printhead assembly to the machine.
C

6. Remove the printhead assembly.

Replacement Warning: When replacing the printhead assembly, ensure that the printhead skew is properly
adjusted, or print quality issues will occur.

Repair information 4-49

4062-XXX

Connection access cover, rear removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Gently detach the two hinges (A) of the connection access cover, rear from the machine.

A
2. Remove the connection access cover, rear.

Connection bezel assembly, rear removal (T650)

1. Remove the side cover, left. Go to “Side cover, left removal (T650)” on page 4-21.
2. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower. Go to “Cover assembly, rear lower removal (T650)” on
page 4-54.
3. Release the two hooks (A) securing the connection bezel assembly, rear to the machine.

A
4. Remove the connection bezel assembly, rear.

4-50 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Connection bezel assembly, rear removal (T652, T654)

1. Remove the side cover, left. Go to “Side cover, left removal (T652 and T654)” on page 4-22.
2. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower. Go to “Cover assembly, rear lower (T652, T654)” on page 4-54.
3. Release the two hooks (A) securing the connection bezel assembly, rear to the machine.

A
4. Remove the connection bezel assembly, rear.

Repair information 4-51

4062-XXX

Door assembly, rear removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Pull the door assembly, rear away from the machine.

2. Twist the door strap left or right until vertical, and pull the strap out of the slot.
3. Position the door assembly, rear at a 45° angle as shown in the picture.
4. Remove the door assembly, rear.

Duplex guide assembly, rear removal (T652, T654)

1. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower. Go to “Cover assembly, rear lower (T652, T654)” on page 4-54.
2. Remove the media tray.
3. Gently place the printer on its left or right side.
4. Remove the two screws (A) securing the two retainers (B) to the machine.
5. Remove the two retainers (B).

4-52 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

6. Detach the rear duplex guide spring (C).

A C
7. Remove the duplex guide assembly, rear.
8. Remove the screw (D) securing the rear duplex guide handle to the assembly.

9. Remove the duplex guide assembly, rear.

Repair information 4-53

4062-XXX

Cover assembly, rear lower removal (T650)

1. Remove the fuser access door assembly. Go to “Fuser access door assembly removal (T650, T652,
T654)” on page 4-14.
2. Open the rear lower door.
3. Remove the three screws (A) securing the cover assembly, rear lower to the machine.

A
4. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower.

Cover assembly, rear lower (T652, T654)

1. Open the rear lower door.

2. Remove the four screws (A) securing the cover assembly, rear lower to the machine.

A
3. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower.

4-54 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Redrive motor assembly removal (T652, T654)

1. Remove the laser cover. Go to “Laser cover removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-20.
2. Remove the six screws (A) securing the metal cover to the machine.

A
3. Remove the metal cover.

Repair information 4-55

4062-XXX

4. Disconnect the connection (B) from the redrive motor assembly.

B
5. Disconnect the connection (C) from the sensor (standard media bin full).
6. Release the hooks (D) securing the output option interface cable assembly to the machine.

D
C

7. Detach the output option cable assembly.

4-56 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

8. Remove the two screws (E) securing the redrive motor assembly to the machine.

9. Remove the redrive motor assembly.

Side cover, right removal (T650)

1. Open the operator panel door assembly.

2. Open the MPF tray door assembly.
3. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower. Go to “Cover assembly, rear lower removal (T650)” on
page 4-54.
4. Remove the five screws (A) securing the side cover, right to the machine.

A A

5. Remove the side cover, right.

Repair information 4-57

4062-XXX

Side cover, right removal (T652, T654)

1. Open the operator panel door assembly.

2. Open the MPF tray door assembly.
3. Remove the cover assembly, rear lower. Go to “Cover assembly, rear lower (T652, T654)” on page 4-54.
4. Remove the five screws (A) securing the side cover, right to the machine.

A A

5. Remove the side cover, right.

Sensor (duplex input) removal (T652, T654)

1. Remove the duplex input sensor assembly. Go to “Duplex input sensor assembly removal (T652, T654)”
on page 4-11.
2. Release the hooks (A) securing the senor (duplex media path) to the bracket.

3. Remove the sensor (duplex input).

4-58 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Sensor (media level) removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the pick arm assembly. Go to “Pick arm assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-42.
2. Release the hooks (A) securing the sensor (media level) to the assembly.

A
3. Remove the sensor (media level).

Sensor (media out) removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the pick arm assembly. Go to “Pick arm assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-42.
2. Release the hooks (A) securing the sensor (media out) to the assembly.

A
3. Remove the sensor (media out).

Repair information 4-59

4062-XXX

Sensor (toner empty) removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the HVPS card assembly. Go to “HVPS card assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-18.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the sensor (toner empty) to the machine.
3. Remove the sensor (toner empty).
4. Disconnect the connection (B) from the sensor (toner empty).

Sensor (input) removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the inner deflector. Go to “Inner deflector removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-18.
2. Release the hooks (A) securing the sensor (input) to the machine.

3. Remove the sensor (input).

4-60 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

4. Disconnect the connection (B) from the sensor (input).

Sensor shield assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the inner deflector. Go to “Inner deflector removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-18.
2. Gently unsnap the sensor shield assembly from the machine.

A
3. Remove the sensor shield assembly.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the sensor shield assembly, ensure that the spring (A) is properly
aligned and the sensor shield assembly opens and closes properly.

Standard bin actuator assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the laser cover. Go to “Laser cover removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-20.
2. Disconnect the connection (A) from the standard bin actuator assembly.
3. Press the tab (B) to release the standard bin actuator assembly from the machine.

B A
4. Remove the standard bin actuator assembly.

Repair information 4-61

4062-XXX

Sensor (standard bin exit) removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove standard bin actuator assembly. Go to “Sensor (standard bin exit) removal (T650, T652, T654)”
on page 4-62.
2. Release the hooks (A) securing the sensor (standard bin exit) to the assembly.

A
3. Remove the sensor (standard bin exit).

Sensor (toner density) removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the sensor shield assembly. Go to “Sensor shield assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-61.
2. Remove the two screws (A) securing the sensor (toner density) to the machine.
3. Remove the sensor (toner density).
4. Disconnect the connection (B) to the sensor (toner density).

B A

Switch (media size) assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the side cover, left. Go to “Side cover, left removal (T650)” on page 4-21 or “Side cover, left
removal (T652 and T654)” on page 4-22.

4-62 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

2. Remove the six screws (A) securing the metal cover to the machine.

A
3. Remove the metal cover.
4. Remove the media tray.
5. Gently place the machine on the left of right side.
6. Release the two hooks (B) securing the switch (media size) assembly to the machine.

B C
7. Remove the switch (media size) assembly.
8. Disconnect the connection (C) from the switch (media size) assembly.

Repair information 4-63

4062-XXX

LVPS card assembly removal (T650)

WARNING: When replacing the LVPS card assembly, ensure that the voltage selection switch is set to the
proper setting, or damage will occur.

1. Remove the door assembly, rear. Go to “Door assembly, rear removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-52.
2. Remove the side cover, right. Go to “Side cover, right removal (T650)” on page 4-57.
3. Disconnect the connector (A) from the LVPS card assembly.
4. Remove the two screws (B) from the LVPS card assembly.

B A B

5. Gently pull the LVPS card assembly from the machine.

4-64 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

6. Disconnect the connector (C) from the LVPS card assembly.

C
7. Remove the LVPS card assembly.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the LVPS card assembly, ensure that all connections are replaced.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the LVPS card assembly, ensure that the connector pins (D) properly
engage the system card.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the LVPS card assembly, ensure that the voltage selection switch (E)
is set to the proper setting, or damage will occur.
D

Repair information 4-65

4062-XXX

LVPS card assembly removal (T652, T654)

WARNING: When replacing the LVPS card assembly, ensure that the voltage selection switch (E) is set to the
proper setting, or damage will occur.

1. Remove the door assembly, rear. Go to “Door assembly, rear removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-52.
2. Remove the side cover, right. Go to “Side cover, right removal (T652, T654)” on page 4-58.
3. Disconnect the connector (A) from the LVPS card assembly.
4. Remove the two screws (B) from the LVPS card assembly.

B A B

5. Gently pull the LVPS card assembly from the machine.

4-66 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

6. Disconnect the connector (C) from the LVPS card assembly.

C
7. Remove the LVPS card assembly.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the LVPS card assembly, ensure that all connections are replaced.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the LVPS card assembly, ensure that the connector pins (D) properly
engage the system card.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the LVPS card assembly, ensure that the voltage selection switch (E)
is set to the proper setting, or damage will occur.
D

Repair information 4-67

4062-XXX

Access door removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Open the access door.

2. Gently detach the two hinges (A) of the access door from the machine.

3. Remove the access door.

4-68 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

System card assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

CAUTION

This product contains a lithium battery. THERE IS A RISK OF EXPLOSION IF THE BATTERY
IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE. Discard used batteries according to the battery
manufacturer’s instructions and local regulations.

1. Remove the side cover, left. Go to “Side cover, left removal (T650)” on page 4-21 or “Side cover, left
removal (T652 and T654)” on page 4-22.
2. Remove the six screws (A) securing the metal shield to the machine.

A
3. Slide the metal shield in the direction of the arrow.

Repair information 4-69

4062-XXX

4. Remove the metal shield.

WARNING: When disconnecting all the electrical connections, ensure that the connectors and harnesses do
not become damaged.

5. Disconnect all connections from the system card assembly.

Note: There are two fine thread screws and four course thread screws securing the system card assembly to
the machine, ensure that these screws are properly reinstalled.
6. Remove the six screws (B) securing the system card assembly to the machine.

4-70 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

WARNING: When removing the system card assembly from the machine, ensure that the LVPS assembly
connection (C) does not become damaged.

B C

7. Remove the system card assembly.

8. Remove any remaining screws securing the system card assembly to the metal box.
9. Remove the system card assembly.
Replacement Warning: Ensure that all ground wires are properly replaced.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the system card assembly, ensure that the LVPS assembly
connections (C) are properly aligned and inserted into the system card assembly, or damage will occur.

Transfer roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Open the operator panel door assembly.

2. Remove the print cartridge.

Repair information 4-71

4062-XXX

3. Gently unsnap the transfer roll assembly from the machine.

4. Remove the transfer roll assembly.

Replacement Warning: When replacing the transfer roll assembly, do not touch the foam surface.

Transfer roll bracket assembly, left removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the transfer roll assembly. Go to “Transfer roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.
2. Remove the inner deflector. Go to “Inner deflector removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-18.
3. Remove the screw (A) securing the transfer roll bracket assembly, left to the machine.
4. Remove the transfer roll bracket assembly, left.
5. Remove the roll clamp (B) from the transfer roll bracket assembly, left.
6. Remove the bushing (C).
7. Remove the spring (D).
8. Remove the screw (E).

4-72 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

9. Remove the ground wire (F).

A
Replacement Warning: When reinstalling the transfer roll bracket assembly, left, ensure that the bushing (C),
spring (D), and ground wire (F) are properly replaced.

Transfer roll bracket assembly, right removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the transfer roll assembly. Go to “Transfer roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.
2. Remove the inner deflector. Go to “Inner deflector removal (T650, T652, T654)” on page 4-18.
3. Remove the screw (A) securing the transfer roll bracket assembly, right to the machine.

4. Remove the transfer roll bracket assembly, right.

Transfer deflector removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the transfer roll assembly. Go to “Transfer roll assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-71.

Repair information 4-73

4062-XXX

2. Gently unsnap the transfer deflector from the machine.

3. Remove the transfer deflector.
4. Remove the screw (A) securing the ground wire to the transfer deflector.

A
5. Remove the ground wire.
Replacement Warning: When replacing the transfer deflector, ensure that the ground wire is properly
replaced.

Redrive assembly removal (T650, T652, T654)

1. Remove the door assembly, rear. Go to “Door assembly, rear removal (T650, T652, T654)” on
page 4-52.
2. Open the fuser access door.
3. Remove the two screws (A) securing the redrive assembly to the machine.
4. Press the two tabs (B) to release the redrive assembly to the machine.
5. While pressing the two tabs (B), pull the redrive assembly from the machine.

A
B

4-74 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Option removals
High capacity input tray (HCIT)

Note: Carefully remove the HCIT from the base machine and the caster base before proceeding.

Repair information 4-75

4062-XXX

High capacity input tray (HCIT) media tray assembly removal

1. Open the HCIT media tray assembly until it reaches a stop.

2. Press the latches (A) on the left and right sides of the HCIT tray slides.

3. Slide the HCIT media tray assembly out of the drawer.

4-76 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity input tray (HCIT) tray cover, front removal

1. Open the HCIT media tray assembly until it reaches a stop.

2. Remove the six screws (A) securing the HCIT tray cover, front to the HCIT media tray assembly.

Repair information 4-77

4062-XXX

3. Remove the HCIT tray cover, front.

4-78 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, rear removal

1. Remove the HCIT media tray assembly. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) media tray assembly
removal” on page 4-76.
2. Remove the four screws (A) securing the HCIT cover, rear to the drawer.
A

Repair information 4-79

4062-XXX

3. Remove the HCIT cover, rear.

4-80 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, right removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the HCIT tray assembly before proceeding.
Note: Before removing the HCIT right cover, first remove the right side anti-tip latch assembly. Go to “High
capacity input tray (HCIT) anti-tip latch assembly removal” on page 4-84.
1. Remove the High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, rear. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover,
rear removal” on page 4-79.
2. Remove the four screws (A) securing the HCIT cover, right to the drawer.
A

Repair information 4-81

4062-XXX

3. Remove the HCIT cover, right.

4-82 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, left removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the HCIT tray assembly before proceeding.
Note: Before removing the HCIT cover, left, first remove the left side anti-tip latch assembly. Go to “High
capacity input tray (HCIT) anti-tip latch assembly removal” on page 4-84.
1. Remove the HCIT cover, rear. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, rear removal” on
page 4-79.
2. Remove the four screws (A) securing the HCIT cover, left to the drawer.
A

Repair information 4-83

4062-XXX

3. Remove the HCIT cover, left.

High capacity input tray (HCIT) anti-tip latch assembly removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the HCIT tray assembly before proceeding.

The left and right anti-tip latch assemblies are the same, and only one is in a package. The instructions below
are for removing the left latch; removing the right latch has similar instructions.

4-84 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

1. Remove the HCIT cover, left. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, left removal” on page 4-83.
Note: The left side anti-tip assembly will come off when removing the HCIT cover, left.

High capacity input tray (HCIT) drawer slide assembly removal

The left and right drawer slide assemblies are the same, and only one is in a package. The instructions below
are for removing the left slide; removing the right slide has similar instructions.

1. Remove the HCIT media tray assembly. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) media tray assembly
removal” on page 4-76.
2. Remove the three screws (A) securing the HCIT drawer slide to the frame of the drawer.

Repair information 4-85

4062-XXX

3. Remove the HCIT drawer slide.

High capacity input tray (HCIT) tray lift drive motor assembly removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the HCIT tray assembly before proceeding.
1. Remove the HCIT cover, right. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, right removal” on
page 4-81.
2. Remove the HCIT cover, left. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, left removal” on page 4-83.
3. Disconnect the HCIT tray lift drive motor cable connector from the HCIT controller card assembly.

Note: Remove the cable from the restraint, and observe the routing for reinstallation.
4. Remove the eight screws (A) securing the HCIT tray lift drive motor assembly.

4-86 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Remove the HCIT tray lift drive motor assembly.

High capacity input tray (HCIT) controller card assembly removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the HCIT tray assembly before proceeding.
1. Remove the HCIT cover, left. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, left removal” on page 4-83.
2. Disconnect all connectors from the HCIT controller card assembly.

Repair information 4-87

4062-XXX

3. Remove the three screws (A) securing the HCIT controller card assembly.

A
4. Remove the HCIT controller card assembly and the shield.

High capacity input tray (HCIT) media size actuator assembly removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the HCIT tray assembly before proceeding.
1. Remove the HCIT controller card assembly. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) controller card
assembly removal” on page 4-87.
2. Disconnect the two springs (A) from the frame.
Note: Leave the springs (A) attached to the cam size sensing plate (B) and the actuator switch (C).
3. Slide the cam size sensing plate (B) through the access hole in the rear side frame.

4-88 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

4. Snap loose the actuator switch (C) and remove.

C
5. Remove the four screws (D) securing the card mount option with the media size actuator to the frame.

Repair information 4-89

4062-XXX

6. Remove the card mount option with the media size actuator.

Re-installation note:

1. Re-install the card mount option with the media size actuator to the frame by inserting the left-most part of it
through the hole, and then securing it with the four screws.
2. Re-install the actuator switch with the spring to the card mount option through the drawer opening.
3. Re-install the cam size sensing plate with the spring to the card mount option through the access hole in the
rear side.
4. Reattach the two springs to the frame.

Sensor (HCIT tray raised HP) with cable assembly removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the HCIT tray assembly before proceeding.
1. Remove the HCIT cover, left. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, left removal” on page 4-83.
2. Disconnect the sensor (HCIT tray raised HP) cable connector from the HCIT controller card assembly.

Note: Remove the cable from the restraints, and observe the routing for reinstallation.

4-90 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

3. Remove the screw (A) securing the sensor to the rear frame.
4. Release the hooks (B) securing the sensor to the rear frame.

5. Remove the sensor (HCIT tray raised HP).

Repair information 4-91

4062-XXX

Sensor (HCIT pass through) with cable removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the HCIT tray assembly before proceeding.
1. Remove the HCIT cover, left. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, left removal” on page 4-83.
2. Disconnect the sensor (HCIT pass through) cable connector from the HCIT controller card assembly.

Note: Remove the cable restraint, and observe the routing for reinstallation.
3. Release the hooks (A) securing the sensor (HCIT pass through) to the machine.
4. Remove the sensor (HCIT pass through) with cable from the top plate.

A
A

4-92 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity input tray (HCIT) pick arm bracket assembly removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the HCIT tray assembly before proceeding.
1. Remove the HCIT cover, left. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) cover, left removal” on page 4-83.
2. Remove the HCIT pick arm bracket assembly cable connectors from the HCIT controller card assembly.

Note: Remove the cable from the restraint, and observe the routing for reinstallation.
3. Remove the pick arm lift spring from the drawer.

Repair information 4-93

4062-XXX

4. Remove the five screws (A) securing the HCIT pick arm bracket assembly.
A

5. Remove the HCIT pick arm bracket assembly from the drawer by slightly lifting and removing it.

4-94 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity input tray (HCIT) tray closed latch with spring removal

The left and right tray closed latches with springs are the same, and only one is in a package. The instructions
below are for removing the left latch; removing the right latch has similar instructions.

1. Remove the HCIT media tray assembly. Go to “High capacity input tray (HCIT) media tray assembly
removal” on page 4-76.
2. Remove the E-clip (A) and the washer (B) with a prying tool securing the HCIT tray closed latch with spring
to the left frame.

3. Remove the HCIT tray closed latch with spring.

Repair information 4-95

4062-XXX

250-sheet option tray assembly

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the input option tray assembly before proceeding.

4-96 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

250-sheet media tray assembly removal

Note: This removal procedure can be applied to 250-sheet option drawer assembly.

Remove the 250-sheet media tray assembly from the 250-sheet option drawer assembly.

250-sheet pick arm bracket assembly removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the input option tray assembly before proceeding.
1. Disconnect the two 250-sheet pick arm bracket assembly cable connectors from the 250-sheet controller
card assembly.
2. Detach the pick arm spring from the drawer.

Repair information 4-97

4062-XXX

3. Remove the three screws (A) securing the 250-sheet pick arm bracket assembly to the drawer.
A

4. Remove the 250-sheet pick arm bracket assembly.

4-98 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

250-sheet media out actuator removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the input option tray assembly before proceeding.
1. Remove the 250-sheet pick arm bracket assembly. Go to “250-sheet pick arm bracket assembly
removal” on page 4-97.
2. Release the hook (A) securing the 250-sheet media out actuator to the 250-sheet pick arm bracket
assembly.

3. Remove the 250-sheet media out actuator from the drawer.

Anti-tip latch assembly removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the input option tray assembly before proceeding.

The left and right anti-tip latch assemblies are the same, and only one is in a package. The instructions below
are for removing the left latch, but removing the right latch is similar.

1. Remove the 250-sheet media tray assembly. Go to “250-sheet option tray assembly” on page 4-96.
2. Turn the drawer upside down, and unsnap the two hooks (A) securing the anti-tip latch assembly to the
drawer with a flathead screwdriver.
Note: The hooks might break when detaching the anti-tip assembly from the drawer.

Repair information 4-99

4062-XXX

3. Remove the anti-tip latch assembly.

250-sheet frame assembly removal

Note: The 250-sheet frame assembly is not a FRU.

1. Remove the 250-sheet pick arm bracket assembly. Go to “250-sheet pick arm bracket assembly
removal” on page 4-97
2. Release the hooks securing the sensor (pass through) to the drawer.
3. Remove the sensor (pass through) from the drawer.
4. Remove the four screws (A) securing the 250-sheet frame assembly to the drawer.
A

4-100 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Remove the 250-sheet frame assembly.

Sensor (pass through) with cable removal

1. Remove the 250-sheet frame assembly. Go to “250-sheet frame assembly removal” on page 4-100.
2. Disconnect the sensor (pass through) cable connector from the 250-sheet controller card.
3. Remove the sensor (pass through) with cable.

250-sheet controller card assembly removal

1. Remove the 250-sheet frame assembly. Go to “250-sheet frame assembly removal” on page 4-100.

Repair information 4-101

4062-XXX

2. Disconnect the three connectors from the 250-sheet controller card assembly.

3. Remove the three screws (B) securing the 250-sheet controller card assembly to the 250-sheet frame.

4. Remove the 250-sheet controller card assembly.

Media size actuator removal

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the input option tray assembly before proceeding.
1. Remove the 250-sheet controller card assembly. Go to “250-sheet controller card assembly removal”
on page 4-101.

4-102 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

2. Remove the screw (A) securing the media size actuator to the 250-sheet frame.

A
3. Remove the media size actuator.

Repair information 4-103

4062-XXX

Media tray catch spring removal

1. Remove the 250-sheet frame assembly. Go to “250-sheet frame assembly removal” on page 4-100.
2. Turn the drawer upside down to access the media tray catch spring.
3. Release the media tray catch spring.

Tray roller catch assembly removal

1. Remove the media tray catch spring. Go to “Media tray catch spring removal” on page 4-104.
2. Remove the tray roller catch assembly from the drawer.

4-104 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

550-sheet option tray assembly

Note: Carefully remove the base machine from the input option tray assembly before proceeding.

Repair information 4-105

4062-XXX

550-sheet media tray assembly removal

Note: This removal procedure can be applied to 550-sheet option drawer assembly.

Remove the 550-sheet media tray assembly from the 550-sheet option drawer assembly.

4-106 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly removal

1. Remove the 550-sheet media tray assembly. Go to “550-sheet option tray assembly” on page 4-105.
2. Remove the two 550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly cable connectors (A) from the 550-sheet controller
card assembly.
3. Detach the 550-sheet bellcrank recoil spring (B) from the drawer.
4. Remove the four screws (C) securing the 550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly to the drawer.
A

5. Remove the 550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly.

Repair information 4-107

4062-XXX

550-sheet bellcrank recoil spring removal

1. Remove the 550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly. Go to “550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly
removal” on page 4-107.
2. Remove the 550-sheet bellcrank recoil spring from the 550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly.

Media out actuator removal (models T652 and T654)

1. Remove the 550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly. Go to “550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly
removal” on page 4-107.
2. Release the hook (A) securing the media out actuator with spring to the 550-sheet pick arm bracket
assembly.
3. Detach the spring (B) from the media out actuator.

4-108 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Anti-tip latch assembly removal

The left and right anti-tip latch assemblies are the same, and only one is in a package. The instructions below
are for removing the left latch, but removing the right latch is similar.

1. Remove the 550-sheet media tray assembly. Go to “550-sheet option tray assembly” on page 4-105.
2. Turn the drawer upside down, and unsnap the two hooks (A) securing the anti-tip latch assembly to the
drawer with a flathead screwdriver.
Note: The hooks might break when detaching the anti-tip latch assembly from the drawer.

3. Remove the anti-tip latch assembly.

550-sheet frame assembly removal

Note: The 550-sheet frame assembly is not a FRU.
1. Remove the 550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly. Go to “550-sheet pick arm bracket assembly
removal” on page 4-107.
2. Release the hooks securing the sensor (pass through) to the drawer.
3. Remove the sensor (pass through) from the drawer.

Repair information 4-109

4062-XXX

4. Remove the four screws (A) securing the 550-sheet frame assembly to the drawer.
A

4-110 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Remove the 550-sheet frame assembly.

Repair information 4-111

4062-XXX

Upper interface cable assembly removal

1. Remove the 550-sheet frame assembly. Go to “550-sheet frame assembly removal” on page 4-109.
2. Disconnect the upper interface cable connector (A) from the 550-sheet controller card.
3. Release the two hooks (B) securing the options auto connect to the 550-sheet frame.

A
4. Remove the upper interface cable assembly.

Lower interface cable assembly removal

1. Remove the 550-sheet frame assembly. Go to “550-sheet frame assembly removal” on page 4-109.
2. Disconnect the lower interface cable connector (A) from the 550-sheet controller card.
3. Pinch the options auto connect (B) to separate the lower interface cable assembly from the 550-sheet
frame.

4. Remove the lower interface cable assembly.

4-112 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Sensor (pass through) with cable removal

1. Remove the 550-sheet frame assembly. Go to “550-sheet frame assembly removal” on page 4-109.
2. Disconnect the sensor (pass through) cable connector from the 550-sheet controller card.

3. Remove the sensor (pass through) with cable.

550-sheet controller card assembly removal

1. Remove the 550-sheet frame assembly. Go to “550-sheet frame assembly removal” on page 4-109.
2. Disconnect the three connectors from the 550-sheet controller card assembly.

Repair information 4-113

4062-XXX

3. Remove the three screws (A) securing the 550-sheet controller card assembly to the 550-sheet frame.

A
4. Remove the 550-sheet controller card assembly.

4-114 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Media size actuator removal

1. Remove the 550-sheet controller card assembly. Go to “550-sheet controller card assembly removal”
on page 4-113.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the media size actuator to the 550-sheet frame.

A
3. Remove the media size actuator.

Repair information 4-115

4062-XXX

550-sheet option drive shaft with spring removal

1. Remove the 550-sheet frame assembly. Go to “550-sheet frame assembly removal” on page 4-109.
2. Pinch the two hooks (A) on the cap, and detach it from the 550-sheet frame.
3. Pull the drive roll gear (B), the shaft with spring (C), and the bevel out through the opening.

A A

4. Remove the 550-sheet option drive shaft with spring.

4-116 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Media tray catch spring removal

1. Remove the 550-sheet frame assembly. Go to “550-sheet frame assembly removal” on page 4-109.
2. Turn the drawer over so that you can access the media tray catch spring.
3. Release the media tray catch spring.

Media tray roller catch assembly removal

1. Remove the media tray catch spring. Go to “Media tray catch spring removal” on page 4-117.
2. Remove the tray roller catch assembly from the drawer.

Repair information 4-117

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly rear door assembly removal

1. Open the rear door assembly.

2. Force the left hinge out of the slot by pushing the door to the right.
3. Once the left hinge has been disengaged, pull the right hinge out.
4. Remove the rear door assembly.

SFP stapler assembly right cover removal

1. Remove the two screws (A) on the inside of the exit bin compartment securing the right cover.

2. Pull out on the front side of the right cover to disengage the tabs.
3. Remove the right cover.

4-118 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly left cover removal

1. Remove the two screws (A) on the inside of the exit bin compartment securing the left cover.

A
2. Pull out on the front side of the left cover to disengage the tabs.
3. Remove the left cover.

Repair information 4-119

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly top cover removal

1. Remove the left and right cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly left cover removal” on page 4-119 and
“SFP stapler assembly right cover removal” on page 4-118.
2. Remove the two screws (A) from the left and right side of the top cover.
A

3. Pull up and toward the front to remove the top cover.

4-120 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly handle cover removal

1. Remove the left and right cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly left cover removal” on page 4-119 and
“SFP stapler assembly right cover removal” on page 4-118.
2. Remove two screws (A) from each side of the SFP stapler assembly.
A
A

3. Lift up and to the rear to remove the cover.

Repair information 4-121

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly LED sensor cover removal

1. Remove the screw (A) securing the LED sensor cover to the underside of the output bin.

2. Remove the output bin LED. Go to “SFP stapler assembly standard output bin LED and LED clear lens
removal” on page 4-124.
3. Remove the sensor (finisher bin media present). Go to “SFP stapler assembly sensor (finisher bin
media present) removal” on page 4-123

4-122 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

4. Remove the LED sensor cover.

SFP stapler assembly sensor (finisher bin media present) removal

1. Remove the LED sensor cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly LED sensor cover removal” on
page 4-122.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, release the tabs (A) on the sensor and remove it from the sensor cover.

3. Remove the harness connected to the media bin present sensor.

4. Remove the sensor (finisher bin media present).

Repair information 4-123

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly standard output bin LED and LED clear lens removal

1. Remove the LED sensor cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly LED sensor cover removal” on
page 4-122.
2. Remove the two screws (A) securing the LED to the cover.
A

3. Remove the LED and disconnect the harness.

4. Remove the LED clear lens.

4-124 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly tamper drive belt removal

1. Remove the tamper recoil spring. Go to “SFP stapler assembly tamper drive belt removal” on
page 4-125.
2. Pull the belt out the tamper belt holder and remove the belt from the pulley.

Repair information 4-125

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly tamper drive motor assembly removal

1. Remove the top cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly top cover removal” on page 4-120.
2. Pull slack in the tamper drive belt and remove the belt from the tamper drive belt pulley.
3. Disconnect the tamper driver motor harness from the controller card.
4. Remove the two screws (A) securing the tamper drive motor assembly to the tamper frame.
A

5. Remove the tamper drive motor assembly.

4-126 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly media stack flap and media stack flap actuator removal

1. Remove the handle cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly handle cover removal” on page 4-121.
2. Release the locking tab and slide the media stack flap actuator to the right and remove.

Repair information 4-127

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly stapler unit assembly removal

1. Remove the right cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly right cover removal” on page 4-118.
2. Remove the four cable harnesses attached to the stapler unit assembly.
3. Remove the three screws (A) securing the stapler unit assembly.

4. Remove the stapler unit assembly.

4-128 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Stapler/stacker controller card assembly removal

1. Remove the left cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly left cover removal” on page 4-119.
2. Disconnect all harnesses to the controller card.
3. Remove the three screws (A) securing the stapler/stacker controller card assembly.

A
4. Remove the stapler/stacker controller card assembly.

Repair information 4-129

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly paddle drive motor assembly removal

1. Remove the left cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly left cover removal” on page 4-119.
2. Disconnect the paddle motor harness from the controller card.
3. Remove the cable from the harness clip.
4. Remove the two screws (A) securing the two paddle drive motor assemblies.

A
5. Remove the paddle drive motor assembly.

4-130 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly sensor (media stack) removal

1. Remove the top cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly top cover removal” on page 4-120.
2. Disconnect the harness to the sensor (media stack).
3. Using your fingers, pinch tab (A) securing the sensor (media stack) and remove.
A

Repair information 4-131

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly sensor (paddle HP) removal

1. Remove the left cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly left cover removal” on page 4-119.
2. Disconnect the harness to the sensor (paddle home position).
3. Using your fingers, pinch tab (A) securing the sensor (paddle home position) and remove.

4-132 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly sensor (stapler access door interlock) removal

1. Remove the right cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly right cover removal” on page 4-118.
2. Disconnect the harness to the sensor (stapler access door interlock).
3. Using your fingers, pinch tab (A) securing the sensor (stapler access door interlock) and remove.

Repair information 4-133

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly sensor (tamper HP left and right) removal

1. Remove the SFP stapler assembly top cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly top cover removal” on
page 4-120.
2. Disconnect the harness to the SFP stapler assembly sensor (tamper HP left and right).
3. Using your fingers, pinch the tabs (A) securing the staple finisher sensor (tamper HP left and right) and
remove.

4-134 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly sensor (bin full send) removal

1. Remove the stapler/stacker controller card assembly. Go to “Stapler/stacker controller card assembly
removal” on page 4-129.
2. Remove the two screws (A) securing the staple finisher sensor (bin full send).

A
3. Disconnect the harness and remove.

Repair information 4-135

4062-XXX

SFP stapler assembly sensor (bin full receive) removal

1. Remove the right cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly right cover removal” on page 4-118.
2. Remove the two screws (A) securing the sensor (bin full receive).

A
3. Disconnect the harness and remove.

SFP stapler assembly sensor (media in stapler) removal

1. Remove the stapler unit assembly from the. Go to “SFP stapler assembly stapler unit assembly
removal” on page 4-128.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, release the tabs (A) securing the sensor.

4-136 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

3. Using needlenose pliers, carefully grip the sensor and pull it out and disconnect the harness.

Replacement Notes: Using needlenose pliers, place the rear most tab in the sensor bracket first. Then push
on the rear face of the sensor until the other two tabs snap into place.

SFP stapler assembly sensor (deflector HP) removal

1. Remove the left cover. Go to “SFP stapler assembly left cover removal” on page 4-119.
2. Disconnect the harness to the sensor (deflector HP).

Repair information 4-137

4062-XXX

3. Release the tabs (A) securing the sensor to the unit.

A
Note: The tabs may be difficult to access. The use of a spring hook or flat-blade screwdriver may be
necessary to release the tabs.

High capacity stacker rear door assembly removal

1. Open the rear door assembly.

2. Remove the rear door strap by twisting vertically and pulling it out of the slot.
3. Remove the rear door assembly from the hinges by gently prying the hinges off the bosses.

4-138 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity stacker right cover removal

1. Remove the high capacity stacker rear door assembly. Go to “High capacity stacker rear door assembly
removal” on page 4-138.
2. Using a #1 phillips screwdriver, remove the three screws (A) securing the right cover to the high capacity
stacker assembly.

3. Remove the right cover.

Repair information 4-139

4062-XXX

High capacity stacker left cover removal

1. Remove the high capacity stacker rear door assembly. Go to “High capacity stacker rear door assembly
removal” on page 4-138.
2. Using a #1 phillips screwdriver, remove the three screws (A) securing the left cover to the high capacity
stacker assembly.

A
3. Remove the left cover.

4-140 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity stacker media output bin assembly removal

1. Remove both the high capacity stacker media output bin recoil springs.
2. Remove the high capacity stacker standard output bin LED.
3. Carefully spread the left side of the high capacity stacker assembly and maneuver the media output bin
from the assembly.

Repair information 4-141

4062-XXX

High capacity stacker controller card cover panel removal

1. Remove the media output bin assembly. Go to “High capacity stacker media output bin assembly
removal” on page 4-141.
2. Remove the two screws (A) securing the controller card cover panel on the rear of the assembly.
3. Remove the screw (B) securing the ground strap to the right frame.
4. Flex the controller card cover panel by grasping the bottom middle of the panel and lifting it, releasing the
tabs (C) from the left and right frame.

4-142 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity stacker switch (media bin HP) removal

1. Remove the high capacity stacker controller card cover panel. Go to “High capacity stacker controller
card cover panel removal” on page 4-142.
2. Remove the two screws (A) securing the high capacity stacker switch (media bin HP) to the left frame.

A
3. Disconnect the high capacity stacker switch (media bin HP) harness from the upper controller card.
4. Remove the high capacity stacker switch (media bin HP).

Repair information 4-143

4062-XXX

High capacity stacker sensor (media bin full) assembly removal

1. Remove the high capacity stacker controller card cover panel. Go to “High capacity stacker controller
card cover panel removal” on page 4-142.
2. Release the tabs securing the high capacity stacker sensor (media bin full) assembly to the left frame.
3. Disconnect the sensor (media bin full) harness from the upper controller card.
4. Remove the high capacity stacker sensor (media bin full) assembly.

High capacity stacker sensor (media bin full) bracket assembly removal

1. Remove the high capacity stacker left cover. Go to “High capacity stacker left cover removal” on
page 4-140.
2. Release the tab securing the bracket to the left frame.

4-144 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

3. Remove the bracket from the frame and disconnect the sensor (media bin full) and media bin full actuator.

High capacity stacker controller card assembly (upper and lower) removal

1. Remove the high capacity stacker controller card cover panel. Go to “High capacity stacker controller
card cover panel removal” on page 4-142.
2. Disconnect the harnesses from the controller card.
Note: Pay careful attention to where the power input and output harnesses are attached.
3. Remove the two screws (A) securing the high capacity stacker controller card assembly and remove the
card.

Repair information 4-145

4062-XXX

High capacity stacker right frame removal

1. Remove the right media output bin recoil spring.

2. Remove the four screws (A) securing the right frame to the high capacity stacker assembly.
3. Carefully remove the right frame.

Note: When installing the right frame, make sure the media output bin assembly is aligned properly.

4-146 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity stacker left frame removal

1. Remove the left media output bin recoil spring.

2. Remove the two screws (A) securing the switch (media bin HP) to the left frame.
3. Remove the high capacity stacker standard output bin LED.
4. Remove the four screws (B) securing the left frame to the high capacity stacker assembly.

5. Carefully remove the left frame.

Note: When installing the left frame, make sure the media output bin assembly is aligned properly.

High capacity stacker upper deflector gate removal

1. Remove the rear door assembly. Go to “High capacity stacker rear door assembly removal” on
page 4-138.

Repair information 4-147

4062-XXX

2. With a spring hook, carefully remove the upper deflector gate spring and for ease of reassembly,
temporarily hook the spring to the upper frame tab.

3. Unsnap each side of the deflector gate and remove.

4-148 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity stacker sensor (pass through) removal

1. Remove the rear door assembly. Go to “High capacity stacker rear door assembly removal” on
page 4-138.
2. Using needle-nose pliers or your finger, pull out and downward on the sensor (pass through) until the
sensor unsnaps.
3. Remove the high capacity controller card cover panel. Go to “High capacity stacker controller card
cover panel removal” on page 4-142.
4. Disconnect the sensor (pass through) harness from the controller card and remove the sensor.

Repair information 4-149

4062-XXX

High capacity stacker left mounting bracket removal

1. Remove the high capacity stacker left cover. “High capacity stacker left cover removal” on page 4-140.
2. Remove the eight screws (A) securing the high capacity stacker left mounting bracket.

3. Pull the bracket up and let it rest on the assembly with the cables intact.

4-150 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

High capacity stacker sensor (deflector gate HP) removal

1. Remove the high capacity stacker left mounting bracket. Go to “High capacity stacker left mounting
bracket removal” on page 4-150.
2. Remove the harness from the sensor.
3. Unclip the sensor tabs and remove.

Repair information 4-151

4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox rear door assembly removal

1. Open the rear door assembly and twist the rear door strap vertical and remove the strap.

2. Pry the rear door hinges out of the bottom hinges and remove.

4-152 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox left outer cover removal

1. Open the rear door assembly.

2. Grasp the upper rear corner of the left outer cover and pull it off the 5-bin mailbox assembly.

5-bin mailbox left inner cover removal

1. Remove the 5-bin mailbox rear door assembly. Go to “5-bin mailbox rear door assembly removal” on
page 4-152.
2. Remove the 5-bin mailbox left outer cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox left outer cover removal” on
page 4-153.

Repair information 4-153

4062-XXX

3. Remove the single screw (A) on the top and the four screws (B) on the inside of the left inner cover.
A

4. Remove the 5-bin mailbox left inner cover.

5-bin mailbox right outer cover removal

1. Open the rear door assembly.

2. Grasp the upper rear corner of the right outer cover and pull it off the 5-bin mailbox assembly.

4-154 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox right inner cover removal

1. Remove the 5-bin mailbox rear door assembly. Go to “5-bin mailbox rear door assembly removal” on
page 4-152.
2. Remove the 5-bin mailbox right outer cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox right outer cover removal” on
page 4-154.
3. Remove the three screws (A) securing the right inner cover to the 5-bin mailbox assembly.

A
4. Remove the 5-bin mailbox right inner cover.

Repair information 4-155

4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox top cover removal

1. Open the rear door assembly.

2. Remove the cable cover panel by lifting up on the right side and pull to the right and out.

3. Remove the two screws (A) on each side of the top cover.
A

4. Pull the left side up first and carefully unroute the cables from the channels and then remove the top cover.

4-156 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox media bin full actuator removal

1. Remove the 5-bin mailbox left inner cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox left inner cover removal” on
page 4-153.
2. Grasp the media bin full actuator and pull the pins from the bosses.

Repair information 4-157

4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox sensor (pass through) removal

1. Remove the 5-bin mailbox left outer cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox left outer cover removal” on
page 4-153.
2. If the lower pass through sensor needs to be removed, first remove the 5-bin mailbox rear door assembly.
Go to “5-bin mailbox rear door assembly removal” on page 4-152.
3. Lift up the deflector gate above the sensor (pass through) and using a flat-blade screwdriver, release the
tabs securing the sensor.

4. Disconnect the appropriate harness from the controller card (J11) for the upper sensor (pass through) and
(J5) for the lower sensor (pass through).
Note: The use of a spring hook facilitates the unrouting of the cables. Remove the two screws (A) and lift the
left frame assembly to ease removal of the lower sensor (pass through) harness.

4-158 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox sensor (media bin empty) removal

1. Remove the 5-bin mailbox left outer cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox left outer cover removal” on
page 4-153.
2. Release the connecting tabs on the sensor (media bin empty) and remove from its bracket.

3. Disconnect the harness from the sensor (media bin empty).

Repair information 4-159

4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox controller card assembly removal

1. Remove the 5-bin mailbox left outer cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox left outer cover removal” on
page 4-153.
2. Disconnect all the harnesses from the 5-bin mailbox controller card assembly.
3. Remove the two screws (A) securing the controller card assembly to the 5-bin mailbox assembly.

A
4. Remove the 5-bin mailbox controller card assembly.

4-160 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox static brush mylar assembly removal

1. Remove the 5-bin mailbox top cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox top cover removal” on page 4-156.
2. Carefully flex the 5-bin mailbox static brush mylar assembly to detach the hinges on each side.
3. Remove the 5-bin mailbox static brush mylar assembly.

Repair information 4-161

4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox media bin fifth deflector removal

1. Remove the rear door assembly. Go to “5-bin mailbox rear door assembly removal” on page 4-152.
2. With a spring hook, carefully remove the upper deflector gate spring and for ease of reassembly, temp
3. Temporarily hook the spring to the upper frame tab.

4. Unsnap each side of the deflector gate and remove.

Replacement Note: The static brush mylar assembly is attached to the media bin fifth deflector. Do not forget
to reinstall it on the new deflector.

4-162 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox media bin first through fourth deflector removal

1. Remove the rear door assembly. Go to “5-bin mailbox rear door assembly removal” on page 4-152.
2. Using a springhook, remove the deflector spring from the deflector.

3. Unsnap each side of the deflector and remove.

Replacement Note: The static brush mylar assembly is attached to the media bin fifth deflector. Do not forget
to reinstall it on the new deflector.

Repair information 4-163

4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox media bin extension assembly removal

1. Fully extend the media bin extension.

2. Release the two tabs on the underside of the extension and pull out the rest of the way.

5-bin mailbox deflector gate solenoid removal

1. Remove the 5-bin mailbox right outer cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox right outer cover removal” on
page 4-154.
2. Remove the 5-bin mailbox left outer cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox left outer cover removal” on
page 4-153.
3. Remove the top cable cover panel.

4-164 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

4. Remove the screw (A) securing the appropriate 5-bin mailbox deflector gate solenoid.

5. Remove and unroute the cable to the deflector gate solenoid.

6. Disconnect the proper deflector gate solenoid harness from the controller card.
Note: To ease the cable unrouting, cut the appropriate cable.

Repair information 4-165

4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox transport solenoid removal

1. Remove the 5-bin mailbox left outer cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox left outer cover removal” on
page 4-153.
2. Disconnect J15 at the controller card.
3. Remove the screw (A) securing the 5-bin mailbox transport solenoid to the left frame.

4. Remove the 5-bin mailbox transport solenoid.

4-166 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5-bin mailbox sensor (deflector gate HP) removal

1. Remove the 5-bin left inner cover. Go to “5-bin mailbox left inner cover removal” on page 4-153.
2. Remove the following harnesses from the controller card: J14 A and B, J2, and J11.
3. Remove the two screws (A) securing the controller card assembly and move the card to the side.

Repair information 4-167

4062-XXX

4. Remove the four screws (B) securing the left frame assembly to the 5-bin mailbox assembly.

5. Move the left frame assembly out of the way.

6. Remove the 5-bin mailbox sensor (deflector gate HP) by pressing the tabs.

4-168 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

7. Disconnect the harness from the 5-bin mailbox sensor (deflector gate HP).

Repair information 4-169

4062-XXX

Output expander rear door assembly removal

1. Open the rear door assembly.

2. Hold the door to approximately 45° angle, and force out the left hinge and slide the right hinge out to remove
the door.

Output expander left outer cover removal

1. Remove the output expander rear door assembly. Go to “Output expander rear door assembly removal”
on page 4-170.
2. Grasp the lower rear corner of the left outer cover and pull out to remove.

4-170 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Output expander left inner cover removal

1. Remove the output expander left outer cover. Go to “Output expander left outer cover removal” on
page 4-170.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the left inner cover.

3. Holding the rear of the left inner cover, pull out while simultaneously separating it from the option.

Output expander right outer cover removal

1. Remove the output expander rear door assembly. Go to “Output expander rear door assembly removal”
on page 4-170.
2. Grasp the lower rear corner of the right outer cover and pull out to remove.

Repair information 4-171

4062-XXX

Output expander right inner cover removal

1. Remove the output expander right outer cover. Go to “Output expander right outer cover removal” on
page 4-171.
2. Remove the screw (A) securing the right inner cover to the unit.

3. At the rear of the right inner cover, pull out from the option and remove the right inner cover.

Output expander media bin latch (left and right) removal

1. Remove the output expander left or right inner cover. Go to “Output expander left inner cover removal”
on page 4-171 or “Output expander right inner cover removal” on page 4-172.
2. If removing the right side media bin latch, use a springhook to pull the media bin latch spring off the spring
post on the output expander frame.
3. If removing the left side media bin latch, just pull out on the bottom of the latch and pull the top off the boss.
4. Pull the media bin latch from its boss to remove.

4-172 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Output expander media output bin assembly removal

1. Remove the left and right output expander media bin latches. Go to “Output expander media bin latch
(left and right) removal” on page 4-172.
2. Remove the standard output bin LED. Go to “Output expander sensor (pass through) removal” on
page 4-178.
3. Rotate the output bin assembly downward and out of the slots to remove.

Output expander media bin full actuator removal

1. Remove the output expander left inner cover. Go to “Output expander left inner cover removal” on
page 4-171.
2. Unsnap the actuator from its hinges and pull out to remove.

Repair information 4-173

4062-XXX

Output expander sensors (media bin full) assembly removal

1. Remove the output bin left inner cover. Go to “Output expander left inner cover removal” on
page 4-171.
2. Untwist the sensor harnesses from the cable guide.
3. Release the tabs securing the sensors (media bin full) and remove.
Replacement Note: Be sure to replace the sensors in the correct order. Make sure their positions are not
switched.
4. Remove the output expander controller card cover panel. Go to “Output expander controller card cover
panel removal” on page 4-175.
5. Disconnect the sensor (media bin full) harness from the controller card and remove.

4-174 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Output expander sensor (media bin full) bracket assembly removal

1. Remove the output expander left inner cover. Go to “Output expander left inner cover removal” on
page 4-171.
2. Grasp the sensor bracket and pull away from the option while releasing the tab.

3. If replacing the bracket, remove the sensors (media bin full) from the bracket.
Replacement Note: Be sure to replace the sensors in the correct order. Make sure their positions are not
switched.

Output expander controller card cover panel removal

1. Remove the output expander media output bin assembly. Go to “Output expander media output bin
assembly removal” on page 4-173.

Repair information 4-175

4062-XXX

2. Remove the screw (A) on the back side of the option.

3. Remove the grounding screw (B) on the right output option frame guide the grounding cable through the
hole in the frame.
4. Carefully flex the panel from the lower middle and pull the four tab (C) out of the frame and remove.

4-176 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Output expander controller card removal

1. Remove the output expander controller card cover panel. Go to “Output expander controller card cover
panel removal” on page 4-175.
2. Disconnect all harnesses from the controller card.
3. Remove the two screws (A) securing the controller card to the frame.

A
4. Remove the controller card.
Replacement Note: Be sure to replace the interface connectors in their proper orientation as the two have
common connection pins.

Repair information 4-177

4062-XXX

Output expander sensor (pass through) removal

1. Remove the output expander controller card cover panel. Go to “Output expander controller card cover
panel removal” on page 4-175.
2. Release the tabs securing the sensor (pass through).
3. Remove the sensor harness from the controller card.
4. Pull the connector harness through the frame and remove.

4-178 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Output expander deflector gate removal

1. Use a spring hook to disconnect the upper end of the deflector gate spring.
2. Temporarily hook the upper end of the deflector gate spring to the left frame.
3. Pull the deflector gate out of its hinges and remove.

Repair information 4-179

4062-XXX

Output expander sensor (deflector gate HP) removal

1. Remove the output expander left inner cover. Go to “Output expander left inner cover removal” on
page 4-171.
2. Remove the four screws securing the left frame assembly to the option.
3. Pull the left frame assembly out far enough to gain access to the sensor (deflector gate HP).
4. Release the tabs securing the sensor (deflector gate HP) and remove.
5. Disconnect the harness to the sensor and remove.

4-180 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Installing / Removing the RFID UHF option

1. RFID UHF option components:

1. RFID UHF Option
2. Firmware card
3. User Flash card
4. Fuser wiper
5. Interface card, plastic tee, screw
6. RFID cable
7. Documentation CD

2. Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet, and then disconnect all cables from the printer.

Repair information 4-181

4062-XXX

3. Open the system board door, and loosen the screw on the system board cover. Remove the cover.

4. Install the firmware card into the system board.

4-182 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Install the flash card into the system board.

Repair information 4-183

4062-XXX

6. Remove the metal cover from the system card opening.

7. Locate the interface card mounting area on the system board.

4-184 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

8. Snap the plastic tee card holder into place on the system board.

9. Angle the interface card through the connector opening.

10. Insert the interface card into the plastic tee card holder.

Repair information 4-185

4062-XXX

11. Insert the long thumbscrew into the hole in the interface card. Turn it just enough to hold the card in place.
Do not tighten yet.

12. Insert the screws to secure the mounting bracket to the system board.

13. Tighten the thumbscrew, and insert the interface card plug into the blue connector on the system board.

4-186 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

14. Replace the system board cover.

15. Lift the printer off the 250/550 sheet optional drawer, place the RFID option on top of the drawer, and place
the printer on top of the RFID option.

Repair information 4-187

4062-XXX

16. Unpack the RFID cable, and attach between the RFID option and the interface card. Reconnect all printer
cables.

17. Remove the old fuser wiper (or blank).

4-188 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

18. Install the new wiper. Turn the printer on.

19. To remove the RFID UHF option, reverse the order of installation.

Repair information 4-189

4062-XXX

4-190 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

5. Connector locations and connections

Connections
A wiring diagram showing connector locations will be inserted here at a later date.

Connector locations and connections 5-1

4062-XXX

5-2 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

6. Preventive maintenance

This chapter describes procedures for printer preventive maintenance. Following these recommendations can
help prevent problems and maintain optimum performance.

Safety inspection guide

The purpose of this inspection guide is to aid you in identifying unsafe conditions.

If any unsafe conditions exist, find out how serious the hazard could be and if you can continue before you
correct the hazard.

Check the following items:

• Damaged, missing, or altered parts, especially in the area of the on/off switch and the power supply.
• Damaged, missing, or altered covers, especially in the area of the top cover and the power supply cover.
• Possible safety exposure from any non-Lexmark attachments.

Lubrication specifications
No requirements for this printer.

Individual maintenance part expected life

Description Part number Expected part life

Charge roll assembly with tool 40X5852 300K
Transfer roll assembly with tool 40X1886 300K
Pick roll assembly (2) 40X4308 300K
Printer maintenance kit (100 V type 1 fuser) 40X4723 300K
Printer maintenance kit (110 V type 1 fuser) 40X4724 300K
Printer maintenance kit (220 V type 1 fuser) 40X4765 300K
Printer maintenance kit (100 V type 2 fuser) 40X4766 150K
Printer maintenance kit (110 V type 2 fuser) 40X4767 150K
Printer maintenance kit (220 V type 2 fuser) 40X4768 150K

Preventive maintenance 6-1

4062-XXX

Scheduled maintenance
Maintenance kit

The operator panel displays the message 80 Scheduled Maintenance at required maintenance intervals. It
is necessary to replace the fuser assembly, transfer roller, charge roll, and pick tires at this interval to maintain
the print quality and reliability of the printer. The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the following part
numbers:

Maintenance
Description Part number
Interval
Printer maintenance kit (100V) 40X4723 300K
Printer maintenance kit (110V) 40X4724 300K
Printer maintenance kit (220V) 40X4765 300K
Printer maintenance kit (100V type 2 fuser) 40X4766 150K
Printer maintenance kit (110V type 2 fuser) 40X4767 150K
Printer maintenance kit (220V type 2 fuser) 40X4768 150K

After replacing the kit, the maintenance count must be reset to zero to clear the “80 Scheduled Maintenance”
message. See “Maintenance page counter reset (Reset Cnt)” on page 3-26.

6-2 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

7. Parts catalog

How to use this parts catalog

The following legend is used in the parts catalog:

Units/mach Units/
Asm- Part
- OR - kit or Description
Index number
Units/option pkg

• Asm-index: identifies the assembly and the item in the diagram. For example, 3-1 indicates Assembly 3
and the item number 1.
• Part number: identifies the unique number that identifies this FRU.
• Units/mach: refers to the number of units actually used in the base machine or product.
• Units/option: refers to the number of units used in the option and does not include the base machine.
• Units/kit or Pkg: refers to the number of units packaged together and identified by the part number.
• NS: (Not shown) in the Asm-Index column indicates that the part is procurable but is not pictured in the
illustration.
• PP: (Parts Packet) in the parts description column indicates the part is contained in a parts packet.

Model information used in the parts catalog.

Machine type Model Configuration

4062-01A T650n Network

4062-21A T652n Network

4062-23A T652dn Network

4062-41A T654n Network

4062-43A T654dn Network

Parts catalog 7-1

4062-XXX

Assembly 1: Covers
14

1
13

12

1
11

10

9
2
8
7
6

7-2 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 1: Covers
Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4331 1 1 Door assembly, rear (T654)
1 40X4332 1 1 Door assembly, rear (T650)
1 40X4329 1 1 Door assembly, rear (T652)
2 40X4334 1 1 Cover assembly, rear lower (T650)
2 40X4335 1 1 Cover assembly, rear lower (T652 and T654)
3 40X4337 1 1 Side cover, right (T654)
3 40X4338 1 1 Side cover, right (T650)
3 40X1862 1 1 Side cover, right (T652)
4 40X4336 1 1 Inner cover, right
5 40X4322 1 1 Inner cover, left
6 40X4339 1 1 Access door
7 40X4323 1 1 Side cover, left (T654)
7 40X4324 1 1 Side cover, left (T650)
7 40X4325 1 1 Side cover, left (T652)
8 40X4314 1 1 Connection access cover, rear (T652 and T654)
8 40X4330 1 1 Connection access cover, rear (T650)
9 40X4629 1 1 Connection bezel assembly, rear (T652 and T654)
9 40X4630 1 1 Connection bezel assembly, rear (T650)
10 40X4320 1 1 Laser cover assembly, 250 sheet output (T650 and T652)
10 40X4321 1 1 Laser cover assembly, 500 sheet output (T654)
11 40X4311 1 1 Media support (T650, T652)
11 40X4697 1 1 Media support (T654)
12 40X4417 1 1 Fuser wiper cover assembly
13 40X4470 1 2 Output bail
14 40X4326 1 1 Output cover assembly

Parts catalog 7-3

4062-XXX

Assembly 2: Operator panel

7-4 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 2: Operator panel

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4366 1 1 Operator panel cable assembly
2 40X4462 1 1 Operator panel door assembly
3 40X4380 2 1 Counterbalance spring
4 40X4397 1 1 Operator panel hinge assembly, right
5 40X4616 1 1 Operator panel latch assembly
6 40X4396 1 1 Operator panel hinge assembly, left
7 40X4415 1 1 LCD screen bezel (T650n)
7 40X4471 1 1 LCD screen bezel (T652dn)
7 40X4494 1 1 LCD screen bezel (T652n)
7 40X4627 1 1 LCD screen bezel (T654dn)
7 40X4628 1 1 LCD screen bezel (T654n)
8 40X5746 1 1 Operator panel bezel, left
8 40X5729 1 1 Operator panel bezel, left (NON USB)
9 40X4377 1 1 USB cable assembly

Parts catalog 7-5

4062-XXX

Assembly 3: Drive motor assemblies and duplex

7-6 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 3: Drive motor assemblies and duplex

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4465 1 1 Redrive assembly (T650)
1 40X4466 1 1 Redrive assembly (T652)
1 40X4467 1 1 Redrive assembly (T654)
2 40X4344 1 1 Duplex drive motor assembly (T652 and T654)
3 40X4346 1 5 Duplex assembly with 2 belts and 2 pulleys (T652 and T654)
4 40X4351 1 1 Duplex guide handle (T652 and T654)
5 40X4352 1 1 Duplex guide, rear (T652 and T654)
6 40X4353 1 1 Duplex guide spring, rear (T652 and T654)
7 40X4349 1 1 Duplex guide spring, right (T652 and T654)
8 40X4348 1 1 Duplex guide assembly, front (T652 and T654)
9 40X5551 1 1 Duplex guide spring, left (T652 and T654)
10 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (duplex input)
11 40X4345 1 1 Duplex (input) sensor assembly (T652 and T654)
12 40X4350 1 1 Duplex drive belt, lower (T652 and T654)
13 40X4354 1 1 Duplex drive belt, upper (T652 and T654)
14 40X4302 1 3 Aligner assembly with ground strap and adj. screw (T650)
14 40X4303 1 3 Aligner assembly with ground strap and adj. screw (T652 and T654)
15 40X1863 1 2 Option drive shaft with spring (T650)
16 40X4473 1 2 Option drive shaft with spring (T652 and T654)
17 99A0954 1 1 Bevel gear with grease packet and washer
• Bevel gear (1)
• Instruction sheet (1)
• Grease packet (1)
18 40X5749 1 1 Main drive motor assembly with option drive shaft
19 40X4386 1 1 Fuser drive release linkage
20 40X4343 1 1 Redrive motor assembly (T652 and T654)

Parts catalog 7-7

4062-XXX

Assembly 4: Media path and ducts

12

12

11

10

2
8

4
3

7-8 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 4: Media path and ducts

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4384 1 1 EP cooling fan duct
2 40X4390 4 1 Machine pad
3 40X1869 1 1 Transfer deflector with static brush
4 40X1889 1 1 Duplex deletion assembly (T652, T654)
5 40X4387 1 1 Inner deflector (T650)
5 40X4388 1 1 Inner deflector (T652, T654)
6 40X1900 1 1 Media turn guide with actuator
7 40X4385 1 1 Envelope feeder interface cover
8 40X4406 2 1 Print cartridge support roller
9 40X1868 2 1 Print cartridge clamp assembly
10 40X4389 1 1 LVPS cooling duct
11 40X4391 1 1 Main cooling duct (T650)
11 40X4392 1 1 Main cooling duct (T652 and T654)
12 40X4318 1 1 Fuser access door assembly (T652 and T654)
12 40X4319 1 1 Fuser access door assembly (T650)

Parts catalog 7-9

4062-XXX

Assembly 5: Printhead, charge, and transfer

7-10 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 5: Printhead, charge, and transfer

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4464 1 2 Printhead with cable assembly (T652 and T654)
2 40X1865 1 1 Printhead cable (T652 and T654)
3 40X4463 1 2 Printhead with cable assembly (T650)
4 40X4367 1 1 Printhead cable assembly (T650)
5 40X4317 1 1 Charge roll link spring, right
6 40X1893 1 4 Charge roll arm assembly with cable, right
7 40X1888 1 2 Transfer roll bracket assembly, right
8 40X1886 1 1 Transfer roll assembly with tool
9 40X1887 1 2 Transfer roll bracket with cable assembly, left
10 40X5852 1 1 Charge roll assembly with tool
11 40X1892 1 4 Charge roll arm assembly, left
12 40X4316 1 1 Charge roll link spring, left
13 40X1864 1 1‘ Print cartridge ID connector assembly
14 40X4363 1 1 Main cooling fan (T650)
14 40X4364 1 1 Main cooling fan (T652 and T654)
15 40X4372 1 1 Sensor (standard bin exit) actuator assembly
16 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (standard bin exit)

Parts catalog 7-11

4062-XXX

Assembly 6: Pick arm assembly, trays, and MPF

7-12 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 6: Pick arm assembly, trays, and MPF

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4394 1 1 Tray catch spring
2 40X4395 1 1 Tray roller catch assembly
3 40X4365 1 1 MPF pick solenoid assembly
4 40X4457 1 1 MPF cam gear
5 40X1883 4 1 MPF pick roll assembly with flanges and clip
6 40X4458 1 1 MPF lift plate assembly (T650)
6 40X4459 1 1 MPF lift plate assembly (T652 and T654)
7 40X1884 1 1 MPF tray door assembly (T654)
7 40X4460 1 1 MPF tray door assembly (T650)
7 40X4461 1 1 MPF tray door assembly (T652)
8 40X4313 1 1 Pick arm sensor cable assembly
9 40X4304 1 1 Pick arm assembly with spring, 250 sheet (T650)
9 40X4305 1 1 Pick arm assembly with spring, 500 sheet (T652 and T654)
10 40X4306 1 1 Pick arm spring (T650)
11 40X4308 1 2 Pick roll assembly (2)
12 40X4309 1 1 250 Sheet media out actuator (T650)
13 40X4468 1 1 Media tray assembly, 250 sheet
13 40X4469 1 1 Media tray assembly, 550 sheet
14 40X4472 1 1 Switch (media size) assembly
15 40X4307 1 1 Pick arm spring (T652 and T654)
16 40X4310 1 1 550 Sheet media out actuator (T652 and T654)
17 40X1876 1 1 MPF gear shield

Parts catalog 7-13

4062-XXX

Assembly 7: LVPS, fuser and electrical cables 1

7-14 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 7: LVPS, fuser and electrical cables 1

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X1870 1 1 100V type 1 fuser assembly
1 40X4418 1 1 110V type 1 fuser assembly
1 40X1871 1 1 220V type 1 fuser assembly
1 40X5853 1 1 100V type 2 fuser assembly
1 40X5854 1 1 110V type 2 fuser assembly
1 40X5855 1 1 220V type 2 fuser assembly
2 40X4419 1 1 Fuser interface cable assembly
3 40X4355 1 1 LVPS card assembly
4 40X4359 1 1 Print cartridge cooling fan
5 40X4356 1 1 Duplex cooling fan
6 40X4360 1 1 Print cartridge cooling fan cable assembly
7 40X4357 1 1 Duplex cooling fan cable assembly
8 40X1866 1 1 Sensor shield assembly
9 40X4379 1 1 Toner density sensor cable assembly
10 40X4378 1 1 Sensor (toner density)

Parts catalog 7-15

4062-XXX

Assembly 8: HVPS, system card, and electrical cables 2

7-16 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 8: HVPS, system card, and electrical cables 2

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4383 1 1 Cleaning blade contact
2 40X4381 1 1 Drum grounding contact
3 40X4382 1 1 Print cartridge HV contact
4 40X4370 1 1 Sensor (toner empty)
5 40X4362 1 1 HVPS card assembly
6 40X4361 1 1 HVPS / sensor cable assembly
7 40X4368 1 1 Sensor (input)
8 40X4358 1 1 Envelope / input option tray cable assembly
9 40X5911 1 1 System card assembly (T654)
9 40X4375 1 1 System card assembly (T650)
9 40X4474 1 1 System card assembly (T652)
10 40X4376 1 1 Output option interface cable assembly

Parts catalog 7-17

4062-XXX

Assembly 9: 250 Sheet option tray assembly

1

7
3
6

5
2

4
18
8

17
16

15

14

13 10

11

12

7-18 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 9: 250 Sheet option tray assembly

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4569 1 1 Complete 250 sheet option tray assembly
2 40X3447 1 1 250 Sheet pick arm bracket assembly
3 40X3448 1 1 250 Sheet bellcrank recoil spring
4 40X4308 2 1 Pick roll assembly (2)
5 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (media low)
6 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (media empty)
7 40X4309 1 1 250 Sheet media out actuator
8 40X4570 1 1 Anti-tip latch assembly
9 40X3453 1 1 250 Sheet option drawer assembly
10 40X3822 1 1 Media tray catch spring
11 40X4395 1 1 Media tray roller catch assembly
12 40X3449 1 1 Media tray assembly, 250 sheet
13 40X4575 1 1 Sensor (pass through) with cable
14 40X1863 1 1 250 Option drive shaft with spring
15 40X4572 1 1 Lower interface cable assembly
16 40X3854 1 1 Media size actuator
17 40X4574 1 1 250 Sheet controller card assembly
18 40X4571 1 1 Upper interface cable assembly

Parts catalog 7-19

4062-XXX

Assembly 10: 550 Sheet option tray assembly

7-20 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 10: 550 Sheet option tray assembly

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4576 1 1 Complete 550 sheet option tray assembly
2 40X3454 1 1 550 Sheet pick arm bracket assembly
3 40X4307 1 1 550 Sheet bellcrank recoil spring
4 40X4308 1 2 Pick roll assembly (2)
5 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (media low)
6 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (media empty)
7 40X4310 1 1 550 Sheet media out actuator
8 40X4570 2 2 Anti-tip latch assembly
9 40X3957 1 1 550 Sheet option drawer assembly
10 40X3822 1 1 Media tray catch spring
11 40X4395 1 1 Media tray roller catch assembly
12 40X4469 1 1 Media tray assembly, 550 sheet
13 40X4575 1 1 Sensor (pass through) with cable
14 40X4473 1 1 550 Option drive shaft with spring
15 40X4572 1 1 Lower interface cable assembly
16 40X3854 1 1 Media size actuator
17 40X4578 1 1 550 Sheet controller card assembly
18 40X4571 1 1 Upper interface cable assembly

Parts catalog 7-21

4062-XXX

Assembly 11: HCIT Sheet option tray assembly

7-22 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 11: HCIT Sheet option tray assembly

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4579 1 1 Complete HCIT option tray assembly
2 40X4590 1 2 HCIT pick arm bracket assembly
3 40X4595 1 1 Pick arm sensor cable assembly
4 40X4591 1 1 HCIT bellcrank recoil spring
5 40X4308 2 2 Pick roll assembly (2)
6 40X4369 2 1 Sensor (media low)
7 40X4310 1 1 550 Sheet media out actuator
8 40X4369 2 1 Sensor (media empty)
9 40X4581 1 1 HCIT cover, rear
10 40X4570 1 1 Anti-tip latch assembly
11 40X4588 1 1 Sensor (HCIT tray raised HP) with cable assembly
12 40X4582 1 1 HCIT cover, right
13 40X4586 1 1 HCIT tray lift drive motor assembly
14 40X4585 1 2 HCIT tray closed latch with spring
15 40X4593 2 2 HCIT drawer slide assembly
16 40X4580 1 1 HCIT media tray assembly
17 40X4584 1 1 HCIT tray cover, front
19 40X4594 1 1 HCIT interface cable assembly
18 40X4589 1 2 Sensor (HCIT pass through) with cable
20 40X4592 1 1 HCIT controller card assembly
21 40X4587 1 4 HCIT media size actuator assembly
22 40X4583 1 1 HCIT cover, left

Parts catalog 7-23

4062-XXX

Assembly 12: SFP stapler assembly #1

1

7-24 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 12: SFP stapler assembly # 1

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X5547 1 1 SFP stapler assembly (comes completely assembled)

Parts catalog 7-25

4062-XXX

Assembly 13: SFP stapler assembly #2

1

17

16
15 2

13

3
4
14 6 5

12

7
10
11

7-26 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 13: SFP stapler assembly #2

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4612 1 1 Handle cover
2 40X4613 1 1 Rear door assembly
3 40X5910 1 1 Stapler cover
4 40X4610 1 1 Right cover
5 40X5544 1 1 Sensor (bin full receive)
6 40X4617 1 2 Finisher bin spring
7 40X5545 1 1 Standard output bin LED
8 40X5727 1 1 LED clear lens
9 40X5720 1 1 LED sensor cover
10 40X4618 1 1 Sensor (finisher bin media present)
11 40X4619 1 1 Media output bin extension
12 40X5541 1 1 Media output bin
13 40X4626 1 1 Sensor (bin full send)
14 40X4625 1 1 Stapler/stacker controller card assembly
15 40X4609 1 1 Left cover
16 40X4611 1 1 Top cover
17 40X5906 1 1 Sensor (stapler/stacker pass through)

Parts catalog 7-27

4062-XXX

Assembly 14: SFP stapler assembly #3

1
11

10

6 4

7-28 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 14: SFP stapler assembly #3

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4645 1 1 Media stack flap actuator
2 40X4646 1 1 Media stack flap
3 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (media stack)
4 40X4621 1 1 Left tamper motor assembly
5 40X4622 1 1 Right tamper motor assembly
6 40X4624 1 2 Tamper recoil spring
7 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (tamper HP right)
8 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (tamper HP left)
9 40X4623 1 1 Tamper drive belt
10 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (paddle HP)
11 40X4615 1 1 Paddle drive motor

Parts catalog 7-29

4062-XXX

Assembly 15: SFP stapler assembly #4

1

7-30 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 15: SFP stapler assembly #4

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X4641 1 1 Stapler assembly
2 40X5909 1 1 Sensor (media in stapler)

Parts catalog 7-31

4062-XXX

Assembly 16: 5-bin mailbox #1

1

2
14
3
13

12

11 10

9
7 5
4
6

7-32 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 16: 5-bin mailbox #1

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X5550 1 1 Complete 5 bin mailbox unit assembly
2 40X5708 1 1 Top cover
3 40X5709 1 1 Rear door assembly
4 40X5712 1 1 Right outer cover
5 40X5713 1 1 Right inner cover
6 40X5756 1 1 Output bin LED bracket
7 40X5717 1 1 Output bin LED assembly
8 40X5714 1 1 Standard output bin LED bracket
9 40X5755 1 1 LED clear lens
10 40X4773 1 1 Standard output bin LED
11 40X5753 1 1 Media bin extension assembly
12 56P4191 1 1 Media bail assembly
13 40X5711 1 1 Left inner cover
14 40X5710 1 1 Left outer cover

Parts catalog 7-33

4062-XXX

Assembly 17: 5-bin mailbox #2

2

6
4

6
4

5
12

6
4

6
4

7
11

10
7

8
9

7-34 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 17: 5-bin mailbox #2

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X5550 1 1 Complete 5 bin mailbox unit assembly
2 40X0028 1 1 Spring (top)
3 40X2036 1 1 Deflector gate (top)
4 40X4772 1 1 Static brush mylar assembly
5 40X2037 1 1 Deflector gate
6 40X2065 1 1 Spring
7 40X3242 1 1 Sensor (pass through)
8 40X2061 5 1 Deflector gate solenoid
9 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (deflector gate HP)
10 40X3240 1 1 Sensor (media bin empty)
11 40X2038 1 1 Media bin full actuator
12 40X5718 1 1 5 bin mailbox controller card assembly

Parts catalog 7-35

4062-XXX

Assembly 18: High capacity stacker

1

2
3

18 19

16
20
4

17

6
5
7

14

13 8
15
5

11 9

10
12

7-36 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 18: High capacity stacker

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X5730 1 1 Complete high capacity stacker assembly
2 40X5737 1 1 Rear door assembly
3 40X1988 1 1 Deflector gate
4 40X3264 2 1 Sensor (pass through)
5 40X5733 1 1 High capacity output controller card assembly
6 40X5734 1 1 Right frame
7 40X5735 1 1 Right cover
8 56P4210 1 2 Media output bin recoil spring
9 40X4773 1 1 Standard output bin LED
10 40X5755 1 1 LED clear lens
11 40X5731 1 1 Media output bin assembly
12 40X1998 1 1 Media bail assembly
13 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (deflector gate HP)
14 40X5748 1 1 Left frame
15 56P4208 1 1 Switch (media bin HP)
16 40X5736 1 1 Left cover
17 40X1989 1 1 Sensor bracket
18 40X3265 1 1 Sensor (media bin full assembly)
19 56P4212 1 1 Media bin full actuator
20 40X0028 1 1 Spring (top)

Parts catalog 7-37

4062-XXX

Assembly 19: Output expander

1

18

15 2
16

3
17

19

4
14

13

11 5
12
6

9 7
8

10

7-38 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 19: Output expander

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X5719 1 1 Complete output expander assembly
2 40X5722 1 1 Rear door assembly
3 40X1988 1 1 Deflector gate
4 40X3264 1 1 Sensor (pass through)
5 40X1991 2 1 Output expander media bin latch
6 40X5726 1 1 Right inner cover
7 40X5725 1 1 Right outer cover
8 40X5755 1 1 LED clear lens
9 40X4773 1 1 Standard output bin LED
10 40X1998 1 1 Media bail assembly
11 40X5721 1 1 Media output bin assembly
12 40X5747 1 1 Output expander controller card
13 40X4369 1 1 Sensor (deflector gate HP)
14 40X5724 1 1 Left inner cover
15 40X5723 1 1 Left Outer cover
16 40X3265 1 1 Sensor (media bin full)
17 40X1989 1 1 Sensor bracket
18 40X1990 1 1 Media bin full actuator
19 40X0028 1 1 Spring (top)

Parts catalog 7-39

4062-XXX

Assembly 20: Envelope feeder and external duplex

7-40 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 20: Envelope feeder and external duplex

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X5739 1 1 Envelope feeder
2 40X5904 1 1 External duplex

Parts catalog 7-41

4062-XXX

Assembly 21: RFID UHF Option assembly

1

D
E
C

B F

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit

Description
Index number mach or pkg
1 40X1483 1 1 US RFID UHF option assembly including:
A. RFID UHF option
B. Firmware card
C. User flash card
D. Fuser wiper
E. Interface card, plastic tee, screw
F. RFID cable
G. Documentation CD
1 40X1484 1 1 EU RFID UHF option assembly including:
A. RFID UHF option
B. Firmware card
C. User flash card
D. Fuser wiper
E. Interface card, plastic tee, screw
F. RFID cable
G. Documentation CD

7-42 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 22: Miscellaneous

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit

Description
Index number mach or pkg
NS 40X5903 1 1 Relocation kit
NS 40X4723 1 1 Printer maintenance kit (100 V type 1 fuser)
NS 40X4724 1 1 Printer maintenance kit (110 V type 1 fuser)
NS 40X4765 1 1 Printer maintenance kit (220 V type 1 fuser)
NS 40X4766 1 1 Printer maintenance kit (100 V type 2 fuser)
NS 40X4767 1 1 Printer maintenance kit (110 V type 2 fuser)
NS 40X4768 1 1 Printer maintenance kit (220 V type 2 fuser)
NS 40X5937 1 1 128MB DIMM, DDR1, for T650 and T652
NS 40X5938 1 1 256MB DIMM, DDR1, for T650 and T652
NS 40X5939 1 1 512MB DIMM, DDR1, for T650 and T652
NS 40X5301 1 1 256 MB SO-DIMM, DDR2 for T654
NS 40X5302 1 1 12MB SO-DIMM, DDR2 for T654
NS 40X5303 1 1 1GB (1024MB) SO-DIMM, DDR2 for T654
NS 40X5704 1 1 256MB user flash memory card for T65X
NS 40X4822 1 1 Hard disk drive for T65X
NS 40X5057 1 1 TAA hard drive assembly with connector
NS 40X7029 1 1 T650/T652 Prescribe card
NS 40X7030 1 1 T654 Prescribe card
NS 40X5952 1 1 Lexmark PrintCryption card
NS 40X5955 1 1 T650/T652 Bar code form card
NS 40X5956 1 1 T650/T652 Card for IPDS and SCS/TNe
NS 40X5962 1 1 T650/T652 KS emulation card
NS 40X5954 1 1 T654 F+BC card
NS 40X5957 1 1 T654 card for IPDS and SCS/TNe
NS 40X5969 1 1 Korean font card
NS 40X5970 1 1 Simplified Chinese font card
NS 40X5971 1 1 Traditional Chines font card
NS 40X5972 1 1 Japanese font card
NS 40X1556 1 1 Parts pack, ISP thumbscrew and standoff
NS 40X5316 1 1 ISP interface cable assembly
NS 40X4826 1 1 MarkNet N8120 gigabit ethernet print server
NS 40X4827 1 1 MarkNet N8130 fiber ethernet print server
NS 40X5038 1 1 MarkNet N8150 802.11n wireless print server (US/Americas)
NS 40X5039 1 1 MarkNet N8150 802.11n wireless print server (WW, except US/Americas)
NS 56P2129 1 1 Lexmark N4000e print server
NS 56P2744 1 1 Lexmark N4050e (1 port USB) wireless 802.11g (US/Americas)
NS 40X1593 1 1 MarkNet N7000e Fash Ethernet 10/100BaseTX-USB
NS 40X1594 1 1 MarkNet N7002e Fast Ethernet 10/100BaseTX - Parallel
NS 40X1592 1 1 Lexmark MarkNet N7020e (4 port USB) ethernet 10base T/100Base
TX/1000BaseT
NS 40X4819 1 1 RS-232C serial interface card
NS 40X4823 1 1 Parallel 1284-B interface card

Parts catalog 7-43

4062-XXX

Assembly 22 (continued): Miscellaneous

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit
Description
Index number mach or pkg
NS 40X2665 1 1 Fuser oil wiper (black housing)
NS 40X2666 1 1 Fuser wax wiper (gray housing)
NS 40X7029 1 1 Prescribe card T650
NS 40X7030 1 1 Prescribe card T652, T654
NS 40X1367 1 1 10-Foot parallel printer cable
NS 40X1368 1 1 2-Meter USB printer cable

7-44 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Assembly 23: Power cords

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit

Description
Index number mach or pkg
NS 40X0269 1 1 Power cord LV, USA & Canada, Latin America
NS 40X0288 1 1 Power cord HV, Argentina
NS 40X1766 1 1 Power cord HV, Bolivia & Peru
NS 40X0273 1 1 Power cord HV, Chile, Uruguay
NS 40X3141 1 1 Power cord HV, Paraguay, Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy,
Netherlands, Bluemark, Czech & Solvic countries, Greece, Hungary,
Medmark 1, Medmark 2, Arabic, Poland, Russia, CIS, Spain, Portugal, &
Ireland
NS 40X4596 1 1 Power cord LV, Brazil PPB kits
NS 40X0271 1 1 Power cord HV, Asian, Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia,
Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam, Afghanistan,
Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Tibet, & Hong Kong
NS 40X0301 1 1 Power cord HV, Australia & New Zealand
NS 40X3609 1 1 Power cord 100 V, Japan
NS 40X1792 1 1 Power cord, HV, Korea
NS 40X0303 1 1 Power cord, HV PRC
NS 40X1791 1 1 Power cord LV, Taiwan
NS 40X1774 1 1 Power cord HV, Denmark, Finland, Norway, Sweden
NS 40X0275 1 1 Power cord, HV, Israel
NS 40X1773 1 1 Power cord HV, South Africa, Namibia, Lesotho, Botswana & Pakistan
NS 40X1772 1 1 Power cord HV, Switzerland

Parts catalog 7-45

4062-XXX

Assembly 24: Universal trays and accessories

Asm- Part Units/ Units/ kit

Description
Index number mach or pkg
NS 40X5857 1 1 Universal media drawer with tray, 200 sheet
NS 40X5858 1 1 Universal media tray, 200 sheet
NS 40X5859 1 1 Universal media drawer with tray, 400 sheet
NS 40X5860 1 1 Universal media tray, 400 sheet
NS 40X5945 1 1 33” banner drawer with tray
NS 40X5946 1 1 33” banner tray
NS 40X5947 1 1 48” banner drawer with tray
NS 40X7007 1 1 48” banner tray
NS 40X5863 1 1 Adjustable label stacking device
NS 40X5861 1 1 Kiosk presenter
NS 40X7001 1 1 Wear strips, smooth 250 sheet
NS 40X7002 1 1 Wear strips, dimpled 250 sheet
NS 99A1206 1 1 Wear strips, 3 row dimpled 250 sheet
NS 40X2786 1 1 Wear strips, 4 row dimpled 250 sheet
NS 40X7003 1 1 Wear strips, 3 row dimpled 550 sheet
NS 40X7004 1 1 Wear strips, dinky 550 sheet
NS 40X2787 1 1 Wear strips, 3 row dimpled 550 sheet
NS 40X2788 1 1 Wear strips, 4 row dimpled 550 sheet
NS 40X7009 1 1 250 sheet tray replacement wear strip kit
NS 40X7010 1 1 550 sheet tray replacement wear strip kit

7-46 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Index

Numerics Sensor Test 3-13

5-bin mailbox Top Margin 3-13
output sensor test 3-18 EP SETUP
Auto Dark Adj 3-22
A Charge Roll 3-22
acronyms 1-9, 3-63 EP Defaults 3-22
adjustments Fuser Page Count 3-22
fuser solenoid 4-6 Fuser Temp 3-22
gap adjustment 4-6 Gap Adjust 3-22
Print Contrast 3-22
B Transfer 3-22
Button Test 3-8 Warm Up Time 3-22
buttons EVENT LOG
accessing service menus 3-2 Clear Log 3-24
Button Test 3-8 Display Log 3-23
Print Log 3-23
C exiting 3-5
code update 3-2 FINISHER TESTS
Configuration ID 3-21 Feed Test 3-19
configuration menu Sensor Test 3-19
accessing 3-2, 3-25 Staple Test 3-19
available menus 3-25 HARDWARE TESTS
Demo Mode 3-28 Button Test 3-8
Energy Conserve 3-29 DRAM Test 3-8
Env Prompts 3-29 Panel Test 3-8
Factory Defaults 3-28 INPUT TRAY TESTS
Maint Cnt Value 3-25 Feed Test 3-15
Panel Menus 3-28 Sensor Test 3-16
Paper Prompts 3-29 OUTPUT BIN TESTS
PPDS Emulation 3-28 Diverter Test 3-18
Prt Quality Pgs 3-26 Feed Test 3-16
Reset Maint Cnt 3-26 Feed to All Bins 3-17
SIZE SENSING 3-28 Sensor Tests 3-17
covers PRINT TESTS
parts catalog 7-2 input source 3-7
Prt Quality Pgs 3-7
D PRINTER SETUP
defaults
Configuration ID 3-21
EP defaults 3-22
Defaults 3-20
factory defaults 3-28
Edge to Edge 3-21
US/Non-US defaults 3-20
engine settings 3-21
diagnostic information
Model Name 3-21
confirm the installation status 2-2
Perm Page Count 3-20
Power-on Reset sequence 2-2
Printed Page Count 3-20
diagnostics
Serial Number 3-20
error code table 2-16
REGISTRATION 3-5
diagnostics mode 3-3
Diverter Test 3-18
accessing 3-2
DRAM Test 3-8
available tests 3-3
Duplex 3-68
BASE SENSOR TEST 3-20
duplex tests
DUPLEX TESTS
Duplex Feed 1 3-14
Duplex Feed 1 3-14
Duplex Feed 2 3-14
Duplex Feed 2 3-14
Motor Test 3-14
Motor Test 3-14
Quick Test 3-13
Quick Test 3-13
Sensor Test 3-13

Index I-1
4062-XXX

Top Margin 3-13 maintenance approach 1-1

menus
E accessing service menus 3-2
error codes Model Name 3-21
200.00 sensor (registration) late jam 2-148, 2-160,
2-161 O
200.01 sensor (registration) lag jam 2-151 operator panel
ESD-sensitive parts 4-1 Button Test 3-8
event log Panel Test 3-8
clear log (diagnostics mode) 3-24 parts catalog 7-2
display log (diagnostics mode) 3-23 options and features
print log (diagnostics mode) 3-23 description 3-31
output bin sensor tests
F 5-bin mailbox 3-18
finisher tests high-capacity output stacker 3-18
Feed Tests 3-19 output expander 3-17
Sensor Test 3-19 standard bin 3-17
fuser solenoid output expander
adjustment 4-6 output sensor test 3-17
G P
gap adjustment 3-22, 4-6 page count
Fuser Page Count 3-22
H permanent page count 3-20
high-capacity output stacker Printed Page Count 3-20
output sensor tests 3-18 Panel Test 3-8
I parts catalog
covers 7-2
image quality trouble 2-177
print quality pages 3-7, 3-26
blank print (no print) 2-180
print registration 3-5
faint print (low contrast) 2-178
printer overview 3-31
image quality 2-178
printer theory 3-32
solid black 2-182
control 3-51
troubleshooting 2-177
fuser control 3-51
vertical blank lines (white stripes in media transport
printhead control 3-51
direction) 2-183
drive 3-48
image quality troubles
electrical components and controller 3-49
after image 2-192
exit 3-48
background (fog) 2-193
functions of main components 3-33
horizontal band printheads out 2-184
media tray assembly 3-33, 3-65
horizontal stripes 2-187
rear media guide 3-33, 3-65
media damage 2-195
media tray assembly 3-34, 3-66
no fuse 2-197
detection of media size 3-35, 3-66
partial lack 2-189
sensor (feed-out) 3-37
skew 2-194
sensor (media level) 3-37, 3-62, 3-67
spots 2-190
sensor (media out) 3-36, 3-62, 3-67
vertical stripes 2-185
switch (media size) 3-36, 3-62, 3-67
input sensor tray tests 3-16
multi-purpose feeder (MPF) 3-37
input source tests 3-7
MPF feed roll 3-37
input tray feed test 3-15
MPF pick solenoid 3-37
L sensor (MPF media out) 3-38
lithium battery ii-xix, 4-69 sensor (MPF media width) 3-38
lubrication specifications 6-1 printhead assembly 3-42
front thermistor 3-46
M fuser exit sensor 3-46
maintenance heat roll 3-46
ESD-sensitive parts 4-1 pressure belt 3-46
lubrication 6-1 thermostat 3-46
maintenance kit 6-2 registration 3-40
safety inspection guide 6-1 sensor (registration) 3-40

I-2 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

standard media exit roll assembly

sensor (standard bin full) 3-48
transfer 3-41
2nd transfer roll assembly 3-41
xerographic process during a print cycle 3-52

Q
quality pages 3-7, 3-26
Quick Test 3-6, 3-13

R
REGISTRATION 3-5
registration 3-5

S
safety information ii-xix
safety inspection guide 6-1
scheduled maintenance 6-2
serial number 3-20
Service checks 2-144
system code 3-2

T
tools 1-8, 3-63
Top Margin
duplex 3-13
simplex (front side) 3-5

U
unique tools 1-8, 3-63
upper front cover
parts catalog 7-2

W
warm up time 3-22

Index I-3
4062-XXX

I-4 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

Part number index

P/N Description Page

40X0028 Spring (top) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35, 7-37, 7-39

40X0269 Power cord LV, USA & Canada, Latin America - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X0271 Power cord HV, Asian, Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore,
Thailand, Vietnam, Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Tibet, & Hong Kong -
7-45
40X0273 Power cord HV, Chile, Uruguay - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X0275 Power cord, HV, Israel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X0288 Power cord HV, Argentina - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X0301 Power cord HV, Australia & New Zealand - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X0303 Power cord, HV PRC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X1367 10-Foot parallel printer cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-44
40X1368 2-Meter USB printer cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-44
40X1483 US RFID UHF option assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-42
40X1484 EU RFID UHF option assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-42
40X1556 Parts pack, ISP thumbscrew and standoff - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X1592 Lexmark MarkNet N7020e (4 port USB) ethernet 10base T/100Base TX/1000BaseT - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X1593 Lexmark MarkNet N7002e (1 port parallel) ethernet 10baseT/100BaseTX - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X1594 Lexmark MarkNet N7002e (1 port parallel) ethernet 10base T/100Base TX - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X1766 Power cord HV, Bolivia & Peru - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X1772 Power cord HV, Switzerland - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X1773 Power cord HV, South Africa, Namibia, Lesotho, Botswana & Pakistan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X1774 Power cord HV, Denmark, Finland, Norway, Sweden - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X1791 Power cord LV, Taiwan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X1792 Power cord, HV, Korea - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X1862 Side cover, right (T652) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X1863 250 Option drive shaft with spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X1863 Option drive shaft with spring (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X1864 Print cartridge ID connector assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X1865 Printhead cable (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X1866 Sensor shield assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X1868 Print cartridge clamp assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X1869 Transfer deflector with static brush - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X1870 100 V type 1 fuser assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X1871 220 V type 1 fuser assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X1876 MPF gear shield - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X1883 MPF pick roll assembly with flanges and clip - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X1884 MPF tray door assembly (T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X1886 Transfer roll assembly with tool - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X1887 Transfer roll bracket with cable assembly, left - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X1888 Transfer roll bracket assembly, right - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X1889 Duplex deletion assembly (T652, T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X1892 Charge roll arm assembly, left - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X1893 Charge roll arm assembly with cable, right - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X1900 Media turn guide with actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X1988 Deflector gate - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37, 7-39
40X1989 Sensor bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37, 7-39
40X1990 Media bin full actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X1991 Output expander media bin latch - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X1998 Media bail assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37, 7-39
40X2036 Deflector gate (top) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X2037 Media bin 1st - 4th diverter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X2038 Media bin full actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X2061 Deflector gate solenoid - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X2065 Spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35

Part number index I-5

4062-XXX

40X2665 Fuser oil wiper (black housing) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-44

40X2666 Fuser wax wiper (gray housing) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-44
40X2786 Wear strips, 4 row dimpled 250 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X2787 Wear strips, 3 row dimpled 550 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X2788 Wear strips, 4 row dimpled 550 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X3141 Power cord HV, Paraguay, Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Bluemark, Czech & Solvic
countries, Greece, Hungary, Medmark 1, Medmark 2, Arabic, Poland, Russia, CIS, Spain, Portugal, & Ireland
7-45
40X3240 Sensor (media bin empty) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X3242 Sensor (pass through) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X3264 Sensor (pass through) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37, 7-39
40X3265 Sensor (media bin full assembly) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X3265 Sensor (media bin full) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X3447 250 Sheet pick arm bracket assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X3448 250 Sheet bellcrank recoil spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X3449 Media tray assembly, 250 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X3453 250 Sheet option drawer assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X3454 550 Sheet pick arm bracket assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
40X3609 Power cord 100 V, Japan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X3822 Media tray catch spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19, 7-21
40X3854 Media size actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19, 7-21
40X3957 550 Sheet option drawer assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
40X4302 Aligner assembly with ground strap and adj. screw (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4303 Aligner assembly with ground strap and adj. screw (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4304 Pick arm assembly with spring, 250 sheet (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4305 Pick arm assembly with spring, 500 sheet (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4306 Pick arm spring (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4307 550 Sheet bellcrank recoil spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
40X4307 Pick arm spring (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4308 Pick roll assembly (2) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13, 7-19, 7-21, 7-23
40X4309 250 Sheet media out actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X4309 250 Sheet media out actuator (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4310 550 Sheet media out actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21, 7-23
40X4310 550 Sheet media out actuator (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4311 Media support (T650, T652) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4313 Pick arm sensor cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4314 Connection access cover, rear (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4316 Charge roll link spring, left - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X4317 Charge roll link spring, right - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X4318 Fuser access door assembly (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4319 Fuser access door assembly (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4320 Laser cover assembly, 250 sheet output (T650 and T652) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4321 Laser cover assembly, 500 sheet output (T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4322 Inner cover, left - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4323 Side cover, left (T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4324 Side cover, left (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4325 Side cover, left (T652) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4326 Output cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4329 Door assembly, rear (T652) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4330 Connection access cover, rear (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4331 Door assembly, rear (T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4332 Door assembly, rear (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4334 Cover assembly, rear lower (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4335 Cover assembly, rear lower (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4336 Inner cover, right - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4337 Side cover, right (T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4338 Side cover, right (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4339 Access door - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4343 Redrive motor assembly (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7

I-6 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

40X4344 Duplex drive motor assembly (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7

40X4345 Duplex (input) sensor assembly (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4346 Duplex assembly with 2 belts and 2 pulleys (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4348 Duplex guide assembly, front (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4349 Duplex guide spring, right (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4350 Duplex drive belt, lower (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4351 Duplex guide handle (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4352 Duplex guide, rear (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4353 Duplex guide spring, rear (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4354 Duplex drive belt, upper (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4355 LVPS card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X4356 Duplex cooling fan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X4357 Duplex cooling fan cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X4358 Envelope / input option tray cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4359 Print cartridge cooling fan - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X4360 Print cartridge cooling fan cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X4361 HVPS / sensor cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4362 HVPS card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4363 Main cooling fan (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X4364 Main cooling fan (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X4365 MPF pick solenoid assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4366 Operator panel cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4367 Printhead cable assembly (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X4368 Sensor (input) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4369 Sensor (deflector gate HP) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35, 7-37, 7-39
40X4369 Sensor (duplex input) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4369 Sensor (media empty) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19, 7-21, 7-23
40X4369 Sensor (media low) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19, 7-21, 7-23
40X4369 Sensor (media stack) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4369 Sensor (paddle HP) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4369 Sensor (standard bin exit) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X4369 Sensor (tamper HP left) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4369 Sensor (tamper HP right) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4370 Sensor (toner empty) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4372 Sensor (standard bin exit) actuator assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X4375 System card assembly (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4376 Output option interface cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4377 USB cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4378 Sensor (toner density) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X4379 Toner density sensor cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X4380 Counterbalance spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4381 Drum grounding contact - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4382 Print cartridge HV contact - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4383 Cleaning blade contact - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4384 EP cooling fan duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4385 Envelope feeder interface cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4386 Fuser drive release linkage - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4387 Inner deflector (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4388 Inner deflector (T652, T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4389 LVPS cooling duct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4390 Machine pad - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4391 Main cooling duct (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4392 Main cooling duct (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9
40X4394 Tray catch spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4395 Media tray roller catch assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19, 7-21
40X4395 Tray roller catch assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4396 Operator panel hinge assembly, left - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4397 Operator panel hinge assembly, right - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4406 Print cartridge support roller - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-9

Part number index I-7

4062-XXX

40X4415 LCD screen bezel (T650n) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5

40X4417 Fuser wiper cover assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4418 110 V type 1 fuser assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X4419 Fuser interface cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X4457 MPF cam gear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4458 MPF lift plate assembly (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4459 MPF lift plate assembly (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4460 MPF tray door assembly (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4461 MPF tray door assembly (T652) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4462 Operator panel door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4463 Printhead with cable assembly (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X4464 Printhead with cable assembly (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X4465 Redrive assembly (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4466 Redrive assembly (T652) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4467 Redrive assembly (T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4468 Media tray assembly, 250 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4469 Media tray assembly, 550 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13, 7-21
40X4470 Output bail - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4471 LCD screen bezel (T652dn) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4472 Switch (media size) assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-13
40X4473 550 Option drive shaft with spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
40X4473 Option drive shaft with spring (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X4474 System card assembly (T652) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X4494 LCD screen bezel (T652n) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4569 Complete 250 sheet option tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X4570 Anti-tip latch assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19, 7-21, 7-23
40X4571 Upper interface cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19, 7-21
40X4572 Lower interface cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19, 7-21
40X4574 250 Sheet controller card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19
40X4575 Sensor (pass through) with cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-19, 7-21
40X4576 Complete 550 sheet option tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
40X4578 550 Sheet controller card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-21
40X4579 Complete HCIT option tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4580 HCIT media tray assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4581 HCIT cover, rear - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4582 HCIT cover, right - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4583 HCIT cover, left - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4584 HCIT tray cover, front - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4585 HCIT tray closed latch with spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4586 HCIT tray lift drive motor assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4587 HCIT media size actuator assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4588 Sensor (HCIT tray raised HP) with cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4589 Sensor (HCIT pass through) with cable - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4590 HCIT pick arm bracket assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4591 HCIT bellcrank recoil spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4592 HCIT controller card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4593 HCIT drawer slide assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4594 HCIT interface cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4595 Pick arm sensor cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-23
40X4596 Power cord LV, Brazil PPB kits - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-45
40X4609 Left cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X4610 Right cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X4611 Top cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X4612 Handle cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X4613 Rear door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X4615 Paddle drive motor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4616 Operator panel latch assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4617 Finisher bin spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X4618 Sensor (finisher bin media present) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27

I-8 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

40X4619 Media output bin extension - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27

40X4621 Left tamper motor assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4622 Right tamper motor assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4623 Tamper drive belt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4624 Tamper recoil spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4625 Stapler/stacker controller card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X4626 Sensor (bin full send) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X4627 LCD screen bezel (T654dn) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4628 LCD screen bezel (T654n) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X4629 Connection bezel assembly, rear (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4630 Connection bezel assembly, rear (T650) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4641 Stapler assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
40X4645 Media stack flap actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4646 Media stack flap - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-29
40X4697 Media support (T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-3
40X4723 Printer maintenance kit (100 V type 1 fuser) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4724 Printer maintenance kit (110 V type 1 fuser) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4765 Printer maintenance kit (220 V type 1 fuser) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4766 Printer maintenance kit (100 V type 2 fuser) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4767 Printer maintenance kit (110 V type 2 fuser) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4768 Printer maintenance kit (220 V type 2 fuser) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4772 Static brush mylar assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X4773 Standard output bin LED - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33, 7-37, 7-39
40X4819 RS-232C serial interface card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4822 Hard disk drive for T65X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4823 Parallel 1284-B interface card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4826 MarkNet N8120 gigabit ethernet print server - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X4827 MarkNet N8130 fiber ethernet print server - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5038 MarkNet N8150 802.11n wireless print server (US/Americas) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5039 MarkNet N8150 802.11n wireless print server (WW, except US/Americas) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5057 TAA hard drive assembly with connector - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5301 256 MB SO-DIMM, DDR2 for T654 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5302 12MB SO-DIMM, DDR2 for T654 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5303 1GB (1024MB) SO-DIMM, DDR2 for T654 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5316 ISP interface cable assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5541 Media output bin - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X5544 Sensor (bin full receive) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X5545 Standard output bin LED - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X5547 SFP stapler assembly (comes completely assembled) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-25
40X5550 Complete 5 bin mailbox unit assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33, 7-35
40X5551 Duplex guide spring, left (T652 and T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X5704 256MB user flash memory card for T65X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5708 Top cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5709 Rear door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5710 Left outer cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5711 Left inner cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5712 Right outer cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5713 Right inner cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5714 Standard output bin LED bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5717 Output bin LED assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5718 5 bin mailbox controller card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-35
40X5719 Complete output expander assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X5720 LED sensor cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X5721 Media output bin assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X5722 Rear door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X5723 Left Outer cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X5724 Left inner cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X5725 Right outer cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X5726 Right inner cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39

Part number index I-9

4062-XXX

40X5727 LED clear lens - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27

40X5729 Operator panel bezel, left (NON USB) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X5730 Complete high capacity stacker assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X5731 Media output bin assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X5733 High capacity output controller card assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X5734 Right frame - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X5735 Right cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X5736 Left cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X5737 Rear door assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X5746 Operator panel bezel, left - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5
40X5747 Output expander controller card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-39
40X5748 Left frame - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
40X5749 Main drive motor assembly with option drive shaft - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
40X5753 Media bin extension assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5755 LED clear lens - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33, 7-37, 7-39
40X5756 Output bin LED bracket - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33
40X5852 Charge roll assembly with tool - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-11
40X5853 100 V type 2 fuser assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X5854 110 V type 2 fuser assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X5855 220 V type 2 fuser assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15
40X5857 Universal media drawer with tray, 200 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X5858 Universal media tray, 200 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X5859 Universal media drawer with tray, 400 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X5860 Universal media tray, 400 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X5861 Kiosk presenter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X5863 Adjustable label stacking device - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X5903 Relocation kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5906 Sensor (stapler pass through) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X5909 Sensor (media in stapler) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-31
40X5910 Stapler cover - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-27
40X5911 System card assembly (T654) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-17
40X5937 128MB DIMM, DDR1, for T650 and T652 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5938 256MB DIMM, DDR1, for T650 and T652 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5939 512MB DIMM, DDR1, for T650 and T652 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5945 33” banner drawer with tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X5946 33” banner tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X5947 48” banner drawer with tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X5952 Lexmark PrintCryption card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5954 T654 F+BC card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5955 T650/T652 Bar code form card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5956 T650/T652 Card for IPDS and SCS/TNe - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5957 T654 card for IPDS and SCS/TNe - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5962 T650/T652 KS emulation card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5969 Korean font card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5970 Simplified Chinese font card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5971 Traditional Chines font card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X5972 Japanese font card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X7001 Wear strips, smooth 250 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X7002 Wear strips, dimpled 250 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X7003 Wear strips, 3 row dimpled 550 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X7004 Wear strips, dinky 550 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X7007 48” banner tray - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X7009 250 sheet tray replacement wear strip kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X7010 550 sheet tray replacement wear strip kit - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46
40X7029 T650/T652 Prescribe card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
40X7030 T654 Prescribe card - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2129 Lexmark N4000e print server - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P2744 Lexmark N4050e (1 port USB) wireless 802.11g (US/Americas) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-43
56P4191 Media bail assembly - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-33

I-10 Service Manual

 4062-XXX

56P4208 Switch (media bin HP) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37

56P4210 Media output bin recoil spring - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
56P4212 Media bin full actuator - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-37
99A0954 Bevel gear with grease packet and washer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-7
99A1206 Wear strips, 3 row dimpled 250 sheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-46

Part number index I-11

4062-XXX

I-12 Service Manual

 Print defects guide
Page 1 of 1

Print defects guide

Match a set of repeating defects on a print job to the marks on one of the vertical lines. The line that best
matches the defects on the print job indicates which particular part may be causing the defect.

For example, the distance between these two marks represents

a repeating defect that occurs every 28.3 mm (1.11 in.), which
means the charge rollers may need to be replaced.

Note: If the defect appears on the printed side of a single-sided print

job, replace the toner cartridge before replacing the fuser.

Replace the toner cartridge Replace the fuser

47.8 mm 96.8 mm 88.0 mm 95.2 mm

(1.88 in.) (3.81 in.) (3.46 in.) (3.75 in.)

Replace the
transfer roller
51.7 mm
(2.04 in.)
Replace the
charge rollers
28.3 mm
(1.11 in.)